# CTI Products -- Full Site Content (llms-full.txt)

> Flattened text of ctiproducts.com for AI assistants. Generated 2026-06-11
> from site source and v9 product documentation PDFs. Companion to
> https://ctiproducts.com/llms.txt (the index).


---

# Section: Home


## CTI Products - Solutions for Better Communications

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/
Summary: CTI Products specializes in creating products to improve communications for conventional and trunked 2-Way radio systems.

## Welcome

We specialize in enhancing communications for conventional and trunked 2-way radio systems. 
Our solutions range from turnkey products like RadioPro to custom-configured MCN Systems for comparator display and site monitoring. 
We also offer tailored circuit and software design services to meet your specific needs.

**RadioPro Dispatch**

IP Dispatch consoles for fleet communications and tracking

RadioPro provides Voice over IP (VOiP), GPS Mapping, Text Messaging, Voice Logging, 
and remote access to MOTOTRBO and NEXEDGE radio systems via IP and cell networks. 
Client software provides users with PC-based console (RadioPro Dispatch) for dispatching 
simultaneous radio channels, a low-cost user interface for PC users (RadioPro Solo), 
or a mobile app (RadioPro Talk for Mobile) that runs on iOS (iPhone/iPad) and Android devices.

Read More »

**RadioPro Talk**

Push-to-Talk Mobile App

Connect a Cell Phone to your Radio System. RadioPro Talk(TM) is a free to download 
PTT over cellular mobile app available from either the Apple app store or Google Play app stores. 
It is a simple, reliable, and cost effective 2-way radio PTT solution. Combine traditional 
2-way radio hardware systems and a "Bring Your own Device" cellular solution to 
add value to your team's existing communication network.

Read More »

**MCN Systems**

Remote Site Monitoring and Control for Comparators and Voters

MCN (Monitor and Control Network) Systems are custom engineered to provide real-time monitoring and control for most comparators and voters, as well as for other site equipment such as doors, generators, and alarms. Using RCD(TM) software, comparators and site equipment status for multiple sites can be monitored and controlled from the same screen.

Read More »

**Sales**

Dealer sales tools are available to ease the selling process, including a Dealer Resources Page and Online Quote Tool.

sales@ctiproducts.com

See phone below

Dealer Login »

**Customer Service**

Available to assist with ordering, order status, shipping, returns, and other non-technical inquiries.

service@ctiproducts.com

See phone below

**Technical Support**

Rated #1 by our customers. Technical support via phone and email is provided free-of-charge.

support@ctiproducts.com

See phone below

<div id="


---

# Section: Products


## RadioPro - Radio over IP solutions for PCs and mobile devices

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro.html
Summary: The RadioPro Software and Hardware Product Line is a Radio over IP Solution that Connects Motorola Radios to PCs and Cellular Devices.

## RadioPro

**Radio over IP solutions for PCs and mobile devices**

RadioPro is a remote radio console solution that connects you to Motorola MOTOTRBO radios over IP networks. 
Whether you need a PC-based console for dispatching multiple radio channels (RadioPro Dispatch), 
a simple user interface for PC users (RadioPro Solo), 
or a mobile app (RadioPro Talk) that works on iPhone/iPad and Android devices, RadioPro has you covered. 
You can use any combination of Dispatch, Solo, and Talk mobile clients in your system, as shown in the diagram. 
The RadioPro IP Gateways interface your radio system to an IP network, 
making it easy to deploy across wide areas without buying and configuring server PCs.

With RadioPro, you can enjoy a flexible, scalable, and affordable remote radio console solution that meets any Radio-Over-IP needs. 

#### System Diagram

#### System Components

A RadioPro System includes the following components:

- A control station radio and a RadioPro IP Gateway for every talk group you want to access at the same time.

- Client software that runs on your PCs or mobile devices. You can mix and match these applications in your RadioPro system: 

- RadioPro Dispatch: A full-featured console for Windows(TM) PCs and notebooks

- RadioPro Solo: A lightweight and easy-to-use client for Windows(TM) PCs and notebooks

- RadioPro Talk: A simple and convenient interface for mobile devices (iOS and Android) 

#### RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway

**The smart and simple way to connect your radio and IP network!**

The RadioPro IP Gateway is the key device that links your control station radio and your IP network. 
(See the system diagram above.) 
Unlike other solutions that need a radio over IP server and a gateway device for each radio, 
the RadioPro solution makes each radio over IP gateway router independent and server-free. 
This means you can save money and time on buying and setting up server PCs. 
The RadioPro IP Gateway also offers these features and benefits:

- An all-in-one gateway and server This compact device has everything you need in one package. You don't have to install any extra software or hardware. You can configure it easily and quickly, so you can reduce your installation costs. 

- A pre-set audio interface The custom audio interface of the RadioPro IP Gateway is designed to give you the best audio quality. You don't have to worry about adjusting the transmit and receive levels, because we have done it for you.

- Audio compression Audio compression lowers the IP network bandwidth requirement to only 2.2kBytes/s per channel. 

- Small footprint Small size allows installation in tight spaces. 

- Remote interface No keyboard, monitor, or mouse is needed. It's just 8" x 3" x 12" deep, and less than 3 pounds, so you can mount multiple RadioPro IP Gateways on a standard 19" rack. 

- Watch-dog circuitry Integrated watch-dog circuit ensures reliable operation in remote, unattended facilities.

- More Information about the Radio IP Gateway >>

- Radio IP Gateway FAQ >>

- Download the RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway data sheet.

- More Downloads

Radio Over IP Gateway Router

#### RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software Client

**Dispatch on your MOTOTRBO radio system from ANYWHERE ... 
... to multiple sites**

The RadioPro Dispatch client offers a console-type solution for applications requiring connection to many channels or talk groups. It is designed with an intuitive user interface to minimize learning time and maximize a user's efficiency. The IP Gateways and control station radios can be scattered among different locations, or centrally located. A host of accessories are available to implement an enterprise solution; including desk microphones, headsets, footswitches, and touch screens – all with PTT capabilities.

- More Information about the RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software >>

- RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software FAQ >>

- Download the RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software data sheet.

- More Downloads

#### RadioPro Talk(TM) Software Client for Mobile Devices

**Talk to your radio system from anywhere in the world!**

RadioPro Mobile is a radio over ip Android or iOS solution.
The app allows remote access to your 2-way radio system from Android and iOS (iPhone and iPad) mobile devices.
Group or private calls are as easy as making a selection from the subscriber list, and then clicking the PTT button.
Selection of a talk group is made from a list on the main screen.
Group and private calls are made easy by a "Contacts" button that is conveniently located next to the PTT button.

RadioPro Mobile is a useful radio over ip app when you are on-the-go and outside the coverage of your radio system, yet still need radio communications. 
It can also be used within a Wi-Fi network to lower monthly cellular charges. 

Download RadioPro Mobile for your mobile device from the Apple App Store or the Google Play Store; search for "radiopro".

- More Information about the RadioPro Talk(TM) app >>

- RadioPro Talk(TM) app FAQ >>

- Download the RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices data sheet.

- More Downloads

#### RadioPro Solo Client for Windows

**Feels and operates like a MOTOTRBO radio**

RadioPro Solo is a radio over ip software solution for Windows desktop or laptop computers that focuses on simplicity for the user.
It allows remote access to a Motorola radio over ip so that users can stay in constant radio contact.

This is an economical solution in an office environment when using a radio is too expensive or involves too much additional hardware.

- Download the RadioPro Solo data sheet.

- More Downloads

<div id="


## Radio Dispatch Software for Motorola & Kenwood | RadioPro Dispatch

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProDispatch/
Summary: PC-based radio dispatch console software for Motorola MOTOTRBO & Kenwood NEXEDGE -- voice, GPS mapping, text, logging & alarms. Download the free demo.

## RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software

### Radio Dispatch Console Software for Two-Way Radio Systems

RadioPro Dispatch(TM) is radio dispatch software that turns a Windows(R) PC into a full radio dispatch console for Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(TM) two-way radio systems.
From a single screen, a dispatcher can make voice radio calls, send text messages over the radio, track an entire fleet of vehicle-mounted and portable radios on a GPS map, and log every transmission -- without dedicated console hardware.

Organizations in Construction, Manufacturing, Petrochemical and Mining, Energy, Education, Healthcare, Hospitality, and Transportation use RadioPro Dispatch(TM) to enhance team communication, improve operational efficiency, and support worker safety in demanding environments.

- Software-Based Dispatch Console

- Remote Dispatch over IP

- Mobile Dispatch & PTT Clients

- Who Uses RadioPro Dispatch

- System Architecture

- FAQ

RadioPro Dispatch Main Screen

### Key Benefits:

- Optimized for Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(TM) land mobile radio systems.

- Provides fleet-wide visibility of two-way radio or cellular device locations.

- Send radio text messages to single radios, subscriber groups, or all-call broadcast text messages.

- Monitor and manage radios remotely -- Verify if a radio is operational, monitor activity, and even disable or enable radios directly from the RadioPro Dispatch console.

- Runs on Windows(R) operating systems and emulates a Motorola dispatch console, offering a versatile and user-friendly solution for managing teams remotely from a PC workstation.

### A Software-Based Radio Dispatch Console

A radio dispatch console is the dispatcher's command center for a two-way radio system: one place to transmit and receive across talk groups, message radios, watch GPS locations, and review logged traffic.
RadioPro Dispatch delivers all of that as software on a standard Windows(R) PC -- it emulates a Motorola dispatch console, so dispatchers get a familiar console layout without the cost of dedicated console electronics.

- Monitor and talk on multiple channels or talk groups at once, with per-channel volume, select/unselect, and patching.

- Console-grade audio accessories: headsets, desk microphones, and footswitches.

- Add dispatch positions by installing the software on additional PCs -- no console hardware rack required.

- See how a software console compares with hardware in our hardware vs. software dispatch console guide.

### Remote Dispatch Console over IP

RadioPro Dispatch is a remote dispatch console: it connects to your radio system through RadioPro(TM) IP Gateways over a LAN, VPN, or the Internet, so the dispatcher does not need to sit next to the radios.
A control station radio for each talk group connects to its own IP Gateway, and each gateway acts as its own server -- there is no dedicated server to buy or maintain.

That architecture lets one dispatcher in a central office manage radio traffic for sites across town -- or across the country -- and lets backup dispatch positions come online anywhere with an IP connection.

### Mobile Dispatch and PTT Clients

The PC console is one part of a complete dispatch system. For staff away from a desk, RadioPro Talk for iPhone(R), iPad(R), and Android(TM) provides push-to-talk on the same radio channels over cellular or Wi-Fi -- keeping mobile users connected even beyond radio RF coverage.
Office staff who only need a single channel can use RadioPro Solo on a PC.

### Who Uses RadioPro Dispatch?

This dispatch radio system is used across a wide range of industries:

- Construction and manufacturing plants

- Healthcare and hospital security teams

- Transportation, logistics, and field services

- Petrochemical, mining, and energy sectors

- Education and campus facilities

#### Reliable Dispatch Software for Healthcare and Hospital Security

Hospitals, clinics, and healthcare campuses require fast and secure communication between security teams, maintenance staff, and medical personnel.
RadioPro Dispatch connects directly to Motorola and Kenwood two-way radio systems, providing instant push-to-talk for rapid response, emergency alert handling for staff safety, GPS tracking of personnel across large facilities, and support for multi-campus healthcare systems -- reducing response times during critical events.

#### Campus-Wide Dispatch for Schools, Colleges, and Universities

Educational institutions rely on clear, centralized communication across sprawling campuses.
RadioPro Dispatch enables real-time radio communication with faculty, maintenance, and security, campus map integration to track bus drivers and security personnel, multi-channel operation for different departments or locations, and emergency broadcast capabilities during lockdowns or drills.

#### Dispatching Systems with Integrated Communication Tools

Modern organizations demand more than voice-only radios. RadioPro Dispatch provides integrated communication tools that go beyond push-to-talk:

- Text messaging between dispatchers and field radios

- Real-time location tracking with GPS mapping

- Alarm and emergency alert reception

- Multi-radio system interoperability (Motorola, Kenwood, etc.)

Whether managing transportation fleets, campus patrols, or industrial sites, these tools provide full visibility and control from a single console.

### Dispatch System Architecture: Gateway, Console, and Clients

A complete RadioPro dispatch system has three parts: a control station radio for each talk group, a RadioPro IP Gateway that puts that radio on your IP network, and the client software -- the RadioPro Dispatch console on Windows PCs, plus optional Talk (mobile) and Solo (single-channel PC) clients.
Because the gateways are the servers, the system scales from a single site to wide-area, multi-site networks one talk group at a time.

For a step-by-step deployment walkthrough, see How to Implement a Voice-Based Fleet Dispatch System.

#### Links

User Guides:

- Dispatch User Guide

- Subscriber Grid Panel Documentation

- Dispatch Callbox / Avigilon Integration Guide

Installation Instructions:

- Dispatch Demo Installation and Test Drive

- Dispatch Installation Guide

- Reverse Geocoding Installation Guide

Data Sheet:

- RadioPro Dispatch Data Sheet

Frequently Asked Questions:

- RadioPro(TM) Dispatch Software FAQ

Dispatch Accessories:

- RadioPro System Accessories

Dispatch Software Downloads:

- Download the Free Radio Dispatch Demo Software    Connects to the Demo IP Gateways located in Cincinnati, Ohio 

- Version 9.3.22    Compatible with IP Gateway Version 9. Requires a valid version 9 license

### Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) Supported Features:

System Type

Feature

Analog

Conventional Digital

Capacity Plus

IP Site Connect

Linked Capacity Plus

Connect Plus

Capacity Max

Voice Dispatch

Text Messaging

GPS Mapping

ARS

Private Call

Remote Monitor

Remote Enable/Disable

### Feature Highlights:

#### Telemetry Triggering

**RadioPro Dispatch Iot**

Establish a connection with a sensor or device.
Set up RadioPro Dispatch to react to changes in sensor input, or when a device is offline.

**Email Repeater Alarms**

One practical application could involve linking an Advantech Adam module to an alarm pin on a Land Mobile Radio (LMR) Repeater.

Upon activation of the alarm, RadioPro Dispatch would notify a dispatcher via the Dispatch Telemetry Panel.
In addition, a custom action defined in RadioPro Dispatch would be triggered that would send an SMS or email message to the on-call radio technician.

#### History Logging

**Record everything**

Audio transmissions, radio text messages, and GPS events are recorded for the duration that the RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software is running and connected to a RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway.
History logging uses database technology that does not require recurring licensing fees.
The database technology also simplifies archiving and maintenance tasks.

**Search for important events with the Archive Viewer and event reporting**

View events stored in the database.
Run queries for Audio, Emergency, Alert, GPS, Text, and Geo Fence events.

Run radio text, call, call alert, emergency, and gateway summary reports.

Archive Viewer query results.

#### Text Messaging

**Communicate Without Voice**

Initiating LMR based text messsages can be a cumbersome task due to the limited buttons on a portable radio.
From the dispatch console application, text messages are easily typed using a full keyboard.

Job assignments for team members can be texted from the ip dispatch console system.
Team members will have that information for quick retrieval rather than re-listening to a previous voice transmission or calling back to dispatch for the information to be repeated.

#### GPS

**Locate your fleet and track vehicle proximities**

See where your fleet is now and where they've been with GPS mapping and breadcrumb trails. 

Run GPS location reports, vehicle stopped reports, and speeding reports.

Vehicle route shown with a breadcrumb trail.

Geofence area displayed as a map overlay.

**Geo-fencing**

Be notified when a vehicle leaves a specific area or when a vehicle enters an area.

Run geofence reports to document location-based incursions.

#### Call Boxes

**View call boxes on a map of your campus.**

RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software version 8.2.0 adds callbox and Avigilon integration.

Call boxes on a campus map.

Trigger Avigilon Alarms During an Emergency at a Callbox

**Avigilon Integration**

Trigger CCTV camera equipment from call boxes during an emergency.

With RadioPro Dispatch software, an Avigilon(TM) Camera system alarm can be triggered by a two-way Radio transmissions.
If the 2-way transmissions is from a call-box, cameras can be programmed to pan and zoom to view the
call box where the emergency is occuring.

### Frequently Asked Questions

#### Q: What is two-way radio dispatch software?

Two-way radio dispatch software allows organizations to control and monitor communication with handheld or mobile radios from a centralized PC console. It supports voice calls, GPS tracking, alerts, text messaging, and history logging.

#### Q: Is RadioPro Dispatch a radio dispatch console?

Yes. RadioPro Dispatch is a software-based radio dispatch console. It runs on a Windows PC, emulates a Motorola dispatch console, and replaces dedicated console hardware while adding GPS mapping, text messaging, logging, and telemetry.

#### Q: Which dispatch software works with Motorola MOTOTRBO?

RadioPro Dispatch by CTI Products is designed to work with Motorola MOTOTRBO two-way radio systems -- including Analog, Conventional Digital, Capacity Plus, IP Site Connect, Linked Capacity Plus, Connect Plus, and Capacity Max -- supporting voice, messaging, and GPS.

#### Q: Is there dispatch software for Kenwood NEXEDGE systems?

Yes. RadioPro Dispatch supports Kenwood NEXEDGE radios and offers full-featured dispatch from a PC-based console.

#### Q: Can dispatchers use RadioPro Dispatch remotely?

Yes. The dispatch console connects to the radio system through RadioPro IP Gateways over a LAN, VPN, or the Internet, so a dispatcher can work from any location with an IP connection. Each gateway acts as its own server -- no dedicated server is required.

#### Q: Is there a free demo of RadioPro Dispatch?

Yes. The free RadioPro Dispatch demo software connects to live demo IP Gateways located in Cincinnati, Ohio, so you can test voice, GPS, and text features before you buy.

<div id="


## RadioPro Talk - Connect a Cell Phone to your Radio System.

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProTalk/
Summary: RadioPro Talk is a push-to-talk walkie-talkie 2-way radio app available for Android or iOS mobile devices that allows access to your radio system from anywhere.

## RadioPro Talk(TM)

**Push-to-Talk App for iPhone & Android**

RadioPro Talk(TM) is a push-to-talk over cellular (PoC) solution that extends the power of two-way radio systems to mobile devices. 
It provides a seamless connection between your cell phone and your two-way radio network, ensuring reliable communication anytime, anywhere.

iOS:

Android:

**Connect a Cell Phone to your Radio System.**

The RadioPro Talk(TM) push-to-talk app is a 2-way radio PTT solution that is simple, reliable, and cost-effective. It can be downloaded for free from either the Apple or Google app stores.

#### Links

How-Tos and Frequently Asked Questions:

- Talk Mobile App FAQ

- How-to Guide

Data Sheet:

- Talk Mobile App Data Sheet

Push to talk download:

- RadioPro Talk(TM) push-to talk app iphone (Apple app store).

- RadioPro Talk(TM) free push-to-talk app for android (Google Play app store).

#### RadioPro Talk(TM) App Features

Feature

RadioPro Talk(TM) App

Voice

Text Messaging

Subscriber Mapping

Channel Steering

Call Alerts

Private Call

Remote Radio Check

- When a member of your team is outside the radio coverage area, They can use their own cellular device to stay in constant contact.

- Management, who may only need radio access occasionally, will be able to monitor the radio system without requiring additional equipment.

- Although less reliable and less rugged than traditional portable radios, 
having the options for some of your staff to bring their own devices and use a push-to-talk app may offer the cost savings and flexibility that you need for your existing communications infrastructure.

### Feature Highlights:

#### Audio Replay

**Replay the last 5 radio transmissions**

With Version 1.10 of the RadioPro Talk(TM) app for iOS and Android, you now have the ability to replay the last 5 
radio transmissions.

#### Subscriber Mapping

**Quickly Locate Your Team**

Show a map of the GPS position of all subscriber radios on your network. 

GPS Map of All Subscriber Locations

#### Bluetooth

**Connect any bluetooth speaker**

The RadioPro Talk(TM) app will broadcast audio to any bluetooth speaker your iOS or Android device can connect to.

**Bluetooth push to talk devices**

Connect to a handheld, clippable bluetooth device for (Poc) push to talk over cellular

Push-to-Talk Devices that work with RadioPro Talk:

Version 1.8 of the RadioPro Talk(TM) app for iOS and Android added support to connect to the Aina PTT bluetooth speaker-microphone.

- Aina PTT Voice Responder Manual

- Connecting your PTT Voice Responder to RadioPro Talk (Android)

Aina PTT Voice Responder

<div id="


## RadioPro IP Gateway - Connects 2-Way Radios to The Internet

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_IPGateway/
Summary: The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway seamlessly integrates Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) radio systems with the internet, enabling remote access and enhanced communication.

## RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway – Connect Your 2-Way Radio System to the Internet

The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway seamlessly integrates Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) radio systems with the internet, enabling remote access and enhanced communication.
It extends full functionality to PC dispatch stations and offers push-to-talk (PTT) capabilities to mobile app users. 

  

## What is a Radio Gateway?

A radio gateway is a networking device that bridges commercial two-way radio systems with computer-aided dispatch (CAD) software, allowing for seamless voice and data communication.

 

A Complete Radio Gateway goes beyond simple voice transmission -- it supports:

- Channel Steering for dynamic radio control

- Radio Text Messaging for efficient communication

- Location Sharing to track personnel and assets

- Call Alerts & Private Calls for direct, secure communication

The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway delivers a true ROIP (Radio over IP) solution, extending two-way radio networks beyond voice and PTT to include advanced data capabilities -- keeping teams connected anywhere, anytime.

#### Gateway Features

Feature

RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway

Voice

Text Messaging

GPS

Channel Steering

Call Alerts

Private Call

Remote Monitor

Remote Enable/Disable

Patching

*

* - Patching only available using RadioPro Dispatch.

     Rx/Tx voice traffic will be shared by the paired talk group.

     Patching is limited to a single pair of Talk Groups for the entire RadioPro system.

     See Patching in the RadioPro Dispatch User Guide on page 18

#### Links

Installation Instructions:

- RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Installation Guide

- Addendum for Motorola MOTOTRBO 

- Addendum for Motorola APX 4500

- Addendum fo Kenwood NEXEDGE NX 7xx/8xx 37xx/38xx

- Addendum for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX 57xx/58xx

IP Gateway Software Downloads:

- RadioPro IP Gateway Version 9.3.24    Firmware Upgrade for Versions 9.3.X. 

ICU Software Downloads (IP Gateway Configuration Utility):

- ICU 9.3.22.exe    Used to configure Version 9 IP Gateways. 

Data Sheet:

- RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Data Sheet

Frequently Asked Questions:

- RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway FAQ

The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway is designed to interface with the following Motorola commercial two-way radios and Kenwood digital mobile radio systems. 

### Supported Radios

Manufacturer

Radio Model

System Types

Motorola

- MOTOTRBO XPR 2500 

- MOTOTRBO XPR 5550 (5000 Series)

- MOTOTRBO XPR 5550e (5000e Series)

- Analog

- Conventional Digital

- IP Site Connect Digital

- Capacity Plus Trunking

- Linked Capacity Plus Trunking

- Connect Plus Trunking

- Capacity Max Trunking

Motorola

- APX 4500 (Intercom Only)

- P25

Kenwood

- NEXEDGE NX-700 / NX-800

- NEXEDGE NX-720 / NX-820 

- NEXEDGE NX-3720 / NX-3820 

- NEXEDGE NX-5700 / NX-5800 

- Analog

- Conventional

- LTR Trunking

- NXDN Trunking

- NXDN Trunking (Enhanced)

- Site Roaming

### Feature Highlights:

#### Voice Recorder (RTP Streaming to Revcord and Eventide)

**Stream radio traffic to 3rd party incident management and voice recording software solutions**

The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Voice Recorder feature, added in version 8.0.13 
was originally designed to interface with Eventide communication logging and incident management solutions.
We have significantly enhanced this feature in Version 8.1.27 and now offer support for Revcord recording solutions.

The following RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) formats were added in version 8.1.10: 

- G722 @ 8000 Hz

- PCM Linear @ 8000 Hz

- PCM Linear @ 11025 Hz

- PCM μ-law @ 8000 Hz

- PCM μ-law @ 11025 Hz

Version 8.1.27 supports 20ms, 40ms, and 200ms frame rates. 

#### MultiSpeak

**Transmit vehicle locations to a 3rd party**

MultiSpeak was added to the RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway in version 8.0.13.
This feature uses the SOAP service protocol to communicate with software applications commonly used by electric utilities.

RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway - MultiSpeak compatability is as follows:

- Version 3.0 (since gateway version 8.0.13)

- Version 4.1 (since gateway version 8.1.4)

<div id="


## MCN Systems - Monitoring and Control Network Systems

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/MCN_Systems.html
Summary: Remote Monitoring & Control Networks for Audio Receive Comparators & Voters, Site Alarms, Generators, T1 Loop Switches

## Radio System Monitoring and Control

Monitoring and Controlling voting receiver systems is essential for maintaining seamless communication across wide-area networks. 
In this article, we'll explore how remote comparator displays enhance system control and address common challenges faced by voting systems.

### Understanding Voting Receiver Systems and Two-Way Radio Communication Coverage

Voting receiver systems play a critical role in ensuring reliable audio coverage across multiple tower sites. 
These systems receive audio signals from various locations and feed them to a central comparator or voter. 
The comparator then selects the receiver with the strongest signal and forwards the audio to dispatchers. 

By utilizing multiple receivers installed at different tower sites, audio reception, quality, and coverage for land mobile two-way radio communication systems are significantly improved. 
Additionally, multiple transmitters broadcast the same audio simultaneously on the same frequency, creating a simulcast network that appears as a single, large repeater. 
This approach enhances overall communication efficiency. 

### The Role of a Remote Comparator Display

Remote comparator displays provide real-time status information to dispatchers and technicians. 
Here's how they improve system control:

- 
Diagnosing and Repairing Problems:
Intermittent issues can be elusive, but a remote display allows technicians to identify which receiver is selected during problematic moments. 
This visibility streamlines troubleshooting and accelerates repairs.

- 
Efficient Receiver Management:
Technicians can disable or re-enable receivers without physically visiting the comparator location. 
This feature is especially useful after fixing a receiver or network line, as it allows quick verification of system operation.

**More about MCN Systems**

- Documentation

- Downloads

-

**MCN RCD Software**

- Hardware Modules

- Software Comparison

-

**Base Radio Status Concentrator**

**System Performance Toolkit**

**Get in Touch**

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

- Address: 

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

USA 

## CHALLENGES:

While voting systems offer advantages, their complexity presents challenges:

- 
Increased Complexity:
Managing multiple receivers across different sites requires careful coordination. 
Noise, interference, and networking problems can escalate due to the sheer number of components.

- 
Critical Audio Levels and Network Response Times:
As the comparator rapidly selects receivers with varying characteristics, maintaining consistent audio levels and network responsiveness becomes crucial.

## SOLUTION: Systems

A well-designed voting receiver system enhances communication coverage but demands diligent control and maintenance. 
By leveraging remote comparator displays and addressing inherent challenges, you can optimize system performance and ensure seamless operations.

- 

Monitor and Control Infrastructure Remotely

- 

Solve system problems faster 

At a glance, a dispatcher or technician can determine status for any receiver in the system, or site equipment I/O. A noisy receiver can be remotely disabled, quickly allowing a system to function until maintenance can be performed.

Features

Devices

Systems

- Real-Time Monitoring/Control

- Receiver Failure Alarm

- Detect Audio Problems

- Detect Interference

- GRV 8000

- GCM 8000

- MLC 8000

- Legacy comparators

- P25 Trunking

- Conventional

- 

Keep your system at peak performance levels

MCN Systems are custom engineered to provide real-time monitoring and control of most comparators and voters, as well as for other site equipment such as doors, generators,and alarms. Using MCN RCD(TM) software, comparators and site equipment status for multiple sites can be monitored and controlled from the same screen.

A variety of hardware and software modules makes it possible to fill any need. Click on a link on the right to learn more about MCN Systems.

<div id="


## MCN Remote Comparator Display (RCD) Software

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/MCN_RCDSoftware.html
Summary: MCN RCD software provides real-time monitoring and control for comparators, voters, and base radios from a PC display

MCN Software provides real-time monitoring and control for most comparators, voters, and base radios, as well as other site equipment such as doors, generators, and alarms. With MCN Software, you can monitor and control comparators and site equipment status for multiple sites from the same screen. You can even Force-Vote and Disable transmitters from a PC. The software displays Vote, Receive, and Fail status for any receiver in the system. You can remotely disable a noisy receiver to quickly allow the system to function until maintenance can be performed.

MCN/RCD Remote Comparator Display features:

- Extends control and monitoring of a comparator to a PC display.
- Compatible with Motorola ASTRO-TAC, Digtac, Spectra-TAC, Alarms & Remote I/O Points.
- Compatible with Motorola GTR 8000 Base Stations, when pairing MCN RCD Server 8000 and BRSC.
- Helps technicians diagnose and repair voting system problems, showing which receiver is bad while an intermittent problem still exists, and eliminating repeated service calls.
- The display window (Windows 10+) is user-sizeable and can run alongside other applications such as dispatch console programs.
- Provides real-time monitoring and control without using up valuable console electronics resources.

Several versions of RCD Software are available: MCN RCD Standard (single-user or stand-alone), MCN Server (multiple display positions in the same or various locations), MCN Advanced Server (adds multiple MCN Network Interfaces for improved scalability), and MCN Server 8000 (adds IP interfacing for Motorola GRV 8000 and MLC 8000 IP comparators).

Documentation:
- MCN Server 8000 Data Sheet, v10 (June 2026): https://ctiproducts.com/documents/mcn/datasheets/MCN%20Server%208000%20Data%20Sheet%202026-06_V10.pdf
- MCN Server 8000 Software v10.09 for Motorola IP Comparators - Reference Manual: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/mcn/manuals/DDN1290A%20MCN%20Server%208000%20Software%20V10.09%20for%20Motorola%20IP%20Comparators%20v162.pdf


## Base Radio Status Concentrator (BRSC)

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/MCN_BRSC.html
Summary: Real-time status monitoring of Motorola GTR 8000 Base Stations, viewable at the BRSC or at an MCN RCD Server 8000; runs as a desktop application or a Windows service

The Base Radio Status Concentrator (BRSC) enables real-time status monitoring of Motorola GTR 8000 Base Stations, with statuses viewable at the BRSC itself or at an MCN RCD Server 8000. The BRSC is designed to function in combination with an MCN RCD Server 8000 and runs as either a desktop application or a Windows service. Its status data can also drive custom displays alongside comparators in MCN RCD Server 8000. The BRSC is particularly useful for monitoring Simulcast systems.

Documentation:
- BRSC Data Sheet: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/mcn/datasheets/BRSCDataSheet.pdf
- BRSC Software Reference Manual: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/mcn/manuals/S2-61952-101%20BRSC%20Software%20Reference%20Manual.pdf


## MCN System Performance Toolkit (SPT)

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/MCN_SystemPerformanceToolkit.html
Summary: A client to MCN RCD Server software that analyzes radio channel activity for receiver performance and channel loading, issuing alerts when performance parameters are not met

The System Performance Toolkit (SPT) works in tandem with our MCN Remote Comparator Display (RCD) Server software to help keep your radio system running at its peak. Running as a client to RCD Server, it enhances the diagnostic capability of the RCD software and the Monitoring and Control Network (MCN) by analyzing system activity. The SPT constantly analyzes radio channel activity for receiver performance and channel loading, and issues alerts when performance parameters are not met. The SPT consists of several software modules: System Watchdog Service and Data Miner.

Key features:

- Inactivity Receiver Alarm
- Identify RF Problems
- Analyze Radio Activity
- Performance Trends

Documentation:
- System Performance Toolkit Data Sheet: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/mcn/datasheets/SystemPerformanceToolkitDataSheet.pdf
- MCN System Performance Toolkit - Reference Manual: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/mcn/manuals/S2-61477-1009-C%20MCN%20System%20Performance%20Toolkit.pdf


## MCN Hardware Modules

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/MCN_HardwareModules.html
Summary: Network interfaces, comparator interfaces, and I/O modules used to connect PCs, consoles, comparators, and site equipment to an MCN system

A variety of MCN hardware modules make it possible to fill any need, connecting PCs, consoles, comparators, and site equipment to an MCN system.

MCN Network Interfaces (connect PCs and consoles to an MCN system):

- HIB-IP 8002 - Connects a PC running the MCNRCD software to a remote MCN network over an IP (LAN or WAN) network. Compatible with Motorola Solutions Astro 25 Radio Network Infrastructure (A7.13 and up). Brings status indications for devices connected to MCN I/O modules back to the PC and allows the operator to control those modules.
- IIB - Connects a parallel operator display device (such as a console) to the MCN Network, allowing the console operator to Force-Vote and Disable receivers. Used with the AIB ASTRO-TAC Comparator Interface Module to provide voting status indications (Vote, Receive, Disable, and Fail) to a console, or with the CIB Comparator Interface Module to extend display and control for other comparators (Digitac, Spectra-TAC, TAC, and EGE).

MCN Comparator Interfaces (connect comparators to an MCN system):

- AIB - The AIB ASTRO-TAC Interface Module provides status indications (Vote, Receive, Disable & Fail) from a Motorola ASTRO-TAC comparator to remote PCs or consoles, and allows users to Force-Vote and Disable receivers on the comparator.


## Motorola MOTOTRBO System Planner | RadioPro by CTI

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/motorola-radio-system-planner/
Summary: Plan your Motorola MOTOTRBO radio system with CTI's RadioPro System Planner. Covers Capacity Max, Capacity Plus, IPSC & more. Download the free PDF now.

## RadioPro System Planner for Motorola MOTOTRBO Networks

The RadioPro System Planner is a comprehensive design and configuration guide for Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) radio systems. Developed by CTI Products, this tool assists radio network designers and IT professionals in setting up Capacity Plus, Linked Capacity Plus, and Capacity Max systems using the RadioPro suite of software and hardware.

Download the full RadioPro System Planner PDF

### MOTOTRBO System Planner Overview

RadioPro is a licensed managed communication product for remote access to RF two-way radios over IP networks. It supports Dispatch over IP (DoIP) with voice, GPS, and text messaging capabilities. The system is built using a modular architecture of:

- RadioPro IP Gateways

- Dispatch, Solo, or Talk Clients (PC or Mobile)

- Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE Radios

#### Capacity Plus and Linked Capacity Plus System Planning

This planner includes diagrams and configuration steps for:

- IP addressing and subnet design

- GPS and ARS signaling setup

- Control station radio configuration

- Gateway-to-radio interface options

Learn how to scale your system with Data Revert support and radio ID management to meet larger deployment needs.

#### Capacity Max System Planning with RadioPro

While RadioPro primarily supports MOTOTRBO IP Site Connect, Conventional, and Capacity Plus systems, the planner also touches on considerations when integrating with Capacity Max systems and what configuration limitations may exist.

#### Motorola Control Station & IP Gateway Setup

Each control station radio connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway, which serves as a network interface and server for client applications. Supported models include:

- XPR 5550 / 5550e

- XPR 2500

- Kenwood NX-700/800/5700/5800 series

Setup includes assigning static IPs, programming via Motorola CPS, and configuring GPS and ARS signaling. 

#### Capacity Plus and Linked Capacity Plus System Configuration

Plan and configure MOTOTRBO Capacity Plus and Linked Capacity Plus systems with or without Data Revert. The RadioPro System Planner includes detailed diagrams and addressing rules to support:

- Voice and Data slot separation

- Radio ID and subnet design rules

- Scalability with up to 3 Data Revert radios per IP Gateway

RadioPro Gateways require version 5.1.5 or later to support these advanced configurations.

#### IP Site Connect System Planning

Use RadioPro to support IP Site Connect (IPSC) systems with and without Data Revert. When planning for IPSC:

- Each wide-area talk path requires its own Control Station and IP Gateway

- GPS and ARS messages follow specific voice/data slot paths depending on setup

- Separate subnet assignment for each device is critical

#### Enhanced GPS for MOTOTRBO Repeaters

The Motorola Enhanced GPS Repeater Option allows for high-efficiency GPS updates with far fewer repeaters. For example, 100% reliable updates for 225 radios per minute requires:

Option | Repeaters Needed

Without Enhanced GPS | 6

With Enhanced GPS | 1

This option dramatically increases network efficiency by assigning unique "time slices" to each subscriber radio, reducing collisions.

#### Understanding ARS and GPS Signaling

Automatic Registration Service (ARS) and GPS location updates are central to RadioPro's capabilities. Configuration includes:

- Assigning ARS Acknowledgement refresh rates via ICU.exe

- Choosing between Immediate or Triggered GPS Requests

- Slot assignments for each type of data message depending on system type

#### IP Address Planning and Port Forwarding

Proper subnetting and port forwarding is required to allow external clients to reach IP Gateways:

- Gateways and radios must be on separate subnets

- Default TCP port is 48222, configurable per gateway

- Multiple gateways behind a firewall require unique port forwarding rules

Learn more at portforward.com.

#### Control Station and IP Gateway Rack Mounting

Install your XPR5550 and IP Gateway hardware securely with CTI-recommended rack mount kits and cable organizers. The System Planner includes:

- Dimensions and mounting hardware part numbers

- Cable routing considerations

- Examples for 19" rack shelf configurations

#### Download the System Planner Template

Record and organize your system configuration with the included planning worksheets. The template includes fields for:

- IP addresses, subnet masks, gateways

- RadioPro Dispatch license serial numbers

- GPS and ARS radio IDs

### Learn More about RadioPro

- RadioPro IP Gateway

- RadioPro Dispatch

- RadioPro Solo

- RadioPro Talk

<div id="


---

# Section: Guides


## Radio Dispatch Console: Hardware vs. Software | RadioPro

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/radio-dispatch-console/
Summary: A radio dispatch console gives dispatchers voice, text, GPS tracking, and logging control of a two-way radio system. Compare hardware vs. software consoles.

## Radio Dispatch Console: Hardware vs. Software

A radio dispatch console is the dispatcher's command center for a two-way radio system: a single position for transmitting and receiving across multiple channels or talk groups, sending text messages, tracking radio GPS locations, handling emergency alerts, and logging radio traffic.

Dispatch consoles come in two forms -- dedicated hardware consoles and software consoles that run on a standard Windows(R) PC. This guide explains what a dispatch radio console system does, how the two approaches compare, and how RadioPro Dispatch delivers a full console as software.

- What a Dispatch Console Does

- Hardware vs. Software Consoles

- Remote Dispatch Console over IP

- Mobile Dispatch Access

- LMR System Compatibility

- Setting Up a Software Console

- FAQ

- Find us in the Motorola Application Catalog

### What Does a Radio Dispatch Console Do?

A dispatch console gives one operator control of an entire two-way radio fleet. With RadioPro Dispatch, a single console position provides:

- Voice dispatch -- private and group radio calls across multiple channels or talk groups at once, with patching between channels

- Text messaging -- type with a full keyboard and send to single radios, subscriber groups, or all-call broadcast

- GPS mapping -- real-time fleet locations, breadcrumb trails, geofence alerts, and speeding or stopped-vehicle reports

- Emergency alerts -- receive and acknowledge emergency calls from portable or vehicle-mounted radios

- History logging -- record audio transmissions, text messages, and GPS events, then search them in the Archive Viewer with event reports

- Remote radio management -- verify a radio is operational, remote-monitor it, and enable or disable radios from the console

- Telemetry and integrations -- react to IoT sensor inputs, email repeater alarms, call boxes, and Avigilon(TM) CCTV camera triggers

### Hardware vs. Software Dispatch Consoles

The difference is where the console lives. A hardware dispatch console is dedicated console electronics installed at a fixed dispatch position. A software dispatch console runs the same dispatcher workflow as an application on a standard Windows PC, connecting to the radio system over IP.

 
Hardware Dispatch Console
Software Dispatch Console (RadioPro Dispatch)

Runs on
Dedicated console electronics at a fixed position
A standard Windows(R) PC with a headset, desk mic, or footswitch

Adding a dispatch position
Purchase and install additional console hardware
Install the software on another PC

Dispatcher location
Tied to where the console hardware is installed
Anywhere with an IP connection to the RadioPro IP Gateways (LAN, VPN, or Internet)

Server requirement
Varies by system
None -- each IP Gateway acts as its own server

GPS, text, and logging
Depends on console model and options
Included: GPS mapping with geofencing, text messaging, and history logging with no recurring database licensing fees

Console workflow
Vendor-specific console layout
Emulates a Motorola dispatch console, so the layout is familiar to dispatchers

Integrations
Varies by vendor
Telemetry/IoT triggers, email repeater alarms, call boxes, and Avigilon(TM) CCTV integration

### Remote Dispatch Console over IP

A software console is inherently a remote dispatch console. The dispatcher's PC connects to the radio system through RadioPro IP Gateways over a LAN, VPN, or the Internet -- the console position does not need to be anywhere near the radio equipment.

- A control station radio is installed for each channel or talk group

- Each control station connects to its own RadioPro IP Gateway with a static IP address

- Console PCs connect to the gateways from any location on the network

That means one dispatcher can cover sites across town or across the country, and a backup dispatch position can come online anywhere -- useful for continuity planning and after-hours coverage.

### Mobile Dispatch Access

The console itself runs on Windows PCs. For dispatch capability away from a desk, the same RadioPro system supports mobile clients: RadioPro Talk for iPhone(R), iPad(R), and Android(TM) provides push-to-talk on the same radio channels over cellular or Wi-Fi, and RadioPro Solo serves single-channel PC users. Supervisors in the field stay on the system even beyond radio RF coverage.

### LMR Dispatch Console Compatibility

RadioPro Dispatch is an LMR dispatch console for the two radio platforms most commercial and public-sector fleets run on:

- Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) -- Analog, Conventional Digital, Capacity Plus, IP Site Connect, Linked Capacity Plus, Connect Plus, and Capacity Max system types

- Kenwood NEXEDGE(TM) digital radio systems

Because the console connects through control station radios and IP gateways, organizations can add software dispatch to an existing radio system without replacing the radios already in the field. See the full MOTOTRBO supported-feature matrix on the RadioPro Dispatch page.

### Setting Up a Software Dispatch Console

A RadioPro dispatch console system has three parts:

- Control station radios -- one per channel or talk group

- RadioPro IP Gateways -- put each control station on your IP network; no dedicated server required

- Client software -- RadioPro Dispatch console positions on Windows PCs, plus optional Talk (mobile) and Solo (single-channel PC) clients

For the complete deployment walkthrough -- network planning, client rollout, geofences, logging, and training -- see How to Implement a Voice-Based Fleet Dispatch System.

### Try a Software Dispatch Console Free

Download the free RadioPro Dispatch demo software and connect to our live demo IP Gateways in Cincinnati, Ohio. You will be dispatching on a real radio system -- voice, GPS, and text -- in one sitting.

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

### FAQ

#### Q: What is a radio dispatch console?

A radio dispatch console is the dispatcher's command center for a two-way radio system: a single position for transmitting and receiving across multiple channels or talk groups, sending text messages, tracking radio GPS locations, handling emergency alerts, and logging radio traffic.

#### Q: What is the difference between a hardware and a software dispatch console?

A hardware dispatch console uses dedicated console electronics installed at a fixed dispatch position. A software dispatch console, such as RadioPro Dispatch, runs on a standard Windows PC and connects to the radio system through IP gateways -- adding a dispatch position means installing software on another PC instead of buying console hardware.

#### Q: Can a dispatch console be used remotely?

Yes. A software dispatch console connects to the radio system through IP gateways over a LAN, VPN, or the Internet, so the dispatcher can work from any location with an IP connection rather than sitting next to the radio equipment.

#### Q: What radio systems work with a software dispatch console?

RadioPro Dispatch supports Motorola MOTOTRBO systems -- Analog, Conventional Digital, Capacity Plus, IP Site Connect, Linked Capacity Plus, Connect Plus, and Capacity Max -- as well as Kenwood NEXEDGE digital radio systems.

#### Q: Does a software dispatch console need a dedicated server?

No. With RadioPro, each IP Gateway acts as its own server, so the dispatch console system has no dedicated server to buy, license, or maintain.

#### Q: Is there a free dispatch console demo?

Yes. The free RadioPro Dispatch demo software connects to live demo IP Gateways in Cincinnati, Ohio, so you can try a software radio dispatch console with live voice, GPS, and text before you buy.

<div id="


## Walkie Talkie App that Connects to Real Radios | RadioPro Talk

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/WalkieTalkieApp/
Summary: RadioPro Talk is a professional walkie talkie app that connects to real walkie talkies. Use your iPhone or Android to communicate with Motorola and Kenwood radio systems.

## Professional Push-to-Talk App

### Walkie Talkie App that Connects to Real Radios for iPhone and Android

#### Looking for a Walkie Talkie App that Connects to Real Walkie Talkies?

RadioPro Talk(TM) is a professional walkie talkie app for iPhone and Android that goes beyond app-to-app communication.
It is a walkie talkie app that connects to real walkie talkies, including Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) systems.

Unlike toy walkie talkie apps, RadioPro Talk gives your smartphone the ability to communicate with real two-way radios using radio-over-IP (RoIP) technology.
Whether you're using Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G, your phone becomes part of your radio system.

Used in industries like manufacturing, education, healthcare, and facility operations, RadioPro Talk bridges the gap between smartphones and professional radio systems.

- Push-to-Talk (PTT) over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G

- Real Radio Integration – Works with Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) & Kenwood NEXEDGE(R)

- Enterprise Features – GPS tracking, text messaging, private & group calls

Download on the App Store

Get it on Google Play

### Connect Your Phone to a Real Two-Way Radio System

If you're searching for a way to connect your phone to a walkie talkie, RadioPro Talk provides a true solution.
Unlike basic apps, it integrates directly with your existing radio infrastructure.

#### Use Your Phone Like a Real Walkie Talkie

RadioPro Talk turns your smartphone into a 2-way radio, allowing real-time communication with your radio system.

#### How Does It Work?

RadioPro Talk connects through a gateway installed on your radio network.
This allows your smartphone to communicate with real two-way radios just like another radio on the system.

With support for private calls, channel steering, GPS tracking, and messaging, it delivers full radio system functionality--not just voice chat.

#### Who Is It For?

- Organizations with staff who travel or work remotely

- Supervisors or managers needing occasional radio access

- Facilities needing flexible or temporary communication solutions

### Can You Use Your Phone as a Walkie-Talkie?

Yes -- with a radio-over-IP gateway, an iPhone or Android phone can transmit directly on a real Motorola or Kenwood two-way radio system.
The RadioPro Talk app provides push-to-talk over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G, and a RadioPro IP Gateway on the radio system makes the phone behave like another portable radio on the channel: workers carrying handhelds hear the phone, and the phone hears them.

That is the difference between this and phone-to-phone apps. A typical consumer app only reaches other people running the same app.
RadioPro Talk joins the land mobile radio (LMR) system your team already operates -- the same approach is sometimes searched for as a radio phone.
For the complete feature set, see the RadioPro Talk product page.

### Frequently Asked Questions

#### Can I connect my phone to a real walkie talkie?

Yes. RadioPro Talk connects smartphones directly to real radios like Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) using a RadioPro IP Gateway installed on the radio system. Radio users hear the phone like any other radio on the channel.

#### Is there a walkie-talkie app for iPhone?

Yes. RadioPro Talk for iPhone and iPad is available on the App Store and connects to real Motorola and Kenwood two-way radio systems -- not just other phones. It supports push-to-talk over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G, plus GPS, text messaging, and private and group calls.

#### How do you connect a walkie-talkie to a phone?

The connection is made at the radio system, not the handheld: a control station radio connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway, which puts that radio channel on your IP network. The RadioPro Talk app on a phone then joins that channel over Wi-Fi or cellular and communicates with every radio on it.

#### Is there a free walkie talkie app for iPhone and Android?

Yes. RadioPro Talk is available on both the App Store and Google Play with free download options.

#### What radios are compatible with RadioPro Talk?

Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) two-way radio systems -- including Analog, Conventional Digital, Capacity Plus, IP Site Connect, Linked Capacity Plus, Connect Plus, and Capacity Max -- and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) digital systems, connected through a RadioPro IP Gateway.

#### What do professionals call a walkie-talkie?

In commercial and public-safety radio, the device most people call a walkie-talkie is called a portable radio, handheld, two-way radio, or subscriber unit. The professional category is land mobile radio (LMR), and phone apps that join those systems are called push-to-talk over cellular (PoC) clients. RadioPro Talk is built for those professional systems -- "walkie talkie app" is simply the phrase most people search for.

#### Do walkie-talkie apps work outside radio coverage?

Yes -- that is one of the main reasons organizations add an app to a radio system. RadioPro Talk uses Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G instead of the radio's RF signal, so a traveling supervisor or remote worker can stay on the radio channel from anywhere with a data connection.

#### Get Started

Contact CTI Products or 
find a local dealer to learn more.

<div id="


## Walkie-Talkie App for iPhone That Works With Real Radios | RadioPro

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/walkie-talkie-app-for-iphone/
Summary: Yes -- there is a walkie-talkie app for iPhone that connects to real Motorola & Kenwood two-way radios. Push-to-talk over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. Free download.

## Walkie-Talkie App for iPhone That Works With Real Radios

Yes -- there is a walkie-talkie app for iPhone, and it can do more than talk to other phones. RadioPro Talk(TM) for iPhone and iPad provides push-to-talk over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G, and connects to real Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) two-way radio systems -- so your iPhone talks with the portable radios your team already carries.

Download RadioPro Talk on the App Store  |  Get it on Google Play

- How It Differs From Phone-Only Apps

- How It Works on iPhone

- iPhone App Features

- What You Need

- FAQ

- Find us in the Motorola Application Catalog

### How an iPhone Walkie-Talkie App Differs From Phone-Only Apps

Most walkie-talkie apps for iPhone are phone-to-phone only: everyone must install the same app, and nobody on an actual two-way radio can hear you. RadioPro Talk takes the professional approach -- it joins your organization's land mobile radio (LMR) system as a push-to-talk over cellular (PoC) client.

 
Typical Phone-to-Phone App
RadioPro Talk on iPhone

Who can hear you
Only other people running the same app
Every portable and mobile radio on the channel, plus other app users

Radio system integration
None
Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) via RadioPro IP Gateway

Beyond features
Voice chat
Private & group calls, channel steering, GPS tracking, text messaging

Built for
Consumer and recreational use
Manufacturing, education, healthcare, and facility operations

### How It Works on iPhone

- Install the app. RadioPro Talk on the App Store runs on iPhone and iPad.

- The radio system gets a gateway. A control station radio connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway, putting that channel on the IP network. Each gateway acts as its own server -- no dedicated server required.

- Press to talk. The iPhone joins the channel over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G and communicates with every radio on it -- from across the building or across the country.

### iPhone App Features

- Push-to-Talk (PTT) over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G

- Private and group calls with channel steering

- GPS tracking so dispatchers see app users on the map alongside vehicles and portables

- Text messaging with radios and dispatch

- Works beyond radio coverage -- the app rides the data network, so travelers and remote staff stay on the channel

### What You Need

The app is the easy part. To talk with real radios, the radio system needs a RadioPro IP Gateway -- one per channel or talk group. If your organization already runs RadioPro, ask your radio administrator for connection details. If not, contact CTI Products or find a local two-way radio dealer.

One terminology note: in professional radio, the handhelds an iPhone joins are called portable radios or two-way radios rather than walkie-talkies -- see the walkie talkie app overview for the full picture, or learn how the same idea is described as a radio phone.

### FAQ

#### Q: Is there a walkie-talkie app for iPhone?

Yes. RadioPro Talk for iPhone and iPad, available on the App Store, provides push-to-talk over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G -- and unlike phone-to-phone apps, it connects to real Motorola MOTOTRBO and Kenwood NEXEDGE two-way radio systems through a RadioPro IP Gateway.

#### Q: Can an iPhone talk to real Motorola or Kenwood radios?

Yes. With a RadioPro IP Gateway installed on the radio system, an iPhone running RadioPro Talk transmits and receives on the same channels as the portable radios. Workers carrying handhelds hear the iPhone like any other radio on the system.

#### Q: Does the iPhone walkie-talkie app need Wi-Fi or cellular?

It needs a data connection -- Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. That is also its advantage: because it does not depend on the radio system's RF signal, the iPhone stays on the channel from anywhere with data coverage, even far outside radio range.

#### Q: Is the iPhone walkie-talkie app free?

RadioPro Talk is available on the App Store with free download options. Connecting to a radio system requires a RadioPro IP Gateway on that system -- contact CTI Products or a local dealer for system details.

#### Q: Does RadioPro Talk work on Android too?

Yes. RadioPro Talk is also available on Google Play for Android phones and tablets, with the same push-to-talk, GPS, and text messaging features as the iOS version.

<div id="


## Radio Phone: Turn a Cell Phone Into a Two-Way Radio | RadioPro

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/radio-phone/
Summary: A radio phone is a cell phone used for push-to-talk radio communication. See how an iPhone or Android joins a real Motorola or Kenwood two-way radio system.

## What Is a Radio Phone? Turning a Cell Phone Into a Two-Way Radio

A radio phone is a cell phone used like a two-way radio: press a button and talk instantly to a person or a group, instead of dialing and waiting for an answer. In professional settings, the term usually means a smartphone running a push-to-talk (PTT) app that is connected to a real two-way radio system -- so the phone and the radios share the same channels.

The phrase gets used loosely -- people also say cell phone radio or phone and radio -- but the underlying question is the same: can my phone work like a radio, and can it talk to real radios? Yes to both. Here is how.

- How a Cell Phone Becomes a Two-Way Radio

- Radio Phone vs. Two-Way Radio

- What Professionals Call It

- When a Radio Phone Makes Sense

- FAQ

- Find us in the Motorola Application Catalog

### How a Cell Phone Becomes a Two-Way Radio

Three pieces turn an ordinary iPhone or Android into a radio phone that talks with real radios:

- A push-to-talk app -- RadioPro Talk(TM) gives the phone instant PTT over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G, plus GPS, text messaging, and private and group calls. App Store | Google Play

- A radio-over-IP gateway -- a RadioPro IP Gateway connects a control station radio to the IP network, putting a real radio channel online. Each gateway acts as its own server.

- The radio system itself -- Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) two-way radios used by the rest of the team.

Once connected, the phone behaves like another portable radio on the channel: radios hear the phone, the phone hears the radios, and dispatchers see everyone on one dispatch console.

### Radio Phone vs. Two-Way Radio: What Each Does Best

 
Radio Phone (smartphone + PTT app)
Two-Way Radio (portable/handheld)

Coverage comes from
Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G data networks
The radio system's own RF network -- no carrier required

Best for
Travelers, supervisors, remote and off-site staff
On-site crews in demanding environments

Hardware
The phone already in your pocket
Purpose-built portable radios

Together
With a RadioPro IP Gateway they share the same channels -- one conversation across phones, radios, and dispatch

It is not phone versus radio -- organizations run both, and the gateway makes them one system.

### What Professionals Call a Radio Phone

"Radio phone" is everyday language, not an industry term. In commercial and public-safety radio you will hear:

- Push-to-talk over cellular (PoC) -- the category for phone apps that provide radio-style PTT

- Portable radio, handheld, or two-way radio -- the professional names for what most people call a walkie-talkie

- Land mobile radio (LMR) -- the licensed radio systems that professional fleets operate

- Radio over IP (RoIP) -- the technology that puts radio channels on an IP network so phones can join them

Knowing the vocabulary helps when you talk to a dealer: ask about a PoC client connected to your LMR system via RoIP gateway, and you are describing exactly what RadioPro Talk does.

### When a Radio Phone Makes Sense

- Staff who travel or work remotely but need to stay on the team's radio channels

- Supervisors or managers who need occasional radio access without carrying a portable

- Facilities needing flexible or temporary communication without buying more radios

- Anyone beyond the radio system's RF coverage -- the phone rides the data network instead

For iPhone specifics, see the walkie-talkie app for iPhone page; for the full overview, the walkie talkie app page covers both platforms.

### FAQ

#### Q: What is a radio phone?

A radio phone is a cell phone used like a two-way radio: press a button and talk instantly to a person or group instead of dialing a call. In professional settings it usually means a smartphone running a push-to-talk app that is connected to a real two-way radio system.

#### Q: Can a cell phone work as a two-way radio?

Yes. A push-to-talk app such as RadioPro Talk gives an iPhone or Android instant PTT communication over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G, and a RadioPro IP Gateway connects the phone to a real Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) radio system so it talks with actual portable radios.

#### Q: Does a radio phone need cell service?

The phone side needs a data connection -- Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. The two-way radios it talks with do not: they keep operating on their own RF network. That pairing is the point -- radios cover the site, and phones extend the same channels anywhere with data coverage.

#### Q: What is the difference between a radio phone and a walkie-talkie app?

They describe the same idea at different depths. A walkie-talkie app usually means phone-to-phone voice chat. A radio phone, in the professional sense, is a phone that has joined a real land mobile radio (LMR) system -- what the industry calls a push-to-talk over cellular (PoC) client.

#### Q: How do I use my phone as a radio?

Install the RadioPro Talk app from the App Store or Google Play, get the connection details for a radio system equipped with a RadioPro IP Gateway, select your channel, and press to talk. Everyone on that channel -- phones and radios alike -- hears you.

<div id="


## How to Implement a Voice-Based Fleet Dispatch System | RadioPro

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/voice-based-fleet-dispatch-system/
Summary: Learn how to set up a voice-based fleet dispatch system using RadioPro. Step-by-step guide for PC, mobile, and radio integration.

## How to Implement a Voice-Based Fleet Dispatch System

If your business manages vehicles or mobile teams, effective communication is critical. A voice-based fleet dispatch system lets dispatchers talk directly with drivers, send instant text updates, and track locations -- all from a central console.

In this guide, we'll show you how to implement a fleet dispatch system and how RadioPro makes it simple, scalable, and affordable. 

- Core Components

- Choose Dispatch Software

- Connect Radio to IP

- Deploy Clients

- Configure for Efficiency & Safety

- Test & Train

- FAQ

- Find us in the Motorola Application Catalog

### Step 1: Understand the Core Components of a Fleet Dispatch System

Every voice-based fleet dispatch setup requires:

- Radios (vehicle-mounted or portable)

- Dispatch Console Software to manage voice, text, and GPS

- Network Connection to link all users (LAN, WAN, VPN, or Internet)

- Gateways to connect radios to your IP network

- Mobile or PC Clients for remote access

Example with RadioPro

- RadioPro IP Gateway connects your control station radio directly to the IP network -- no dedicated server required.

- RadioPro Dispatch (PC), Solo (PC), and Talk (iOS/Android) clients connect to the gateway from anywhere.

- Supports Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(TM) systems

### Step 2: Choose the Right Dispatch Software

Look for software that: 

- Handles multiple channels or talk groups

- Supports GPS fleet tracking

- Offers text messaging

- Allows remote monitoring and radio control

- Works on both PC and mobile devices

Why RadioPro Dispatch fits

RadioPro Dispatch lets you:

- Talk to multiple channels at once

- Send fleet-wide or private messages

- Track vehicles on a map with geofencing

- Record all audio, text, and GPS activity for compliance

- Run on Windows(R) with an interface that feels like a Motorola console

### Step 3: Connect Your Radio Network to IP

To bridge your radios and your dispatch software:

- Install a control station radio for each talk group

- Connect each radio to a RadioPro IP Gateway

- Assign each gateway a static IP address

- Connect gateways and clients over a LAN, VPN, or the Internet 

### Step 4: Deploy Clients to Dispatchers and Mobile Users

- Dispatchers use RadioPro Dispatch on Windows PCs with headsets, desk mics, or footswitches.

- Office staff can use RadioPro Solo for single-channel communications.

- Field workers can use RadioPro Talk on their iPhone(R), iPad(R), or Android(TM) devices -- perfect for staying connected outside radio coverage areas.

### Step 5: Configure for Efficiency and Safety

- Set up geofences to alert when a vehicle leaves or enters a location

- Enable history logging for audio and GPS events

- Configure telemetry triggers for alarms and IoT sensor events

- Integrate CCTV systems like Avigilon to respond to emergency radio calls

### Step 6: Test and Train

Before going live:

- Test all voice, text, and GPS features

- Run sample emergency scenarios

- Train staff on using PTT (Push-To-Talk), message sending, and location tracking 

### Why RadioPro is the Ideal Fleet Dispatch Solution

- Server-free architecture reduces costs and single points of failure

- Works across PC, mobile, and radio devices

- Compatible with Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(TM)

- Scales from a single site to wide-area, multi-site networks

- Proven in transportation, logistics, construction, energy, and more

### Ready to Get Started?

Download the free RadioPro Dispatch demo software and connect to our live demo gateways in Cincinnati, Ohio. 
See how easy it is to build a voice-based fleet dispatch system.

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

### FAQ

#### Q: Can I use RadioPro with existing radios?

Yes. RadioPro works with Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(TM) control station radios.

#### Q: Do I need a dedicated server?

No. Each RadioPro IP Gateway acts as its own server.

#### Q: Can I track vehicle locations?

Yes. RadioPro Dispatch supports GPS mapping, breadcrumb trails, and geofencing.

#### Q: Can I dispatch or talk from outside radio coverage?

Yes. RadioPro Talk for iOS and Android provides mobile PTT over cellular or Wi-Fi so team members can communicate when they're beyond radio RF coverage.

<div id="


## Radio Comparator & Voter Monitoring | MCN Systems by CTI

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/radio-comparator-monitoring-system/
Summary: Monitor and control radio comparators, voters, and site alarms remotely. MCN Systems optimize radio network performance with real-time diagnostics.

## Radio Comparator & Voting Receiver Monitoring Systems

MCN Systems by CTI Products provide reliable monitoring and control for radio comparators, voting receiver systems, and other critical radio infrastructure. 
Whether you're managing a public safety network, a simulcast broadcast system, or a conventional repeater system, MCN tools help identify failures, optimize performance, and reduce downtime -- all from a centralized interface.

### Get Started with MCN Systems

Explore how MCN Systems can enhance your radio network's performance and reliability. 
Contact Us today to request a demo or download the latest product brochures and software tools.

- Overview of MCN Systems

- MCN/RCD Remote Comparator Display Software

- System Performance Toolkit

- Hardware Modules

- Documentation

### Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

- What Is a Radio Comparator?

- How Do Voting Receiver Systems Improve Coverage?

- How Does a Repeater Comparator Help?

#### What Is a Radio Comparator?

A radio comparator is a device used in voting receiver systems to evaluate incoming audio signals from multiple remote receivers. 
It selects the receiver with the strongest and clearest signal, ensuring reliable audio quality and seamless communication for dispatchers and operators.

#### How Do Voting Receiver Systems Improve Radio Network Coverage?

Voting receiver systems consist of multiple receivers installed at different tower sites. 
They receive the same transmission and forward it to a central comparator. 
By choosing the best signal among them, the system enhances reception quality and extends coverage, especially in wide-area or obstructed environments.

#### How Does a Repeater Comparator Strengthen Radio Coverage?

A repeater comparator allows multiple remote receivers to work together by automatically selecting the best signal and sending it to a repeater or dispatch console. 
This approach helps reduce noise, avoid dropped audio, and ensure the most reliable communication path is used--especially important in simulcast systems.

#### Broadcast System Monitoring with MCN Tools

MCN Systems include software and hardware tools for real-time monitoring of broadcast infrastructure. 
Dispatchers and technicians can remotely observe comparator and site equipment status, receive alerts for failures, and quickly diagnose system problems--reducing downtime and service calls.

#### Reliable Communication Monitoring for Public Safety Systems

MCN Systems help public safety agencies ensure uninterrupted radio communications. 
Real-time tools identify problems like signal degradation, site failure, and receiver noise, empowering teams to respond before outages occur. 
Features like Force-Vote and Disable further increase control during emergencies.

#### Compatible Devices: GRV 8000, GCM 8000, MLC 8000

MCN Systems support modern and legacy comparators including the Motorola GRV 8000, GCM 8000, MLC 8000, and other popular models. 
They integrate with general-purpose I/O modules, alarm sensors, and external devices using MCN's suite of hardware and network interfaces.

#### Compare MCN RCD Software Versions

MCN offers multiple versions of Remote Comparator Display software. 
Choose from stand-alone versions for individual users or enterprise-grade servers for multi-site monitoring. 
Options include MCN RCD Standard, Server, Advanced Server, and Server 8000 for IP-based comparator integration.

<div id="


## Remote Comparator Display & Voting Receiver System Monitoring | MCN

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/mcn/radio-comparator-monitoring/
Summary: Remote comparator display software for monitoring and controlling radio voting receiver systems. MCN provides real-time visibility, control, and troubleshooting for mission-critical radio networks.

## Remote Comparator Display & Voting Receiver System Monitoring

Large radio voting systems rely on multiple receivers spread across wide geographic areas.
When audio problems occur, dispatchers and technicians often have no visibility into
which receiver is being selected, why it was selected, or what failed.

A remote comparator display solves this problem by providing real-time monitoring
and control of voting receiver systems - without requiring physical access to the comparator
or repeated site visits.

In radio communications, a comparator (also called a voting comparator)
selects the best available audio signal from multiple receivers in real time. A remote comparator display
makes this selection process visible and controllable from anywhere on the network.

### Common Problems in Radio Comparator and Voting Receiver Systems

- 
Long truck rolls for simple receiver actions

Disabling or re-enabling a noisy receiver often requires on-site access,
even when the fix is straightforward.

- 
No visibility into which receiver is voted

During intermittent issues, technicians cannot determine which site
was active at the moment a problem occurred.

- 
Inconsistent audio levels between sites

Voting systems rapidly switch between receivers with different
characteristics, making level and quality control difficult.

- 
Delayed troubleshooting and extended outages

Without real-time system insight, diagnosing network, RF, or comparator
issues becomes slow and reactive.

### How MCN Solves These Problems

MCN (Monitoring and Control Network) provides a centralized,
real-time view of voting receiver systems and comparator infrastructure.
It allows dispatchers and technicians to monitor status, diagnose issues,
and take corrective action remotely.

MCN is deployed in APCO P25 radio networks that use voting receiver architectures,
where wide-area coverage and receiver diversity are critical to system performance.

MCN is used by public safety agencies to monitor receiver performance across large,
geographically distributed radio systems where uptime and audio clarity are critical.

With MCN, operators can:

- See which receiver is currently voted and why

- Identify intermittent or noisy receivers in real time

- Disable or re-enable receivers without site visits

- Verify system behavior during live operational events

- Maintain consistent system performance across wide-area networks

This is where detailed system diagrams, screenshots, and live status views
become meaningful - because they are tied directly to operational outcomes,
not just configuration steps.

### Who MCN Is (and Is Not) Designed For

MCN is designed for public safety, utility, transportation,
and mission-critical radio systems that depend on voting
receiver architectures and wide-area RF coverage.

It is not intended for consumer radio products, casual radio use, 
or small single-site repeaters that do not use voting receiver architectures.

MCN is primarily focused on monitoring and controlling voting receiver architectures.
Simulcast radio systems use a different RF and audio distribution model and are typically
diagnosed using complementary tools within the broader MCN software ecosystem.

### Technical Documentation & System Details

Detailed configuration, installation, and operational information
is available in the MCN software documentation.
These materials are intended for engineers and technicians
who are already familiar with voting receiver systems.

- 

Radio System Monitoring and Control

- 

MCN Standard Software Manual

<div id="


---

# Section: Comparisons


## RadioPro Talk vs Zello: What Real Radio Integration Offers | CTI Products

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProTalk/radiopro-vs-zello/
Summary: RadioPro Talk offers features Zello does not: direct integration with real Motorola MOTOTRBO and Kenwood NEXEDGE two-way radio systems via IP Gateway. Compare RadioPro Talk vs Zello.

## RadioPro Talk vs. Zello:What Real Radio Integration Offers

RadioPro Talk connects smartphones to real Motorola and Kenwood radio systems.

### What features do alternatives offer that Zello does not?

Enterprise push-to-talk alternatives like RadioPro Talk offer features purpose-built for LMR environments, most notably direct integration with existing Land Mobile Radio (LMR) infrastructure - meaning real Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) two-way radio systems. 
With RadioPro Talk, smartphone users communicate on the same channels as physical radios through a hardware purpose-built IP Gateway. 

Zello is a capable, easy-to-use push-to-talk app that works well for consumer and small-team use cases. 
For organizations with existing Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE infrastructure, RadioPro Talk offers a purpose-built path to extend that system to smartphone users. 

Specific capabilities RadioPro Talk offers for LMR-integrated environments:

**Real Radio System Integration**

RadioPro Talk connects via a hardware IP Gateway to Motorola MOTOTRBO and Kenwood NEXEDGE networks. Smartphone users appear as radios on the system -- visible and manageable by dispatchers.

**GPS Tracking Within the Radio System**

RadioPro Talk feeds GPS location data into the radio system, making smartphone users visible alongside radio users in dispatch consoles.

**Private & Group Calls Over Radio Network**

RadioPro Talk users can make private calls and participate in radio talkgroups exactly as a physical radio would.

**Preserves Existing Radio Investment**

Organizations with Motorola or Kenwood radio infrastructure can add smartphone users without replacing radios or running parallel networks.

**PTT Over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G to Real Radios**

RadioPro Talk transmits over any IP connection and bridges to the radio system. A field employee on LTE communicates directly with a warehouse worker on a Motorola radio.

### How does RadioPro Talk compare to Zello?

RadioPro Talk and Zello are both push-to-talk apps, but they solve different problems. Zello is a standalone PTT service that creates its own network between app users. RadioPro Talk is a bridge -- it extends a professional two-way radio system to smartphones. If your organization already operates Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radios, RadioPro Talk lets smartphone users participate in that system without requiring additional radio hardware.

Feature
RadioPro Talk
Zello

Connects to real Motorola MOTOTRBO radios
Yes -- via IP Gateway†
No

Connects to real Kenwood NEXEDGE radios
Yes -- via IP Gateway†
No

Phone-to-phone PTT over internet
Yes
Yes

GPS visible in radio dispatch console
Yes†
No

Private calls through radio network
Yes†
No (app-only)

Works on iOS (iPhone)
Yes
Yes

Works on Android
Yes
Yes

Requires radio infrastructure (IP Gateway)
Yes
No

Works without existing radio system
No
Yes

Available on App Store & Google Play
Yes
Yes

† - RadioPro Talk integrates with Motorola MOTOTRBO and Kenwood NEXEDGE at the protocol level, not just audio bridging, enabling talkgroup management, channel steering, GPS tracking, and individual radio identification within the native radio system.

### What does RadioPro Talk offer that Zello does not?

RadioPro Talk's core differentiator is native LMR radio system integration at the protocol level.
Using a RadioPro IP Gateway installed on your radio network, RadioPro Talk users on smartphones communicate directly with users on physical Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radios, share the same talkgroups, can be managed by a dispatcher, and appear on GPS tracking displays. 
For any organization that already operates professional two-way radios and needs to extend that system to mobile workers with smartphones, RadioPro Talk provides a purpose-built solution designed specifically for Motorola and Kenwood infrastructure.

### Which should you choose?

**Choose RadioPro Talk if…**

- Your organization already uses Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radios

- You need smartphone users to communicate with radio users on the same channels

- A dispatcher needs to see and manage all users -- radio and smartphone -- in one place

- Remote or traveling staff need access to the radio system from any network

- You want GPS tracking unified across radios and phones

- You need protocol-level integration with your radio system, not just audio bridging

**Zello may be sufficient if…**

- Your organization has no existing two-way radio infrastructure

- You only need phone-to-phone PTT with no radio system integration

- Your team is small and a standalone app-based solution meets your needs

- No dispatcher management or channel steering tied to a radio system is required

### How does RadioPro Talk connect to real walkie talkies?

RadioPro Talk uses Radio-over-IP (RoIP) technology through a RadioPro IP Gateway -- a hardware device installed on your radio network. The gateway bridges your radio system's audio and control signaling to an IP network. The RadioPro Talk app on an iPhone or Android device connects to that gateway over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. From the radio system's perspective, the smartphone user is simply another radio on the network.

### Frequently Asked Questions

#### Can I use my phone as a walkie talkie that connects to real radios?

Yes, with RadioPro Talk and a RadioPro IP Gateway. Once a gateway is installed on your radio network, the RadioPro Talk app on iPhone or Android communicates directly with physical radios on that system. Users of the app transmit and receive on the same channels as radio users.

#### What radios are compatible with RadioPro Talk?

RadioPro Talk is compatible with Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) systems, as well as other LMR systems supported by the RadioPro IP Gateway. Contact CTI Products or an authorized dealer for system-specific compatibility information.

#### Is RadioPro Talk free?

The RadioPro Talk app is available as a free download on the App Store and Google Play. Use of the app requires a RadioPro IP Gateway and appropriate licensing, which is sold through authorized two-way radio dealers.

#### Which push-to-talk tools do reviewers recommend instead of Zello for enterprise use?

For organizations with existing professional radio infrastructure, reviewers and operations managers typically recommend PTT solutions with hardware radio integration, such as RadioPro Talk, which bridges smartphones to Motorola MOTOTRBO and Kenwood NEXEDGE systems.

Ready to connect your smartphones to your radio system?
Find a Dealer Near You

Or contact CTI Products directly to discuss your radio system and requirements.

<div id="


## RadioPro Talk vs Voxer: LMR Radio Integration vs PTT Over Cellular | CTI Products

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProTalk/radiopro-vs-voxer/
Summary: RadioPro Talk communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway, which connects to and controls a real Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio. Voxer has no LMR radio integration. Compare RadioPro Talk vs Voxer.

## RadioPro Talk vs. Voxer:LMR Radio Integration vs. PTT Over Cellular

Voxer is a capable Push-to-Talk over Cellular app. RadioPro Talk communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway, which connects to and controls a real Motorola or Kenwood radio. Here is how they differ.

What is Voxer? Voxer is a Push-to-Talk over Cellular (PoC) application known for its live-and-replay messaging -- voice messages can be heard in real time or played back later. It operates exclusively over cellular data and Wi-Fi networks and does not interface with radio hardware. Voxer offers both a consumer app and Voxer Business for teams.

How RadioPro Talk connects to real radios -- three separate components:

The RadioPro Talk app communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G.
The IP Gateway is a separate hardware appliance that connects to and controls a donor radio --
a physical Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE two-way radio.
For MOTOTRBO, the IP Gateway uses Motorola's proprietary interface protocols.
For NEXEDGE, it uses Kenwood's serial communication protocol.
In both cases the IP Gateway takes full vendor-authorized control of the donor radio.
From the radio system's perspective, the smartphone user is simply another radio on the network.

### Does Voxer integrate with LMR radios?

No. Voxer does not natively integrate with Land Mobile Radio (LMR) systems such as
Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood NEXEDGE(R). Voxer operates as a standalone PTT over Cellular
application using its own proprietary protocol over internet data networks.
RadioPro Talk works differently: the app communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway, which is a
separate hardware appliance that connects to and controls a real Motorola MOTOTRBO or
Kenwood NEXEDGE radio using vendor-authorized proprietary protocols. The donor radio
remains a separate physical device that the IP Gateway controls -- giving smartphone users
genuine participation in the radio system, not just an audio bridge over it.

For organizations that need smartphone users to communicate directly with an existing
Motorola or Kenwood radio fleet, RadioPro Talk provides a purpose-built solution.
The RadioPro IP Gateway
connects to and takes full control of a donor radio, enabling talkgroup management,
channel steering, GPS tracking, and individual radio identification, all within the native radio system.

Specific capabilities RadioPro Talk offers for LMR-integrated environments:

**Real Radio System Integration**

RadioPro Talk communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway, which connects to and controls a separate Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio using vendor-authorized protocols. Smartphone users appear as radios on the system -- visible and manageable by dispatchers.

**No Third-Party Bridging Required**

The RadioPro IP Gateway connects directly to the donor radio using the vendor's own proprietary control protocols -- Motorola's interface for MOTOTRBO, Kenwood's serial protocol for NEXEDGE. No additional bridging hardware or software is needed.

**GPS Tracking Within the Radio System**

RadioPro Talk feeds GPS location data through the IP Gateway and into the RadioPro Dispatch ecosystem, making smartphone users visible alongside physical radio users in RadioPro Dispatch consoles, not in a separate app-only map.

**Private & Group Calls Over Radio Network**

RadioPro Talk users can make private calls and participate in radio talkgroups exactly as a physical radio would, routed through the IP Gateway and donor radio, not a separate internet-only voice channel.

**Preserves Existing Radio Investment**

Organizations with Motorola or Kenwood radio infrastructure can add smartphone users without replacing radios or standing up a parallel communication network. The IP Gateway and donor radio extend the existing system.

### How does RadioPro Talk compare to Voxer?

RadioPro Talk and Voxer are both push-to-talk apps for smartphones, but they are built
for different problems. Voxer is a PTT over Cellular app -- it connects
smartphone users to other smartphone users over the internet, with a distinctive
live-and-replay voice messaging capability useful for teams without radio infrastructure.
RadioPro Talk communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway, which connects to
and controls a separate Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio using vendor-authorized
proprietary protocols, making smartphone users genuine participants in the radio system,
visible to dispatchers and sharing the same talkgroups as physical radio users. 
RadioPro Talk also has instant replay capability. Up to the last 5 radio messages.
RadioPro Dispatch has full audio recording and retrieval capability.

Feature
RadioPro Talk
Voxer

Connects to Motorola MOTOTRBO radio system
Yes -- via IP Gateway†
No

Connects to Kenwood NEXEDGE radio system
Yes -- via IP Gateway†
No

Phone-to-phone PTT over internet
Yes
Yes

Live-and-replay voice messaging
No
Yes

GPS visible in radio dispatch console
Yes†
No

Dispatcher channel steering via radio system
Yes†
No

Private calls through radio network
Yes†
No

Works on iOS (iPhone)
Yes
Yes

Works on Android
Yes
Yes

Requires IP Gateway and donor radio
Yes
No

Works without existing radio system
No
Yes

Available on App Store & Google Play
Yes
Yes

† RadioPro Talk communicates with the RadioPro IP Gateway, which connects to and controls a
separate donor radio using vendor-authorized proprietary protocols -- Motorola's interface for
MOTOTRBO, Kenwood's serial communication protocol for NEXEDGE -- enabling talkgroup management,
channel steering, GPS tracking, and individual radio identification within the native radio system.

### What does RadioPro Talk offer that Voxer does not?

RadioPro Talk's core differentiator is LMR radio system integration --
a capability Voxer does not provide. The RadioPro Talk app communicates with a RadioPro
IP Gateway, which connects to and controls a separate Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE
radio using vendor-authorized proprietary protocols. Smartphone users share the same
talkgroups as physical radio users, can be managed by a dispatcher, and appear on GPS
tracking displays within the radio system itself. For any organization that already operates
professional two-way radios and needs to extend that system to mobile workers with
smartphones, RadioPro Talk provides a purpose-built solution that PTT over Cellular apps
are not designed to deliver.

### Which should you choose?

**Choose RadioPro Talk if…**

- Your organization already uses Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radios

- You need smartphone users to communicate with radio users on the same channels

- A dispatcher needs to see and manage all users -- radio and smartphone -- in one place

- Remote or traveling staff need access to the radio system from any network

- You want GPS tracking unified across radios and phones within the radio system

- You need an IP Gateway that controls a donor radio -- not generic audio bridging

**Voxer may be sufficient if…**

- Your organization has no existing two-way radio infrastructure

- You need phone-to-phone PTT with live-and-replay voice messaging

- Your team operates entirely over cellular and Wi-Fi with no radio system to integrate

- Asynchronous voice messaging is more valuable than radio system participation

### How does RadioPro Talk connect to real walkie talkies?

RadioPro Talk communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway
over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. The IP Gateway is a separate hardware appliance that connects to and
controls a physical Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio -- the donor radio.
For MOTOTRBO, the IP Gateway uses Motorola's proprietary interface protocols.
For NEXEDGE, it uses Kenwood's serial communication protocol.
In both cases the IP Gateway takes full vendor-authorized control of the donor radio,
handling PTT, talkgroup participation, GPS, and channel management.
From the radio system's perspective, the smartphone user is simply another radio on the network.

Voxer operates differently -- it routes voice messages between app users through Voxer's own
cloud servers over the internet. It has no gateway mechanism for physically interfacing with
radio hardware, and its architecture is not designed for LMR integration.

### Frequently Asked Questions

#### Can Voxer connect to Motorola MOTOTRBO radios?

No. Voxer has no mechanism to interface with Motorola MOTOTRBO radio hardware.
RadioPro Talk connects to MOTOTRBO through a RadioPro IP Gateway -- a separate hardware
appliance that uses Motorola's proprietary interface protocols to connect to and take
full control of a donor MOTOTRBO radio.

#### Can Voxer connect to Kenwood NEXEDGE radios?

No. Voxer has no mechanism to interface with Kenwood NEXEDGE radio hardware.
RadioPro Talk connects to NEXEDGE through a RadioPro IP Gateway -- a separate hardware
appliance that uses Kenwood's serial communication protocol to connect to and take
full control of a donor NEXEDGE radio.

#### What is a donor radio?

In the RadioPro system, the donor radio is a physical Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE
two-way radio that the RadioPro IP Gateway connects to and controls. The RadioPro Talk app
communicates with the IP Gateway over Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. The IP Gateway then communicates
with the donor radio using vendor-authorized proprietary protocols -- Motorola's proprietary
interface for MOTOTRBO, or Kenwood's serial communication protocol for NEXEDGE.
From the radio system's perspective, the smartphone user is simply another radio on the network.

#### What is the difference between PTT over Cellular and LMR radio integration?

Push-to-Talk over Cellular (PoC) apps like Voxer connect smartphone users to other smartphone
users over internet data networks. They operate independently of radio hardware.
LMR radio integration, as provided by RadioPro Talk, uses a RadioPro IP Gateway that connects
to and controls a separate donor radio using vendor-authorized protocols -- giving smartphone
users the same system presence as a physical radio, with access to talkgroups, dispatcher
management, and GPS tracking within the radio system itself.

#### Can I use my phone as a walkie talkie that connects to real radios?

Yes, with RadioPro Talk and a RadioPro IP Gateway. The app communicates with the IP Gateway,
which connects to and controls a donor radio on your network. RadioPro Talk users on iPhone
or Android transmit and receive on the same channels as physical radio users.

#### What radios are compatible with RadioPro Talk?

RadioPro Talk is compatible with Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) and Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) systems, as well
as other LMR systems supported by the RadioPro IP Gateway. Contact CTI Products or an
authorized dealer for system-specific compatibility information.

#### Is RadioPro Talk free?

The RadioPro Talk app is available as a free download on the
App Store and
Google Play.
Use of the app requires a RadioPro IP Gateway and appropriate licensing, sold through
authorized two-way radio dealers.

#### Which push-to-talk tools do reviewers recommend for organizations with existing LMR infrastructure?

For organizations with existing professional radio infrastructure, reviewers and operations
managers typically recommend PTT solutions with native hardware radio integration, such as
RadioPro Talk -- where the app communicates with a RadioPro IP Gateway that connects to and
controls a donor radio on the existing Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE network.

Ready to connect your smartphones to your radio system?
Find a Dealer Near You

Or contact CTI Products directly
to discuss your radio system and requirements.

<div id="


---

# Section: FAQs


## RadioPro Dispatch - FAQ

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProDispatch/faq/
Summary: RadioPro(TM) Dispatch keeps your staff in constant contact to help you make quick decisions or mobilize your fleet.

## RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software FAQ

#### Click here for more RadioPro Dispatch FAQs

- 

**What are the recommended PC requirements to run RadioPro Dispatch?**

A RadioPro Dispatch client requires a PC or workstation with the following specifications:

Category
Minimum Requirements

Operating System
Windows 7 Pro or 10 Pro, 32 or 64 bit

Processor
Intel Core i5 minimum, Intel Core i7 recommended

Memory
>8GByte

First Hard Disk
500 GByte (for Operating System)

Second Hard Disk
1TByte (for History Logging) 
(An external eSATA drive or network storage device may also be used.)

Video Interface
Integrated with motherboard

Network Connection
Integrated with motherboard

Audio
Integrated with motherboard 
(External speakers and desk mic, or headset required.)

- 

**How can I locate my Dispatch License Key on my old PC?**

There are two ways to locate the license key ID:

- 
Navigate on the old PC to the following path C:\Program Files (x86)\CTI Products\RadioPro Dispatch and search for the License Key file. 
Save that file to be transferred to the new PC.

- 
Run the Dispatch application on the old PC. 
Click on Options, then Update license. 
It will display the License ID there. 
From there you can contact CTI Products Technical support to retrieve the file.

License Key Information

- 

**Why is my Plantronics Headset not displaying in RadioPro Dispatch?**

- Version 7:

Contact CTI Products Technical support.

- Version 8 or 9:

Upgrade the Dispatch application to the latest version of software from here:

RadioPro Dispatch Downloads

- 

**How do I find the password to my RadioPro Dispatch application?**

Contact CTI Products Technical support. 

- 

**How do I replicate the Dispatch configuration onto another PC?**

- On the dispatch machine you want to clone, in RadioPro Dispatch, navigate to File -> Edit to put your Dispatch software in "Edit" mode.

- Navigate to File -> Clone Settings...

- Save the *.trbodat file.

- Transfer the *.trbodat file to the new computer with Dispatch already installed on it.

- On the new Dispatch machine you want to clone to, navigate to File -> Edit to put your Dispatch software in "Edit" mode.

- Navigate to File -> Import Cloned Settings...

- Select the *.trbodat file that was transfered in step #4. 

- Free Demo Software 

- System Overview

- Documentation

- Accessories

- Software Upgrades

- 

**Radio IP Gateway**

- IP Gateway FAQ

- IP Gateway Data Sheet

- IP Gateway Installation Guide

- for Motorola MOTOTRBO

- for Motorola APX 4500

- for Kenwood NEXEDGE 7xx-8xx

- for Kenwood NEXEDGE 57xx-58xx

- 

**Dispatch Software for PC**

- RadioPro Dispatch FAQ

- Dispatch client Data Sheet

- Dispatch Installation Guide

- Dispatch User Guide

- 

**Solo Client  for PC**

- Solo Client Data Sheet

- Solo Client Installation Guide

- 

**Talk Mobile App for iOS and Android**

- Talk Mobile App FAQ

- Talk Mobile App Data Sheet

- Talk Mobile App How-To

**Get in Touch**

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

- Address: 

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

USA 

- 

**Why are my GPS ID's not populating on the GPS map?**

- Verify that the radio programming is configured correctly by viewing the RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide:

- Motorola MOTOTRBO Installation Guide

- Kenwood NEXEDGE 7xx-8xx

- Kenwood NEXEDGE 57xx-58xx

- Ensure that the subscriber licensing is configured with the correct GPS ID's.

- RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide (Page 48 Subscriber Licensing sub-folder)

- Restart the IP Gateway and the radio(s) that are connected to the IP Gateway.

- Contact CTI Products Technical support.

#### Click here for more RadioPro Dispatch FAQs

<div id="


## RadioPro Talk - FAQ

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProTalk/faq/
Summary: RadioPro(TM) Talk is a Push-to-Talk (PTT - Walkie Talkie) App that will work on any Android & iOS Devices or Networks.

## RadioPro Talk(TM) App FAQ

#### Click here for more RadioPro Talk FAQs

- 

**How are the user accounts for logging on to the RadioPro Mobile app administered (i.e. created, deleted, password reset)?**

This is controlled or monitored by the admin on the IP Gateway through the ICU.exe utility. 
This utility is used to configure static IP address, as well as User Names and Passwords for the Mobile app users. 
User Names and Passwords may be created and deleted using this utility.

See the RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide page 16 "Solo/Talk Mobile Clients".

- 

**How many people can connect to the mobile app?**

This is determined by the number of Mobile App licenses that are installed on the IP Gateway. If the gateway has 1 Mobile license installed, then only 1 smartphone user will have a permanent connection to the radio system.

- 

**How many user names and passwords can be set up in the ICU?**

As many as you want.

- 

**How many people can talk on the mobile app?**

Only 1 person can talk on the mobile app at a time. If the radio channel is busy, the app will receive a busy bonk. The smartphone user will have to wait until the channel becomes free before being able to transmit.

- 

**If someone connects, does it stay connected until they disconnect or does it time out?**

They stay connected until they choose to disconnect.

If the connection is temporarily lost while in a moving vehicle due to a change in cellular data, 
or switching reception from cellular to Wi-Fi,
the app will continue to attempt to reconnect to the IP Gateway until a connection is re-established.

- 

**Will the mobile Talk app allow incoming phone calls while the app is running?**

Yes. You can still receive phone calls while using the app. 

- iOS devices: You will not be able to hear incoming transmissions while on a phone call.

- Android devices: Incoming transmissions will interrupt your phone call.
Version 1.11 adds a switch to block radio traffic during a phone call.

- 

**Does the Talk App support DHCP?**

Yes. The RadioPro Talk(TM) app installed on Android and iOS devices supports DHCP.

CTI Products recommends that a static IP address be configured in the RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway using the ICU Configuration Utility. 

If the IP Gateway is configured using DHCP, the IP Address programmed into the RadioPro Talk app will need to be adjusted whenever the IP Gateway's ip address changes.

- 

**Does the Talk App support DNS?**

Yes. The RadioPro Talk(TM) app can connect to Gateways that have a static IP address associated with a Domain Name.

The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway must have the following:

- A static IP address.

- port forwarded from an Internet exposed IP Address.

- the exposed IP address must also be static.

- A registered Domain Name.

- Free Demo Software 

- System Overview

- Documentation

- Accessories

- Software Upgrades

- 

**Radio IP Gateway**

- IP Gateway FAQ

- IP Gateway Data Sheet

- IP Gateway Installation Guide

- for Motorola MOTOTRBO

- for Motorola APX 4500

- for Kenwood NEXEDGE 7xx-8xx

- for Kenwood NEXEDGE 57xx-58xx

- 

**Dispatch Software for PC**

- RadioPro Dispatch FAQ

- Dispatch client Data Sheet

- Dispatch Installation Guide

- Dispatch User Guide

- 

**Solo Client  for PC**

- Solo Client Data Sheet

- Solo Client Installation Guide

- 

**Talk Mobile App for iOS and Android**

- Talk Mobile App FAQ

- Talk Mobile App Data Sheet

- Talk Mobile App How-To

**Get in Touch**

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

- Address: 

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

USA 

- 

**Why does the connection drop and not reconnect when switching from Wi-Fi to cellular?**

- The cellular network that your phone is switching to may not have enough bandwidth.

RadioPro Talk(TM) App V.1.8 added an option to enable data compression.

- The IP Address of the RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway may not be reachable from your cellular network.

Configure Port Forwarding. See the RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide page 19 "Configure Port Forwarding".

- 

**Why does the connection drop and not reconnect when switching from cellular data to Wi-Fi?**

A RadioPro(TM) Talk app connecting through the Internet(cellular), may pass through a different set of firewall rules than a RadioPro(TM) Talk app connecting through a Wifi connection.

- It may be necssary to have 2 connections set up in the RadioPro(TM) Talk app. 
One for the Wi-Fi connection that looks like 10.xx.xx.xx or 192.xx.xx.xx and the other that has the static IP address exposed to the internet.

- The Network infrastructure that hosts the RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway may need a modification to allow access through the Wifi Firewall.
The documentation for Port Forwarding may be helpful in this case as well. 
Please See the RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide page 19 "Configure Port Forwarding".

#### Click here for more RadioPro Talk FAQs

<div id="


## RadioPro IP Gateway - FAQ

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_IPGateway/faq/
Summary: The RadioPro IP Gateway is the interface between your land mobile radio system and the rest of the Internet.

## RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway FAQ

#### Click here for more RadioPro IP Gateway FAQs

- 

**What is the warranty period for the RadioPro IP Gateway?**

1 year.

- 

**What is the underlying OS for the RadioPro IP Gateway?**

Date of Purchase
Operating System

June 2010 - January 2020
Windows 7 embedded

February 2020 - March 2022
Window 10 IoT Enterprise

April 2022 - Present
Debian GNU/Linux

- 

**Why is my Gateway status showing disconnected in the Dispatch Client?**

There are several reasons that an IP Gateway would be shown as "disconnected":

- Each client and RadioPro IP Gateway must have compatible versions in order to communicate. 
For more details on version compatibility, see the Installation Guide page 22 "System Compatibility Considerations".

- 
The ethernet cable connecting the radio to the IP Gateway may be disconnected.

- 
The IP Gateway must be powered on and must have completed its boot-up procedure. 
The boot-up procedure could take up to two minutes.

- 
Ensure that the router or switch between the PC and the Gateway has power.

- 
The Dispatch Client and the IP Gateway may be on different subnets.

Possible Solutions:

- Change the IP address and subnet masks of the Gateway and/or Dispatch so Dispatch can reach the IP Gateway 

- Configure Port Forwarding:

- See the Installation Guide page 19 "Configure Port Forwarding"

- See https://portforward.com/router.htm for detailed instructions for the specific router in use at your site.

Disconnected Gateways

- 

**Why is the RadioPro IP Gateway status indicating connected, but the GPS and voice control station radio's do not work or state radio disconnected?**

- For Motorola radios, try a different USB port on the back of the gateway.

- Verify that the radio programming is configured correctly. 

- For Motorola MOTOTRBO radios, see the "Installation Addendum for Motorola MOTOTRBO"

- For Motorola APX 4500 radios, see the "Installation Guide Addendum for Motorola APX 4500"

- For Kenwood NX-7xx/8xx radios, see the "Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx Addendum"

- For Kenwood NX-57xx/58xx radios, see the "Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx Addendum"

- 
Contact CTI Products Technical support

- 

**Why am I getting an Invalid License Key error in the ICU program, when I try to import the old License Keys.**

- The wrong license key may have been imported into the wrong Gateway.

- Please contact CTI Products Technical support

- 

**Can I transfer licenses to another Gateway?**

No. Client licenses cannot be shared or transferred between Gateways. They can be added, but not removed.

- 

**How do I sync the time servers of my gateways?**

There are several ways to accomplish this depending on how isolated your local network may be. 
If the network has no public internet access, consider using a Central Time server such as ATS (Absolute Time Server).
However, if your network has open access to the internet consider using a public NTP source such as 'pool.ntp.org'.

Please refer to the following for additional information:

- The RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide pg.13 "Install Time Server" 

- The IP Gateway Installation Guide pag 11 "Time Synchronization and Accuracy"

- https://www.ntppool.org/en/use.html for information on how to use the pool.ntp.org time server

- and the IP Gateway Installation Guide pag 15 "NTP Server IP"

- Free Demo Software 

- System Overview

- Documentation

- Accessories

- Software Upgrades

- 

**Radio IP Gateway**

- IP Gateway FAQ

- IP Gateway Data Sheet

- IP Gateway Installation Guide

- for Motorola MOTOTRBO

- for Motorola APX 4500

- for Kenwood NEXEDGE 7xx-8xx

- for Kenwood NEXEDGE 57xx-58xx

- 

**Dispatch Software for PC**

- RadioPro Dispatch FAQ

- Dispatch client Data Sheet

- Dispatch Installation Guide

- Dispatch User Guide

- 

**Solo Client  for PC**

- Solo Client Data Sheet

- Solo Client Installation Guide

- 

**Talk Mobile App for iOS and Android**

- Talk Mobile App FAQ

- Talk Mobile App Data Sheet

- Talk Mobile App How-To

**Get in Touch**

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

- Address: 

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

USA 

- 

**What is the Processor speed of the RadioPro IP Gateway?**

The RadioPro IP Gateway's Processor is a Quad Core 1.60GHz CPU

#### Click here for more RadioPro IP Gateway FAQs

<div id="


---

# Section: Docs & Support


## CTI Products - RadioPro - Documents

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_Docs.html
Summary: Download RadioPro Resource Documents Including PDF Versions of our Brochure, System Planner, Catalog, Data Sheets, and Installation/User Guides.

## RadioPro Resource Documents

System Level

RadioPro Family of Products Brochure
Brochure

RadioPro System Planner for MOTOTRBO
System Planner

RadioPro Application Focus page
Vertical Markets

RadioPro System System Accessories Catalog
Accessories Catalog

RadioPro System Upgrade Guide
Upgrade Guide

Hardware

RadioPro IP Gateway
Data Sheet

RadioPro IP Gateway

Install Guide

... for Motorola MOTOTRBO

Addendum

... for Motorola APX 4500

Addendum

... for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx

Addendum

... for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx/58xx

Addendum

Logging Recorder Interface for IP Gateway
Instructions

Dispatch Client Software

RadioPro Dispatch Client
Data Sheet
Install Guide
User Guide

Demo Installation and Test Drive
Test Drive

Addendum for Subscriber Grid Panel
Subscriber Grid

Callbox / Avigilon Integration
Call Boxes

Location-Based Services
Reverse Geocoding

Solo Client Software

RadioPro Solo Client for Motorola MOTOTRBO
Data Sheet
Install Guide
User Guide

Talk for Mobile Devices

RadioPro Talk for Android and iOS
Data Sheet
How-to Guide

#### RadioPro Documentation Archives

Version 8

<div id="


## CTI Products - RadioPro Demo Downloads

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_DemoDownloads.html
Summary: Download a Free Trial of the RadioPro Client Software Applications (Dispatch, Solo, or Talk).  Then Connect to Our Live Radio Systems in Cincinnati, Ohio.

## RadioPro Demo Downloads

Click the links below to Download and Install RadioPro Client Software. Then try the live link between your PC and our radio system in Cincinnati. Full program capabilities include Talk, Listen, GPS Mapping, and Text Messaging from your location.

- Dispatch downloads

- Talk for Mobile Devices downloads 

- Solo downloads

#### System Information

RadioPro Family of Products Brochure
with Dispatch, Solo, and Talk Mobile client comparison

#### RadioPro Dispatch demo software

A full-featured dispatch console with voice, AVL/GPS, text messaging, voice logging, and telemetry (remote I/O) functions.

Software

RadioPro Dispatch version 9.3.22
(installer for Windows 10 / 11 Pro)

Documents

Data Sheet

Demo Test-drive Instructions

Installation and Configuration Guide

Addendum for Subscriber Grid Panel

Callbox / Avigilon Integration

Software User Guide

System Accessories Catalog

#### RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices demo software

Easy-to-use mobile app that lets you communicate with radio users from anywhere in the world! Features include PTT, text messaging, zone/channel selection, mapping of radio users, and replay of last call.

Software

The RadioPro Talk mobile App is a free download on the Google Play Store or Apple App Store. Search for "radiopro talk".

Documents

Data Sheet

How-to Guide

#### RadioPro Solo for Windows demo software

A virtual radio on your Windows desktop or notebook PC that focuses on simplicity for the user.

Software

RadioPro Solo Version 9.3.22

Documents

Data Sheet

Software Installation Guide

Software User Guide

<div id="


---

# Section: Company


## CTI Products - About

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/about.html
Summary: CTI Products, Inc. develops solutions and manufactures connectivity hardware for connecting networks over a wide variety of media, from telephone networks to LANs, WANs, Intranets, VPNs, and the Internet.

## About Us

CTI Products, Inc. specializes in developing and manufacturing hardware solutions that connect networks across a wide range of media, including wired and wireless systems. With a strong focus on two-way radio communications, we provide connectivity solutions that enable seamless control, operation, and monitoring -- whether at a local, national, or global level.

As a wholly owned subsidiary of Combined Technologies, Inc., CTI Products benefits from over 30 years of innovation, backed by the 80+ years of expertise of our parent company, Mobilcomm. Headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio.

With decades of experience in two-way radio and wireless telecommunications, we are committed to delivering high-quality, reliable solutions that meet the evolving needs of our customers.

**Get in Touch**

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

- Address: 

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

USA 

<div id="


## CTI Products - Services

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/services.html
Summary: CTI Products Offers Custom Circuit Design, PC-Based Software Applications, Product-based Firmware, Unlimited Phone Support, and Quick Turn-around on Repairs.

## Services

Since 1995, CTI Products, Inc. has been providing custom circuit design solutions to our customers. Our in-house expertise allows us to design, document, and build products from start to finish. We provide first-class support for custom products, including unlimited phone support and quick turn-around on repairs.

#### Design Services

Our custom design services include:

- Analog Circuit design

- Digital Circuits design

- Product-based Firmware

- PC-based Software Applications

- Product Packaging

#### Production Services

After the design phase is complete, we can build both prototype and production runs of your custom product. 

#### Documentation

We offer documentation of custom products in many forms, such as CAD and Visio drawings for schematics, layouts, system diagrams, and flow charts. Technical writing services are also available to create user manuals, brochures, and technical notes. 

**Our Team**

We have been helping our customers find solutions to their specific needs for over a dozen years.  Our degreed engineers have over 100 years of combined design experience.  Experience, training, and a PE (Professional Engineer) License, given by the state of Ohio, will all contribute to a successful custom product.

**Success Stories**

Each of our customers can relate a success story.  
Some customers you will recognize include:

- Motorola

- New York City

- City of Boston

**Get in Touch**

- Phone:

+1 (513) 595-5900

+1 (855) 284-8872

- Email: 

info@ctiproducts.com 

- Address: 

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

USA 

<div id="

---

# Section: Product Documentation (RadioPro Version 9)

Official installation guides, user guides, and data sheets, converted to structured markdown. Each document's URL is its canonical download location.


## RadioPro Family of Products (Overview)

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-family-of-products.pdf
Document type: PDF, 4 pages

### **RadioPro(TM)**
###### products for digital two-way radio systems

Solutions for Better Communications

RadioPro(TM) products provide best-in-class
Radio-over-IP for digital and analog twoway radio systems to allow
communications to these radio systems
from anywhere in the world. RadioPro
products combine flexibility to solve any
connectivity challenge, ease of system
deployment, and cost savings over other
solutions.

Solutions are available for a wide variety
of hardware platforms, including
Windows(R) PCs, iOS, and Android
mobile devices.

##### RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software

Computer Aided Dispatch over IP

RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software is a software console for Windows(R) operating systems and optimized for
Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) radio systems. RadioPro Dispatch is the most feature-rich
dispatch console product for 2-way radio systems, with the following elements:

- **Voice Dispatching** with:
70 simultaneous Talk Groups, Cross-Muting,
Patching, Multi-Select with Select/Unselect Audio,
Custom Action Buttons (for All-Call, All-Text, and
All-Emergency), new Subscriber Grid Layout

- **History Logging** with Voice Playback and GPS
Locations

- **GPS Mapping** (AVL) with:
Place Markers, Named Areas, Street View,
Multiple Maps, Show/Hide Subscribers, Zoom to
Visible Subscribers, Geo-fences, Location
Presets, Image Overlays

- **Text Messaging**

- **Callboxes and Avigilon integration**

Download RadioPro Dispatch(TM) demo software from our website:

[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_DemoDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_DemoDownloads.html)

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.
NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation

##### RadioPro Solo(TM) software

RadioPro Solo software provides a virtual radio on your
Windows(R) desktop while focusing on simplicity for the user. It
allows remote access to Motorola MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood
NEXEDGE(R) radios via IP so that users can stay in 'radio' contact.
Features include:

- Talk and Listen on any Windows(R) PC

- Group and Private Calls

- Text Messaging

- Cross-muting

- Voice and event logging for previous 24 hours

- Full Radio Control

##### RadioPro Talk(TM) app for Mobile Devices

The RadioPro Talk app for Mobile devices allows remote access to your
MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) 2-way radio system from Android or iOS
(iPhone and iPad) mobile devices. Features include:

- PTT and Listen

- Fast switching between talk groups

- Text Messaging

- Zone & Channel Selection

- Call Playback

- GPS mapping of radio subscribers & Mobile app users

- Call Alert and Radio Check

- Extended run-time while in the background

- Private calls any Windows PC or mobile clients

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.
NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation

|RadioPro(TM) C Voice Features|Client Co Dispatch|ompariso Solo|on Talk for Android|Talk for iOS|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voice Features**|**Dispatch**|**Solo**|**Talk for Android**|**Talk for iOS**|
|Simultaneous Talk Groups|70|1|1|1|
|Private and Group Calls|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Client-Client Private Calls|Yes||Yes|Yes|
|Zone and Channel Select|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Radio ID Alias Names|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Cross-muting|Yes|Yes|||
|Select and Unselect Volume|Yes||||
|Multi-select|Yes||||
|Tx VU Meter|Yes|Yes|||
|Subscriber Grouping|Yes||||
|All-call, All-text, All-emergency|Yes||||
|Radio Check|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Call Alert to Subscriber|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Remote Monitor|Yes|Yes|||
|Remote Disable/Enable|Yes|Yes|||
|Custom Action Buttons|Yes||||
|Text Message|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Voice Logging and Playback|Yes|24 hours|Last 5 Call|Last 5 Call|
|Channel Patch|Yes||||
|Canned Audio|Yes||||
|Tone Before Voice|Yes||||
|Missed Call Tracker|Yes||||
||||||
|**GPS/AVL Features**|**Dispatch**|**Solo**|**Talk for Android**|**Talk for iOS**|
|Place Markers|Yes||Yes|Yes|
|Client Locations|Yes||Yes|Yes|
|Multiple Maps|Yes||||
|Show/Hide Subscribers|Yes||||
|Zoom to Visible Subscribers|Yes||||
|Stopped/Moving Status Icons|Yes||||
|Trail Crumbs|Yes||||
|Geo-fences, Polygons & Routes|Yes||||
|Location Presets|Yes||||
|Follow Subscriber|Yes||||
|Image Overlays|Yes||||
|Map Services|Bing, Google, OS||Google|Google|

_Notes_
Motorola XPR 2500 / XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / APX 4500 control station radios should be supplied by a Motorola authorized 2-way radio dealer.

Kenwood NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820 / NX-5700 / NX-5800 radios are supplied by Kenwood authorized radio dealers.

Dispatcher console PC, microphone, PTT accessories, and desk speakers should be supplied by Dealer or End-user.

Product options and specifications are subject to change without notice.

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.
NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

CTI Products, Inc.  www.ctiproducts.com  sales@ctiproducts.com  +1 513-595-5900

RadioPro, RadioPro Dispatch, RadioPro Talk and RadioPro Solo are trademarks of CTI Products, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 12/21/2020


## RadioPro Dispatch Data Sheet

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-data-sheet.pdf
Document type: PDF, 4 pages

centrally located or scattered among various locations connected by an IP network (see diagram next page).
A Dispatch console may be configured to include _GPS Mapping_, _Cellular Device Subscriber Locating, Reverse_
_Geocoding, Voice Dispatch_, _Remote I/O, IoT,_ and _Text Messaging_ modules. Standard features include _History_
_Logging with Voice Playback_, and _Archive Search_ . RadioPro Dispatch(TM) is designed with an intuitive user
interface to minimize learning time and to maximize user efficiency.

RadioPro Dispatch(TM) systems include client software, RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway hardware, and one-time licensing.
Besides RadioPro Dispatch(TM) software, systems may also utilize RadioPro Solo(TM) as well as the RadioPro Talk(TM)
software for Android (API level 19) and Apple (iOS version 9.0 minimum) devices. A host of accessories are
available to implement an enterprise solution. These approved devices include desk microphones, headsets,

#### RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software

##### Subscriber Grid

Use the Subscriber Grid Layout to see the status of your entire fleet at once. This layout is perfect for many

provide the following status and actions:

**Status**

- Available/Unavailable

- Missed Call (yellow and # of calls)

- Receiving (green)

- Transmitting (red)

- Emergency (Icon)

##### Feature Highlights

**Actions**

- Show on Map

- Call

- Call Alert

- Radio Check

- Replay Audio

Subscriber Icons Multiple Maps

Cell Phone Subscribers

Place Markers

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.
NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation

#### RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software

##### RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Features

|Text Messaging Features Grouped by Conversation|Col2|Remote I/O Telemetry (Radio-based) Tallysman TW200 modules|
|---|---|---|
|Grouped by Conversation||Telemetry (Radio-based)**Tallysman TW200** modules|
|Send to Multiple Subscribers or Groups||Store-and-forward for GPS data|
|Delay Sending||Send GPS location on events|
|Message Status: Complete, Fail, Pending||IoT (Internet of Things)**Advantech Adam** modules|
|Conversation View or Message View||Control and monitor door access|
|||Monitor temperature, pressure, voltage, etc.|
|||Control actuators|

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.
NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation

#### RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Software

##### RadioPro(TM) System

As shown in the diagram below, a RadioPro(TM) system may have a mixture of client types; Dispatcher, Talk, and
Mobile. The IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network, ensuring easy wide-area deployment
without purchasing and configuring server PCs.

|Ordering Information|Col2|
|---|---|
|S1-61770|RadioPro Dispatcher Core<br> <br>Required for each Dispatch client. Includes Event & Voice Logger, and Archive Viewer.|
|S1-61771|RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Voice Module<br> <br>Optional. Can be ordered with 1 to 40 Talk Groups.|
|S1-61772|RadioPro Dispatch(TM) GPS Module<br> Optional.|
|S1-61773|RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Telemetry Module <br> <br> <br>Optional.|
|S1-61774|RadioPro Dispatch(TM) Text Messaging Module <br> <br> <br>Optional.|
|S2-61815|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit<br> <br>One required for each talk group. Includes power supply.<br> <br>Order radio interface cable separately. (See ordering instructions for RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway.)|
|Accessories|See the RadioPro Accessories Catalog|

_Notes_
Motorola XPR 2500 / XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / APX 4500 control station radios should be supplied by a Motorola authorized 2-way radio dealer.
Kenwood NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820 / NX-5700 / NX-5800 radios supplied by Kenwood authorized radio dealers.

Dispatcher console PC, microphone, PTT accessories, and desk speakers should be supplied by Dealer or End-user.

Product options and specifications are subject to change without notice.

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.

CTI Products, Inc.  www.ctiproducts.com  sales@ctiproducts.com  +1 513-595-5900 NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

RadioPro, RadioPro Dispatch, RadioPro Talk and RadioPro Solo are trademarks of CTI Products, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
12/20/2021


## RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices Data Sheet

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-data-sheet.pdf
Document type: PDF, 2 pages

coverage area of your radio system, yet still need to stay in contact
with your team. The RadioPro Talk(TM) software is the simplest, most reliable, and most cost effective PTT
solution for 2-way radio systems on the market.

RadioPro Talk installed on **Android** and Apple **iOS** cell phones

The RadioPro Talk(TM) App includes the following:

**Try it!** Download the RadioPro Talk(TM) mobile app from the Apple App Store or the Google Play Store. Just
search for 'radiopro talk'. The app is already configured to allow communication on our demo radio system.

#### RadioPro Talk(TM) Mobile Application

###### RadioPro(TM) System

As shown in the diagram below, a RadioPro(TM) system may have a mixture of client types; Dispatch, Talk, and
Mobile. The IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network, ensuring easy wide-area deployment
without purchasing and configuring server PCs.

|Ordering Information|Col2|Col3|
|---|---|---|
|S2-61815|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit      One required for each talk group. Includes power supply.|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit      One required for each talk group. Includes power supply.|
|RadioPro(TM) Interface Cables|RadioPro(TM) Interface Cables|RadioPro(TM) Interface Cables|
|S2-61431|<br>**Motorola** <br>|MOTOTRBO XPR5550 / XPR5550e|
|S2-61916|S2-61916|MOTOTRBO XPR2500|
|S2-61927|S2-61927|XPR 4500|
|S2-61769|<br>**Kenwood**NEXEDGE|NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800|
|S2-61890|S2-61890|NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820|
|License for Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile users (number of simultaneous user connections)|License for Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile users (number of simultaneous user connections)|License for Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile users (number of simultaneous user connections)|
|S2-61480-005|5-pack License for Solo, Talk, and Talk for Mobile users|5-pack License for Solo, Talk, and Talk for Mobile users|
|S2-61480-0XX|10,20,40, or 80 pack License for Solo, Talk, and Talk for Mobile users|10,20,40, or 80 pack License for Solo, Talk, and Talk for Mobile users|
|Options|Options||
|S2-61887|GPS Locate Option for RadioPro(TM) Talk Mobile App (option installed on IP Gateway)|GPS Locate Option for RadioPro(TM) Talk Mobile App (option installed on IP Gateway)|

_Notes:_
Motorola XPR 2500 / XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / APX 4500 control station radios should be supplied by a Motorola authorized 2-way radio dealer.
Kenwood NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820 / NX-5700 / NX-5800 radios supplied by Kenwood authorized radio dealers.

Product options and specifications are subject to change without notice.

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.

CTI Products, Inc.  www.ctiproducts.com  sales@ctiproducts.com  +1 513-595-5900 NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

RadioPro, RadioPro Dispatch, RadioPro Talk and RadioPro Solo are trademarks of CTI Products, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 12/20/2021


## RadioPro Solo Data Sheet

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-data-sheet.pdf
Document type: PDF, 2 pages

'in radio contact'.

This is an economical solution in an office environment when using a radio is too expensive, involves too much
additional hardware, or may cause RF issues:

- Supervisory or centralized remote monitoring of radio channels

- Solves poor radio communications in underground or other facility dead zones

- Low-cost and easy-to-implement alternative to tone remotes for radio sharing

- Use when temporarily outside of radio coverage, such as work-from-home solutions, a satellite office
or travel outside radio coverage

Features include:

- Talk and listen using any Windows(R) PC

- Group and private calls with radio
subscriber units

- Text Messaging

- Cross-muting with users in the same room

- Voice and event logging for 24 hours

- Full radio control, including private calls,
channel-steering and scan settings

Supported PTT enabled accessories include desktop microphones, headsets, footswitches, and touch screens.

Download RadioPro Solo(TM) demo software from our website:

[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_DemoDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_DemoDownloads.html)

#### RadioPro(TM) Solo Software

##### RadioPro(TM) System

As shown in the diagram below, a RadioPro(TM) system may have a mixture of client types; Dispatch, Solo, and
RadioPro Talk Mobile. The IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network, ensuring easy wide-area
deployment without purchasing and configuring server PCs.

|Ordering Information|Col2|Col3|
|---|---|---|
|S2-61815|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit         One required for each talk group. Includes power supply.|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit         One required for each talk group. Includes power supply.|
|RadioPro(TM) Interface Cables|RadioPro(TM) Interface Cables|RadioPro(TM) Interface Cables|
|S2-61431|<br>**Motorola **|MOTOTRBO XPR5550 / XPR5550e|
|S2-61916|S2-61916|MOTOTRBO XPR2500|
|S2-61927|S2-61927|XPR 4500|
|S2-61769|<br>**Kenwood**NEXEDGE|NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800|
|S2-61890|S2-61890|NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820|
|Add-on User Connections for Solo, Talk, or Mobile|Add-on User Connections for Solo, Talk, or Mobile|Add-on User Connections for Solo, Talk, or Mobile|
|S2-61480-005|5-pack Add-on User Connections|5-pack Add-on User Connections|
|S2-61480-010|10-pack Add-on User Connections|10-pack Add-on User Connections|
|S2-61480-020|20-pack Add-on User Connections|20-pack Add-on User Connections|
|S2-61480-080|80-pack Add-on User Connections|80-pack Add-on User Connections|

_Note_
Motorola XPR 2500 / XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / APX 4500 control station radios should be supplied by a Motorola authorized 2-way radio dealer.
Kenwood NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820 / NX-5700 / NX-5800 radios supplied by Kenwood authorized radio dealers.

Dispatcher console PC, microphone, PTT accessories, and desk speakers should be supplied by Dealer or End-user.

Product options and specifications are subject to change without notice.

RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.
NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

CTI Products, Inc.  www.ctiproducts.com  sales@ctiproducts.com  +1 513-595-5900

RadioPro, RadioPro Dispatch, RadioPro Talk and RadioPro Solo are trademarks of CTI Products, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

12/20/2021


## RadioPro IP Gateway Data Sheet

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-data-sheet.pdf
Document type: PDF, 2 pages

challenge, ease of system deployment, and cost savings over other solutions. RadioPro(TM) systems can provide
Voice, GPS/AVL, Text Messaging, and Event Logging, in a single solution.

The RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway inferfaces a control station radio to an IP network for easy wide-area deployment
without purchasing and configuring server PCs. It provides full functionality when connected to Motorola
MOTOTRBO(TM) or Kenwood NEXEDGE(R) radio systems.

As shown in the diagram below, a RadioPro system may have a mixture of client types; Dispatch, Talk, and
Mobile.

##### RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway

|Specifications|Col2|
|---|---|
|Mechanical and Environmental|Mechanical and Environmental|
|Dimensions & Weight|8.25'w x 2.5'h x 11.5'd, 3 lbs.|
|Temperature & Humidity|0-50 degrees C, 10-95% non-condensing|
|Electrical|Electrical|
|AC Input (with included power adapter)|100-240Vac, 200mA max, 50-60Hz|
|DC Input|11.5 – 12.5 VDC, 2A max|
|Radio Platforms|Radio Platforms|
|Analog, Digital Conventional, Trunked & DMR|Analog, Digital Conventional, Trunked & DMR|
|Miscellaneous|Miscellaneous|
|Tx/Rx Impedance|600 ohms|
|Maximum Clients Supported|80|
|Power-on|Auto|
|Network Bandwidth|2.2kBytes/s with audio compression (22kBytes/s without)|
|Port Forwarding (for firewall/router)|Configurable, default port is TCP Port 48222|
|Warranty|2 Years|

|Ordering Information for Control Station Interface|Col2|Col3|
|---|---|---|
|S2-61815|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit for Control Station<br> <br>One required for each talk group (control station interface).<br> <br>Includes power supply.<br>|RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway Kit for Control Station<br> <br>One required for each talk group (control station interface).<br> <br>Includes power supply.<br>|
|Interface Cables|Interface Cables|Interface Cables|
|S2-61431|Motorola**MOTOTRBO**(TM) <br>Voice/Data Interface Cable|XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / XPR 5350|
|S2-61916|S2-61916|XPR 2500|
|S2-61664|Motorola**MOTOTRBO**(TM) Data Revert Cable|XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / XPR 5350|
|S2-61927|Motorola**APX**(TM)** P25**Voice Only Interface Cable|APX 4500|
|S2-61769|Kenwood**NEXEDGE(R)**<br>Voice/Data Interface Cable|NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800|
|S2-61890|S2-61890|NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820|
|89-10505|Kenwood**NEXEDGE(R)** Data Revert Cable|NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800|
|Licenses for Solo and Smart Phone Devices (number of simultaneous user connections)|Licenses for Solo and Smart Phone Devices (number of simultaneous user connections)|Licenses for Solo and Smart Phone Devices (number of simultaneous user connections)|
|S2-61480-005|<br>Client Licenses for:<br>• <br>Solo<br>• <br>RadioPro Talk(TM) app for Android<br>• <br>RadioPro Talk(TM) app for iOS|5-pack License|
|S2-61480-010|S2-61480-010|10-pack License|
|S2-61480-020|S2-61480-020|20-pack License|
|S2-61480-040|S2-61480-040|40-pack License|
|S2-61480-080|S2-61480-080|80-pack License|
|Gateway Options|Gateway Options||
||Please contact sales@ctiproducts.com for more information|Please contact sales@ctiproducts.com for more information|

_Notes_
Motorola XPR 2500 / XPR 5550 / XPR 5550e / APX 4500 control station radios should be supplied by a Motorola authorized 2-way radio dealer.
Kenwood NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820 / NX-5700 / NX-5800 radios are supplied by Kenwood authorized radio dealers.

Dispatch console PC, microphone, PTT accessories, and desk speakers should be supplied by dealer or end-user.

Product options and specifications are subject to change without notice.

CTI Products, Inc.  www.ctiproducts.com  sales@ctiproducts.com  +1 513-595-5900 RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.

NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation

RadioPro, RadioPro Dispatch, RadioPro Talk and RadioPro Solo are trademarks of CTI Products, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 12/20/2021


## RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 25 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway**
##### **Installation Guide**

**Document # S2-61901-902**

**For Version 9 Software**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway  Installation and Configuration Guide

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide Contents

**1** **SYSTEM OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................................ 4**

1.1 System Components

RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway
Personal Computer or Workstation
Control Station Radio
RadioPro(TM) Dispatch Client
RadioPro Solo(TM) Client
RadioPro Talk(TM) for mobile devices
1.2 Environmental Considerations

RF Interference
Lightning and Fire Protection
Power Requirements
1.3 Architecture

System Component Limits
System Planner Document and Template
1.4 RadioPro Version Compatibility
1.5 IP Address Configuration
1.6 Time Synchronization and Accuracy
1.8 Licensing

RadioPro Dispatch Clients
Clients for RadioPro Solo and RadioPro Talk for mobile devices

**2.** **WHAT IS INCLUDED ............................................................................................................................................................. 12**

**3.** **CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................ 13**

3.1 Program the Control Station Radio
3.2 Connect the IP Gateway to the Radio
3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway
3.4 Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to an IP Network
3.5 Configure Port Forwarding
3.6 Install and Configure RadioPro Clients

**4.** **RADIOPRO IP** **GATEWAY OPERATION ................................................................................................................................ 20**

4.1 Power-up
4.2 Power-off
4.3 Indicators

**5.** **APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................................................. 21**

5.1 Appendix - RadioPro IP Gateway Specifications

Mechanical and Environmental
Electrical
Service Ports
Cabling
Miscellaneous
5.2 Appendix - Rack Mounting
5.3 Appendix – System Compatibility Considerations
5.4 Appendix - Converting a Timed-license to a Non-expiring License
5.5 Appendix – RTP Streaming

RTP Header Extension

**6.** **INDEX ................................................................................................................................................................................... 25**

**3**

###### **1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW**

**RadioPro(TM)** is a licensed managed communication product, which allows remote access to RF 2-way radios systems
over IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists of Windows(R) PC-based software, which allows
voice and data communications between Client PC users and 2-way radio subscribers. Communications with radio
subscribers is also possible for remote mobile device users on Android or iOS platforms. A functional RadioPro system
must have at least one, of ALL the following components:

- One Server ( **RadioPro IP Gateway device** ),

- One Client ( **Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), or RadioPro Talk(TM) mobile application** )

- Ethernet access to connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to a LAN or WAN.

- One connection license for each required Dispatch or Solo client.

**Note:** This Manual will focus on the general steps and details for all 2-way radio types with the RadioPro System.

###### **1.1 System Components**

CTI's Dispatch over IP system is based on a Server-Client architecture. System components, such as Dispatch clients
and IP Gateways, may be located together or separated geographically but connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN)
or Virtual Private Network (VPN).

System components are described below:

_**RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway**_

(CTI Part # S2-61815) is the hardware interface that connects between the
mobile radio (Control Station) and an IP network. The RadioPro Gateway is:

`o` the IP Translator for the 'Control Station Radio'

`o` the Server for the 'Remote Clients' that seek to connect.
One IP Gateway is required for each control station radio used for Voice.  System components, such as IP
Gateways and clients, may be located together or separated geographically but connected via a Wide Area Network
(WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN). Optional license must be purchased, to allow client connections using
Solo or RadioPro Talk for mobile devices, to connect to the Gateway and use the two-way radio system. Each IP
Gateway requires a static IP address.

**For more information about the Gateway Kit see the following links or documents:**
_[RadioPro IP Gateway](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_IPGateway/)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway FAQ](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_IPGateway/faq/)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway - Installation Guide for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway - Installation Guide for Motorola APX 4500](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-apx-4500.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway - Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx, 37xx/38xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway - Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx/58xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-data-sheet.pdf)_

_**Personal Computer or Workstation**_

A windows-based PC is required to host the RadioPro Dispatch or Solo clients. Console accessories may include
microphone and speakers (or headset), Push-to-Talk footswitch, and touch screen monitor.

See the _[RadioPro System Brochure](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-family-of-products.pdf)_ and the _[RadioPro System Accessories Catalog](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_ for additional information and
components.

**4**

_**Control Station Radio**_

A control station radio (CSR) **must** be used for the interface to the radio system, which then connects to a
RadioPro IP Gateway using the rear accessory/communications port. Each radio used for voice requires one IP
Gateway. Simultaneous channel monitoring will require one radio per channel. Compatible radio models that
support full radio functionality from a RadioPro client include:

- **Motorola MOTOTRBO** : XPR 2500
XPR 5550 (5000 Series)
XPR 5550e (5000e Series)

- **Motorola P25** : APX 4500 (Intercom Only)

- **Kenwood NEXEDGE** : NX-700 / NX-800
NX-720 / NX-820
NX-3720 / NX-3820
NX-5700 / NX-5800

_**RadioPro(TM) Dispatch Client**_

RadioPro Dispatch is a dispatch console for PCs that provides
voice dispatching of multiple simultaneous radio channels or
talk groups, as well as GPS/AVL, Telemetry, Text Messaging,
and Voice Logging.  The software requires Windows 7, 8 or
10 Professional operating systems. This solution is
compatible for use with either Motorola MOTOTRBO or
Kenwood NEXEDGE radio systems.

**For more information, see the following links or documents:**

_[RadioPro Dispatch Software](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProDispatch/)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Software FAQ](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProDispatch/faq/)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Client Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Client User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Client Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-data-sheet.pdf)_

**5**

_**RadioPro Solo(TM) Client**_

RadioPro Solo is a software application that provides remote radio
operation of a single radio channel or talk group using PCs and
notebooks. It features a virtual radio head, which duplicates the full
functionality (including channel steering) of compatible radios that
are connected. In addition to channel steering, other features
include:

`o` 24-hour Voice logging,

`o` Subscriber contact listing and

`o` Text Messaging.
The Client application requires Windows XP, 7, 8, or 10. This application can be used with either Motorola
MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio systems. The use of this application requires an optional license to be
installed on the IP Gateway. The license determines the number of simultaneous persistent Solo and RadioPro Talk
app users that can connect to the radio system.

**For more information, see the following links or documents:**

_[RadioPro Solo Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-data-sheet.pdf)_

_**RadioPro Talk(TM) for mobile devices**_

RadioPro Talk is a mobile app for Android and iOS devices that provides remote operation of a 2way radio system:

`o` for voice communications,

`o` text messaging, and

`o` locating another user.
This application can be used with either Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio
systems. The Mobile app can connect using cellular or Wi-Fi. This application requires a license to
be installed on the IP Gateway for the clients to operate. The license serves to control the number
of simultaneous Solo and RadioPro Talk users that stay connect to the radio system.

**For more information about the Talk App for Mobile, see the following documents:**

_[RadioPro Talk App](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProTalk/)_
_[RadioPro Talk App FAQ](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioProTalk/faq/)_
_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices How-to-Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-data-sheet.pdf)_

###### **1.2 Environmental Considerations**

The operating environment for the IP Gateway must be within limits noted in the specifications, as well as other
conditions. Do not install equipment in an area where any of the following exist:

- Extreme temperature and humidity beyond limits listed in the specifications

- High EMI (Electro-Magnetic Interference) or RFI (Radio Frequency Interference)

- High dust concentration

- High ESD (Electrostatic Discharge)

- Extreme Vibration

_**RF Interference**_

To prevent RF interference, **Mobile radio antennas** should be kept a **minimum of 24 feet** from the RadioPro IP
Gateway when in high-power mode, or a **minimum of 12 feet** when in low-power mode. **Portable radios** should be
kept a **minimum of 6 feet** from the RadioPro IP Gateway.

**6**

_**Lightning and Fire Protection**_

Lightning protection should be implemented at both the equipment and at the point of entry of the building. Lightning
protection and power transient protection should be implemented to reduce the risk of fire caused by these phenomena.
Circuit breakers and fuses offer the best methods for preventing extended over-current and over-voltage conditions.

_**Power Requirements**_

When using the supplied AC power adapter, each IP Gateway requires 100-240VAC, 200mA maximum.

**Battery Backup Compatibility**

Since the input for the standard gateway power supply has a very narrow voltage range (11.5 to 12.5 volts), it will not
operate with the typically +13.8Vdc battery backup charging voltage.

**7**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **1.3 Architecture**

The IP Gateways interface a radio system to an IP network. The IP Gateways and control station radios can be centrally
located or scattered among different locations using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN)
such as the Internet.

As a rule, one IP Gateway is required for each control station radio used for voice. Similarly, one control station radio is
required for each channel or talk group that needs to be accessed and used concurrently on a multi-channel system.

Each RadioPro IP Gateway acts as a Network Interface for the Control Station Radio connected to it, and allows easy
wide-area deployment. Additionally, each RadioPro IP Gateway also functions as a server for the remote clients seeking
to establish a connection and use the radio system.

Systems may have a mixture of RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, and RadioPro Talk for Mobile apps running on mobile
devices. These Clients may be centrally located or scattered among different locations using a Virtual Private Network
(VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

**8**

_**System Component Limits**_

The RadioPro solution was tested and verified to operate up to the maximum number of components listed below.

_**Maximum of 70 IP Gateways per Dispatch Client**_

_**System Planner Document and Template**_

See the installation guide for your specific radio system. Links to these documents are on page _13._

**9**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **1.4 RadioPro Version Compatibility**

RadioPro Dispatch clients and IP Gateway versions must be matched to communicate with each other. Compatibility
can be assured when the first two (Major) digits of the version number are the same. (The third digit indicates a minor
revision and will not present a compatibility issue if not matched.)
See section 5.3 Appendix – System Compatibility Considerations on page _22_ for more details.

###### **1.5 IP Address Configuration**

_**Static IP Address**_

Each RadioPro IP Gateway **requires a static IP address** . The IP Gateway must have IP Network Parameters
configured using ICU.exe (IP Configuration Utility) before connecting to an active network. Contact your IT
administrator to identify an available static IP Address for each RadioPro IP Gateway, along with its Subnet Mask and
Default Gateway.

**Note:** Motorola MOTOTRBO radio systems connect to the IP Gateway using their own independent IP network. See
the document _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ for more information.

_**Port Forwarding**_

Accessing the RadioPro IP Gateway remotely

If RadioPro clients (such as Dispatch, Solo, or Talk for Mobile) will access an IP Gateway from a different IP
network or broadcast domain, then the IT Administrator must configure port forwarding within the firewall or
router(s) that separates the RadioPro IP Gateway from the clients. The same requirement is also true when one or
more of the clients listed above will connect to a RadioPro IP Gateway from a WAN like the Internet.

See Section 3.5 Configure Port Forwarding on page _19_ for additional information about port forwarding.

**10**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **1.6 Time Synchronization and Accuracy**

It is important to ensure that the RadioPro system time is accurate, to prevent logging errors and operational glitches.
This is especially true where features such as audio logging and GPS tracking are in use.

The Gateway should be configured to carry the same time as the PC on which the client is operating. When a system
employs multiple gateways, they will all need to be synchronized with each other.

The best option to sync the system time is to use a Time Server, which may be chosen from any one of the following:

- **Local,** (Time Server on Local Area Network PC)

- **Domain,** (Time Server managed by the Domain service)

- **Public NTP,** (Public domain Time Server accessed using the Internet)

During installation of the IP Gateways, the address of a Time Server may be configured in the ICU (IP Configuration
Utility). You must enter the address information for the accessible Time Server source you elect to use in the 'NTP
Server' field and save it.

See the subsection **NTP Server IP** under **General** tab on Page _15_ for additional details about configuring this feature.

###### **1.8 Licensing**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

The RadioPro Dispatch is a multilinking client software, capable of making several simultaneous connections to
multiple RadioPro gateways at once. Each PC requires Windows OS to install the Dispatch client but also needs a
unique factory supplied software license key to be imported to the PC to customize it for use.

The Dispatch (multilink) license key file specifies the number of IP Gateways that a RadioPro Dispatch console can
configured for connection and use. It also determines availability for GPS, Text Messaging, and other purchasable
options.

Additional features and Gateway connections (up to the Component Limits) can be purchased and added to an existing
license file at any time.

**Note** : License upgrade components may be added, but not removed from existing license files.

_**Clients for RadioPro Solo and RadioPro Talk for mobile devices**_

These are Uni-linking client options, which can connect to a single RadioPro Gateway for a single session; but with the
advantage of running on different platforms and or devices. Though limited by comparison to the Multilink Dispatch
option, they still provide an affordable and compact set of features for radio control operations.

The single-link client applications also require a separate license control file, to be installed on the IP Gateway, to
permit connections from Solo and Talk for Mobile apps (for Android(TM) and iPhone(TM)/iPad(TM)). Licenses for the latter,
may be acquired when the IP Gateway is originally purchased, but can also be easily added post installation, to an IP
Gateway.

The serial number label located on the bottom of the IP Gateway indicates the number of Solo and Talk for Mobile
connection licenses installed on the IP Gateway at the initial factory setup.

The number stated for the Solo, and Talk for Mobile licenses, indicates the maximum number of persisting
simultaneous connections that will be maintained by the Gateway, when multiple client applications want to connect
and use the Radio system.
However, upgraded license quantities in the gateway may not be reflected accurately if changes were made after
purchase. Therefore, the ICU.exe utility should **always** be used to confirm or determine the number of client connection
licenses presently installed on the gateway.

**For help with using the ICU application, see** 3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway **on page 13 for more**
**details.**

**11**

###### **2. WHAT IS INCLUDED**

###### **2.1 RadioPro IP Gateway Kit**

The RadioPro IP Gateway (Part # S2-61815) includes the following items:

**Note** : The USB flash drive contains an installer program that will install the RadioPro Dispatch Client Software

and the ICU onto the PC. Following the installation from the flash drive, the ICU utility can be located by
clicking the **Start** icon, then click the **CTI Products** folder, then click the **ICU** icon.

**12**

###### **3. CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION**

###### **3.1 Program the Control Station Radio**

Use the following documents for installation and configuration instructions for your specific type of radio system:

**MOTOTRBO**

- _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_

- _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola APX 4500](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-apx-4500.pdf)_

**NEXEDGE**

- _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx-8xx 37xx-38xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf)_

- _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx-58xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf)_

###### **3.2 Connect the IP Gateway to the Radio**

See the installation guide for your specific radio system _above_

**Note: Since the IP Gateway has not yet been configured with appropriate IP parameters, do NOT connect**
**the IP Gateway to an IP network.**

###### **3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that Wi-Fi connection has been disabled in the PC or Laptop being used to**
**configure the IP Gateway.**

The RadioPro ICU ( **I** P **C** onfiguration **U** tility) must be used to configure each RadioPro IP Gateway with the necessary
parameters. Configuration of each RadioPro IP Gateway must be performed before connecting the IP Gateway to a
local area network.

**13**

Configure the IP Gateway as follows:

1. Use an Ethernet cable to connect the RJ45 connector on the rear of the RadioPro IP Gateway to a local PC or laptop

to be used for configuration.

2. Power up the RadioPro IP Gateway **AND** the Control Station radio.

3. Run the `ICU.exe` application. (See Section 2. What is Included on Page _12_ . to

locate this utility program.) The window shown to the right will be displayed:

4. Click on **Read Device**, and then click **Auto Find** to display the following

Configuration window.

If the IP Address of the Gateway is known, choose **Manual** from the **Read Device** menu. The **Manual** method
must be used if the connection between the PC and the IP Gateway involves one or more IP routers or switches.

Note: By default, the Gateway is set to DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) and will be assigned an IP

Address by the DHCP Server on the network it is connected to. If the Gateway is connected directly to a
Windows PC or there is no DHCP Server, the gateway will assign itself a link-local IP address (169.254.x.x).

**A static IP Address is required** for correct operation in a production environment. See **Network Tab** on
page _17_ for additional information.

5. Double-click on a device in the above list to display the following Device Configuration window:

_**MAC Address**_

**14**

6. The File menu item contains the following functions:

a. **Export**

**Export** can be used to save all of the ICU settings for an IP Gateway to a file with an extension of
'. `icu` '. This can be used to create a backup of settings in case the IP Gateway requires
replacement.

b. **Import**

**Import** can be used to import the entire settings or just a subset of the
ICU settings for an IP Gateway. After a file is selected for importing,
the **Import Settings** window shown at right will be displayed.

7. Enter appropriate parameters for each of the tabs:

_**General tab**_

**Version** indicates the current software version of this RadioPro IP Gateway. RadioPro Software for the IP
Gateway and Clients (Dispatch, Solo, and Talk for mobile devices) must all have compatible versions in order
to communicate with each other. Compatibility occurs when the first two digits of the version match. (The
third digit indicates a minor revision and does not need to match.)

**Radio Type** will display the factory configuration for this IP Gateway.

**Serial Number** will display the Serial Number
associated with this gateway.

**Gateway Name** factory default is **Default**
**Gateway** . If a RadioPro Dispatch client will be
used to connect to this IP Gateway, this name
should be changed to a descriptive name that
will be recognizable at the RadioPro Dispatch
client. The Gateway Name is displayed to
identify a radio controller in the RadioPro
Dispatch and RadioPro Talk clients.

**NTP Server IP** should be enabled if a
RadioPro Dispatch client(s) will connect to this
IP Gateway, and should contain the IP Address
where the Network Time Server is running. If a
Network Time Server is not accessible by this IP Gateway on its network, then a Time Server should be
installed on an accessible PC; this PC could be one that is running the RadioPro Dispatch Client. Either an IP
address or a name recognized by the Domain Name Server can be entered.

**Custom Local Time** can be used if an NTP Server is not used. Enter the current date and time.

Use the **Upgrade Firmware** button to install the latest RadioPro IP Gateway version. RadioPro IP Gateway
Installations can be found here: _[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html#gatewayUpgrade](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html#gatewayUpgrade)_

**15**

_**License Key tab**_

This tab is used to transfer the License File
to/from the IP Gateway when an upgrade to
the License is purchased. The License File
contains a value between 1 and 80 specifies
the number of simultaneous users allowed to
connect to this IP Gateway from RadioPro
Solo and Talk for Mobile applications.

Use the **Export license key** button to create
a file with the current License information.
This file can be sent to CTI Products when an
upgrade to the number of User Connections is
needed.

Use the **Import license key** button to push
the upgraded license file to the IP Gateway.

_**Client Accounts tab**_

**Solo/Talk Mobile Clients**

Usernames and Passwords for Solo and Talk
for Mobile clients are managed on this tab.

To add a new client account, click the **Add**
button. In the **Add account** window, enter
the new **Username**, **Password**, and then
click the **OK** button.

The 'admin' client account will be listed first
and is the default account for logging into the
IP Gateway from a RadioPro Solo or Talk for
Mobile client. The 'admin' account cannot be
Renamed or Deleted. It is recommended that
the password of the 'admin' account be
changed from its default value of **admin** to
prevent unauthorized changes. This can be
accomplished by selecting **admin** from the list of accounts, and then clicking the **Change password** button.
In the **Change password** window, type a new password in the **Password** text box, retype it in the **Retype**
text box, and then click the **OK** button.

The 'admin' client account is also used when using ICU.exe to write new parameters to the IP Gateway.

**Dispatch Account**

The Dispatch Password is the password needed for a Dispatch client to connect to this IP Gateway.

**16**

_**Network tab**_

Do **NOT** use leading zeros for any of the
address fields. **DHCP** should **NOT** be
selected unless an engineer at CTI Products is
consulted.

The default **TCP Port** # is 48222. This can
normally be left at its default value.

An entry for default **Gateway** is needed only
if RadioPro clients (Dispatch, Solo, Talk for
Mobile) will be accessing this IP Gateway
from another network, or the Internet.

An entry for **DNS Server** is needed only if an
NTP server host name was specified in the
General tab (instead of an IP Address). If an
NTP server host name is not specified, then
**DNS Server** should be blank or **0.0.0.0** .

_**Radio Aliases tab**_

This tab is used to create Alias Names for
radio IDs. The Alias Names listed on this tab
will be displayed in the contact list for
RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Talk for Mobile
clients.

**17**

_**Radio System Specific tabs**_

See the installation guide for your specific radio system. Links to these documents are on page _13._

8. Write settings to the IP Gateway

From the **Gateway** menu, click on Write Settings. Enter the Admin **Gateway Password** (factory default
password is 'admin'), then close the configuration window for this IP Gateway.

Remove the Ethernet cable between the RadioPro IP Gateway and the local PC or laptop used for configuration.

###### **3.4 Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to an IP Network**

After a RadioPro IP Gateway has been configured using ICU, it is safe to connect to a local area network.

Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway module to the IP network using the following steps:

1. Connect one side of cable 89-10712 (or similar straight-through Cat 5 cable) to the RJ45 connector on the rear of

the RadioPro IP Gateway module.

2. Connect the other end of cable 89-10712 to the network switch or router.

**18**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **3.5 Configure Port Forwarding**

If RadioPro clients (such as Dispatch, Solo, or Talk for Mobile) will access an IP Gateway from a different IP network
subnet, then the IT Administrator must configure port forwarding within the devices (firewalls or routers) which are
separating the RadioPro IP Gateway from RadioPro clients. A typical example of this is depicted in the figure above,
where an IP Gateway is installed behind a firewall and a RadioPro client is using the Internet to connect to that IP
Gateway.

The default IP port used by a RadioPro IP Gateway is **TCP Port 48222** . However, this may be changed if needed,
using `ICU.exe` on the **Network** tab.

The default IP port used by RadioPro clients is **TCP Port 48222** . If this default port number is to be used, then the
parameter entry for the IP address in a RadioPro client is simply the External Address of the Firewall or Router. If, on
the other hand, some other port number is to be used, then the parameter entry for the IP address in a RadioPro client
must also include that port number as follows:

198.144.49.211:7777

where:
198.144.49.211 is the external or wide-area address of the firewall or router.

7777 is the external port of that firewall used for RadioPro IP Gateway.

If multiple RadioPro IP Gateways are located behind a firewall, they will each need a Port Forwarding rule. In this
case, the external port numbers specified for each rule must be unique by specifying individual port numbers.

[See https://portforward.com/router.htm for detailed instructions for the specific router in use at your site.](https://portforward.com/router.htm)

###### **3.6 Install and Configure RadioPro Clients**

Each client application will need to be installed on a PC, Android, or iOS device and configured with the IP Address
and login credentials of the RadioPro IP Gateway. Please refer to the following installation guides for instructions:

**RadioPro Dispatch:** _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_

**RadioPro Solo:** _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_

**RadioPro Talk Mobile:** _[RadioPro Talk for mobile devices How-to Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_

**19**

###### **4. RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY OPERATION**

###### **4.1 Power-up**

The Power Button is used to power up the unit by pressing it momentarily.

A watchdog circuit built into the IP Gateway monitors program operation. If the watchdog circuit detects that the
program is not functioning correctly, it will re-initialize the IP Gateway. This process may take up to two minutes.
During this process, RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, or Talk for Mobile clients will not have a connection or communication
with the Control Station radio.

###### **4.2 Power-off**

The Power Button can be used to power down the unit by pressing it momentarily (soft shutdown) or by pressing and
holding for up to 5 sec (Hard shutdown).

###### **4.3 Indicators**

_**a.**_ _**External**_

A blue LED located on the Power Button at front of the gateway indicates that the gateway is powered up.

_**b.**_ _**Internal**_

A red LED located internally, but viewable through the vents on the left side of the IP Gateway indicates the
functioning of the Hardware Watchdog as follows:

- ' **Slow Blinking** ' (1 second ON, 1 second OFF per Blink) indicates that the IP Gateway is rebooting. This
will normally flash for up to two minutes after power-up.

- ' **Steady** ' illumination indicates that the IP Gateway software and hardware is operating correctly. This
should normally follow the 'Slow Blinking' boot-up period.

- ' **Fast Blinking** ' (½ second OFF, ½ second ON per Blink) indicates that the watch-dog circuitry has
detected a problem, and also that re-booting will commence within 5 seconds.

**20**

###### **5. APPENDIX**

###### **5.1 Appendix - RadioPro IP Gateway Specifications**

_**Mechanical and Environmental**_
Dimensions: 9.0'w x 2.5'h x 7.7'd
Weight: 3 lbs.
Temperature Range: 0-50 [o] C
Humidity: 10-95% non-condensing

_**Electrical**_
AC Input (with included Power Adapter): 100–240Vac, 60W max, 50-60Hz
DC Input: 11.5-12.5Vdc Only

_**Service Ports**_
Port Forwarding (for firewall configuration) TCP Port 48222 (default)
Ports used by ICU.exe during configuration UDP Ports 48501-48502 or TCP Port 48502
Port for Network Time Protocol Service UDP Port 123
Port used for Secure Shell Service SSH Port 48444 (used only when remote technical service is
needed)

_**Cabling**_
Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR 5550/5550e DB-9 Female & USB, Cable S2-61431
Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR 2500 DB-9 Female & USB, Cable S2-61916
Motorola APX 4500 DB-9 Female, Cable S2-61927
Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-5700/5800 DB-9 Female, Cable S2-61769
Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800 DB-9 Female, Cable S2-61769
Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820 DB-9 Female, Cable S2-61890
Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-3720/3820 DB-9 Female, Cable S2-61890

_**Miscellaneous**_
Transmit/Receive Impedance - MOTOTRBO 600 ohms
Transmit/Receive Impedance – Kenwood 10k ohms
Clients Supported 80 Solo, Talk for Mobile, or Dispatch Clients
Power-On Auto
Network Bandwidth (for each connected client) 2.2k Bytes per Second with audio compression enabled
22k Bytes per Second without audio compression

**21**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **5.2 Appendix - Rack Mounting**

_**Rack Shelf**_

A rack shelf can be used to hold the RadioPro IP Gateway and Control Station radio in a standard 19' wide rack. The
two devices can be located next to each other on the same shelf. The following rack shelf is recommended, but others
may be used that have a depth of at least 12':

Rack Shelf 2RU x 15', CTI Products # S2-61548, also available as Cable Organizer # QES0319-0215:

###### **5.3 Appendix – System Compatibility Considerations**

Use the following table to determine compatibility between RadioPro Gateway and software clients:

When upgrading to a new version where RadioPro Clients and IP Gateways are being upgraded, it is usually better to
upgrade the IP Gateways before upgrading the Clients.

**22**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **5.4 Appendix - Converting a Timed-license to a Non-expiring License**

A RadioPro IP Gateway may have a timed-license duration of 120 days.  (The Packing List will indicate Part # S261612 if the timed-license is active.) If the Timed-License is active, and following the 120-day period, the RadioPro IP
Gateways will not connect to a RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile client for longer than five minutes.
See instructions below for converting the 'Timed-license' to a Permanent license.

Following receipt of payment to CTI Products for ordered items, a request may be submitted to convert a timed license
to a non-expiring license.

Use the following steps to convert the license:

3. Verify there are no outstanding balances on the sales order for the Gateway in question.

4. Follow the steps on Page _13_ to initiate a connection to the IP Gateway using `ICU.exe` .

5. Click on the **License Key** tab. This tab is used to

transfer the License File between the IP Gateway
and CTI Products when an upgrade to the License
is purchased.

6. Click the **Export License Key** button, and then

choose a location to store the license file.

7. Save the exported file as a name that includes:

The gateway serial number and

CTI Products SO# or the customer name

8. Send the license file, along with the IP Gateway

serial number in the subject line, to
[support@ctiproducts.com. If you are requesting non-expiring licenses for multiple RadioPro IP Gateways, each](mailto:support@ctiproducts.com)
file name must contain the Gateway serial number.

9. Following receipt of the updated license file from CTI Products, repeat steps 2 and 3 listed above, and click the

**Import License Key** button, then choose the location where the updated license file received for CTI is saved.

10. Follow the remaining prompts to complete updating the license on the gateway.

**23**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide **5.5 Appendix – RTP Streaming**

Follow these steps to stream audio, PTT IDs, GPS data and channel information to an Incident Management or Audio
Recording application:

1. Follow the steps on Page _13_ to initiate a connection to the IP Gateway using `ICU.exe` .

2. Choose the **Voice Recorder** tab. If the

**Voice Recorder** tab is not available,
verify that your gateway is version 8.0.13
or higher and that you purchased and
correctly installed a gateway license with
the Voice Recording (RTP) feature. See
the _[RadioPro System Upgrade Guide page](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-upgrade-guide.pdf#page=9)_
_9_ for information on Importing a License.

3. Check the 'Enabled' checkbox to turn RTP

steaming on.

4. RTP audio packets can be sent to 1

destination IP Address and Port. Type in
the **IP Address** and **Port** in those fields.

5. Before sending each RTP audio packet, The IP Gateway will encode the audio into one of the following audio

specifications. Choose the required audio encoding from the dropdown box:

- G722 @ 8000 Hz

- PCM Linear @ 8000 Hz

- PCM Linear @ 11025 Hz

- PCM uLaw @ 8000 Hz

- PCM uLaw @ 11025 Hz

6. Write settings to the IP Gateway.

From the **Gateway** menu, click on Write Settings. Enter the Admin **Gateway Password**, then close the
configuration window for this IP Gateway.

_**RTP Header Extension**_

The RadioPro IP Gateway adds radio specific information to the header extension section of the RTP packet. See _[Real-](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Real-time_Transport_Protocol#:~:text=Header%20extension)_
_[time Transport Protocol – Header Extension](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Real-time_Transport_Protocol#:~:text=Header%20extension)_ for more information.

The following radio specific information is added to the RTP header:

**TransmittingUser**
Name (Radio ID)
Type Of User (0=Radio, 1=Group, 2=PC)
GPS Location (Lat, Lon, Speed)

**ReceivingUser**
Name (Radio ID)
Type Of User (0=Radio, 1=Group, 2=PC)
GPS Location (Lat, Lon, Speed)

**GatewayInfo**
Gateway Name
Channel Info (Zone, Channel)

A PC user and Group User will not have GPS information.

**24**

###### **6. INDEX**

blue, 20
red, 20
Licensing, 11, 23

Non-expiring License, 23
NTP Server IP, 15

Overview, 4

Port Forwarding, 19, 21
Power Button, 20
Power Requirements, 7

Rack Mounting, 22
Radio Type, 15
RF Interference, 6

Serial Number, 15
Specifications, 21
Static IP Address, 10
System Compatability, 10, 22
System Components Limits, 9

TCP Port, 17, 19, 21
Time Server, 11, 15
Time Synchronization, 11
Timed-License, 23

UDP Port, 21

Architecture, 8

USB flash drive, 12
Contact us, 2

Default Gateway, 17
DHCP, 17
DNS Server, 17

Export License Key, 15, 16

Fire Protection, 7

Gateway Name, 15
Gateway Password, 18, 24

ICU, 12, 13, 14, 18

Client Accounts tab, 16
**General tab**, 15
License Key tab, 16
Network tab, 17
Radio Aliases tab, 17
Import License Key, 16
IP Addressing, 10
IP Configuration Utility, 13

LED

**A**

**C**

**D**

**E**

**F**

**G**

**I**

**L**

**N**

**O**

**P**

**R**

**S**

**T**

**U**

**25**


## RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola MOTOTRBO

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf
Document type: PDF, 35 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway**
##### **Installation Guide** **for**
#### **Motorola MOTOTRBO Radios** **(XPR 2500, XPR 5350, XPR 5550/5550e)**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

**2**

Contents

**1** **OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4**

1.1 System Planner Document and Template
1.2 Required Items

1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable
1.2.2 Control Station Radio
1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable

**2.** **FEATURE AVAILABILITY ....................................................................................................................................................... 5**

**3.** **CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................. 6**

Step 1a. for Motorola XPR 5350 / 5550 / 5550e (Voice):

Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice) using MOTOTRBO CPS
Step 1b. for Motorola XPR 5350 5550 5550e (DATA):

Configure Control Station Radio (For Data) using MOTOTRBO CPS
Step 1c. for Motorola XPR 5350 / 5550 / 5550e Connect Plus Radios :

Configure MOTOTRBO Connect Plus Option Board
Step 1d. for Motorola MOTOTRBO Subscriber Radios:

Configure Subscriber Radios for ARS, GPS, and TMS
Step 1e. for Motorola XPR 2500 Radio:

Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice) using MOTOTRBO CPS
Step 1f. for Motorola MOTOTRBO Repeater:

Configure Motorola Repeaters for Enhanced GPS Option
Step 2. for Motorola MOTOTRBO systems:

Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to the Control Station Radio
Step 3. Configure RadioPro IP Gateway

**4.** **APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................................................. 30**

4.1 Appendix - IP Addressing
4.2 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables

Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR-5350 / XPR-5550 / XPR-5550e
Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR-2500

**5.** **INDEX ................................................................................................................................................................................... 33**

**6.** **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 .................................................................................................................... 34**
RadioPro IP Gateways

**6.** **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 ................................................................................................................... 35**
RadioPro Dispatch Clients
RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients

**3**

###### **1 OVERVIEW**

This Manual will focus on configuring and using the _**Motorola MOTOTRBO Radios**_ with the RadioPro System.

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for general installation information relevant for all radio
system types.

**1.1 System Planner Document and Template**

The _[RadioPro System Planner for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ includes examples for various MOTOTRBO radio network
topologies and should be consulted if the RadioPro Dispatch client is being deployed.

Use the System Planner Template on page _34_ of this document in the planning phase of a project to record IP addresses,
usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

**1.2 Required Items**

_**1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable**_

A radio interface cable must be ordered for each IP Gateway from the following table:

|Control Station Radio|Cable Part #|
|---|---|
|Motorola XPR-5350 XPR-5550 XPR-5550e|S2-61431|
|Motorola XPR-2500|S2-61916|

Other cables are available to connect a dedicated data revert radio. Contact CTI for more information.

_**1.2.2 Control Station Radio**_

Each Control Station radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. The control station radio connected to the IP
Gateway **must at least have the minimum firmware version listed below** . Motorola's CPS (Customer
Programming Software) software will be needed to configure the control station radio.

|Control Station Radio|Minimum<br>Version|Programming<br>Software|
|---|---|---|
|Motorola MOTOTRBO in Conventional, IPSC, Cap+, or LCP|1.08.0|CPS|
|Motorola MOTOTRBO in Connect Plus mode|2.2.0|CPS|
|Motorola MOTOTRBO Connect Plus Option Board|1.3.0|CPS|

_**1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable**_

Either the Motorola programming cable or the RadioPro Gateway cable may be used with the CPS software to
configure the Control Station radio.

**Note:** A programming cable connected to the front microphone connector on the Control Station radio may
prevent communications to a RadioPro IP Gateway through the Rear Accessory Connector.

**WARNING: Remove any other cables from the front microphone connector before attempting to connect**
**and use the RadioPro IP Gateway or a programming PC on the rear accessory connector. The front and**
**rear ports cannot be engaged at the same time.**

**4**

###### **2. FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

_**Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems**_

Depending on MOTOTRBO System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if
a feature discussed in this document is not available.

|System Type<br>Feature|Analog|Conv.<br>Digital|Cap +|IP Site<br>Connect|Linked<br>Cap +|Connect<br>Plus|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voice Dispatch**|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓ <br>|
|**Text Messaging**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|- <br>|
|**GPS Mapping**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|-|
|**ARS**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|-|
|**Private Call**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote Monitor**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote**<br>**Enable/Disable**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Telephone**<br>**interconnect**<br>**Rec/Mon**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**5**

###### **3. CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION**

Use the steps in the following table to install a RadioPro System. Each step is discussed in detail starting on page **7.**
Following installation of the IP Gateway in Step 5, at least one Client must be installed from Step 6.

|Step #|Description|Motorola MOTOTRBO|
|---|---|---|
|1a|Configure  the XPR 5350 / 5550 /<br>5550e Control Station Radio(s) for<br>Voice|page_7_ <br>**_Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice) using MOTOTRBO CPS_**|
|1b|Configure  5350 / 5550 / 5550e<br>Control Station Radio(s) for Data|Same as the previous  Step 1a|
|1c|Connect Plus Configuration|page_17_ <br>**_Configure MOTOTRBO Connect Plus Option Board_** <br>(Required only if Connect Plus.)|
|1d|Configure Subscriber Radios|page_18_ <br>**_Configure Subscriber Radios for ARS, GPS, and TMS_** <br>(Required only for ARS, GPS, or TMS. Not required for Connect Plus.)|
|1e|Configure  XPR 2500 Control<br>Station Radio(s) for Voice|page_22_ <br>**_Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice) using MOTOTRBO CPS_**|
|1f|Configure Enhanced GPS option<br> <br>|page_26_ <br>**_Configure Motorola Repeaters for Enhanced GPS Option_** <br>(Required only for GPS data using Enhanced GPS.)|
|2|Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway<br>to the Control Station Radio|page_27_ <br>**_Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to the Control Station Radio_**|
|3|Configure RadioPro IP Gateway(s)<br>using ICU.exe|page_28_ <br>**_Configure RadioPro IP Gateway_**|

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for additional installation steps relevant for all radio
system types.

**6**

**Step 1a. for Motorola XPR 5350 / 5550 / 5550e (Voice):**

_**Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice) using MOTOTRBO CPS**_

Follow the **9 steps** in this section to configure Control Station Radios for both Voice and Data operation.

Use MOTOTRBO CPS (Motorola's Customer Programming Software) to configure MOTOTRBO radio parameters
using the following steps. (CTI Cable S2-61431 may be used for programming instead of the Motorola programming
cable.)

1. From the **View** menu, choose **Expert** .

2. **General Settings** folder:

a. The **Radio IDs** of the _**Voice Radio**_ and the _**Data Revert Radio**_ that share a RadioPro IP Gateway must be the
same.

b. **Disable** **GPS** .

c. In the **Microphone** section, change **Analog Mic AGC** and **Digital Mic AGC** to **Unchecked** .

**7**

d. In the **Persistent LRRP Requests** section, verify that **Save** and **Delete** parameters are **Unchecked** .

3. **Accessories** folder:

a. Change **Ignition Sense** to **On/Off Or Ignition** .

b. Change **Analog Rear Mic Gain** to **+10db** . (This setting is not needed for a _**Data Revert Radio**_ .)

c. Change **Digital Rear Mic Gain** to **+10db** . (This setting is not needed for a _**Data Revert Radio**_ .)

**Note:** The above mentioned 'Rear Mic Gain Settings' may tolerate **minor** adjustments to optimize mic audio
levels.

**Warning: Do not set levels outside the range of +9db to +11db, or adverse audio quality will be the**
**result!**

d. Change **Cable Type** to **Rear PC and Audio** .

**8**

4. **Network** folder:

a. Typically, the factory default Radio IP Address programmed into the Control Station radios 'Network' tab,
**does not need to be changed** . However, it must be on a different subnet than the RadioPro IP Gateway that is
connected to it via the Rear Accessory Connector. See _4.1 Appendix - IP Addressing_ on page _30_ for more
information.

For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the following rules must be met:

i. All radios sharing an IP Gateway MUST have the SAME **Radio ID** .

ii. All radios sharing an IP Gateway MUST be on DIFFERENT **IP subnets** .

See _[RadioPro System Planner for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ for more details and system diagrams.

iii. The **IP address** of the _**Voice Radio**_ must be LOWER than the **IP addresses** of the _**GPS Data**_

_**Revert Radio(s)**_ .

b. Change **Forward to PC** to **Via USB** . This step is required for the _**Text Message**_ function when using

RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile client.

**c.** The **ARS Radio ID** and **TMS Radio ID** fields MUST be **blank** .

**9**

5. **Signaling Systems** folder:

This step is required if a RadioPro client will be sending an emergency indication to other radios. (Also, see Step
7d below for required setup of **Channels** folder.)

Right-Click **MDC**, **Digital**, or **Capacity Plus**, depending on type of channel(s) programmed in radio. Then click
**Add**, and then **System** . Choose appropriate parameters for the **Signaling System** being added.

6. **Contacts** folder:

a. Right-Click **MDC**, **Digital**, or **Capacity Plus**, depending on type of channel programmed in radio. Then
click **Add, Group Call**, and then enter the **Call ID** (Group ID programmed in radio). This step is required for
_**Group Calls**_ .

b. Right-Click **MDC**, **Digital**, or **Capacity Plus**, depending on type of channel programmed in radio. Then

click **Add**, and then **All Call** . This step is required for the _**All-Call**_ function when using RadioPro Dispatch.

**10**

7. **Channels** folder:

a) For each Digital channel, change the **ARS** parameter to **Unchecked** .

b) If this is a _**Data Revert**_ control station radio, and if the repeater for this channel has the _**Enhanced GPS**_

_**Option**_ enabled, then **enable** the **Enhanced GPS** parameter. If this is a _**Voice**_ control station, then
change the **Enhanced GPS** parameter to **Unchecked** .

c) If **Enhanced GPS** is **enabled** in step b. above, then set the **Window Size** to **5** normally or **6**, if using

the selection for **Privacy Type** . Note that the **Window Size** parameter **is system-wide and must also**
**be set in the Data Revert Repeater(s) to match this value** . See the tables below for more details.

**11**

In the following _**Enhanced GPS Radio Update Tables**_, the number of radio GPS updates is indicated
based on selection criteria of **Update Interval** and **Window Reservation** .

**Enhanced GPS** Radio Update Tables

**Window Size** = 5, **Privacy Type** must be None

|Window<br>Reservation<br>Update<br>Interval|90%<br>(Recommended)|75%|60%|45%|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|30 sec|90|75|60|45|
|1 min|180|150|120|90|
|2 min|360|200|240|18|
|4 min|720|600|480|360|
|8 min|1440|1200|960|720|

**Window Size** = 6, **Privacy Type** is Basic or Enhanced

|Window<br>Reservation<br>Update<br>Interval|90%<br>(Recommended)|75%|60%|45%|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|30 sec|74|62|49|37|
|1 min|148|124|98|74|
|2 min|296|248|196|148|
|4 min|592|496|392|296|
|8 min|1184|992|784|592|

d) For each Digital channel, enable **Compressed UDP Data Header** by choosing **MSI** .

e) If this control station radio will be used ONLY to collect GPS location data using a Data Revert repeater

slot, then change the **RX Only** parameter to **Checked** .

**12**

f) This step is required if a RadioPro Dispatch client will be sending an emergency indication to other radios.
(Also see Step 5a above for required setup of **Signaling Systems** folder.)
In the **TX** section, choose an **Emergency System** (for digital channels) or **Signaling System** (for
analog channels).
This step is required for the **All-Emergency** function when using RadioPro Dispatch client.

g) In the **TX** section for each Digital channel, change the **Data Call Confirmed** parameter to **Unchecked** .

**13**

_**Additional CPS Setup for Connect Plus Channels**_

In a Connect Plus radio, the Connect Plus Option Board is configured with the various Talk Groups for the radio
system. The Connect Plus Option Board CPS must be used to configure these various Talk Groups, or 'Zones'.
However, for a radio that is used as a control station, since the Connect Plus Option Board cannot pass this
information out the rear connector, an application (such as RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile) does
not have knowledge of these Connect Plus 'Zones' (talk groups).

Further, MOTOTRBO CPS is used to configure a radio for only one digital 'Channel', i.e., 'Transportation'.
Control of the talk group selection is passed to the Option Board by enabling two options described in Step 7h
below.

In order to allow selection of a talk group from a RadioPro client, the following configuration must be performed for
a Control Station radio using MOTOTRBO CPS.

h) In the **Channels** folder, add a quantity of channels to match the number of **zones** configured in the

Connect Plus Option Board. In the following screen shot, **Channel1**, **Channel2**, etc., have been added
to match the number of 'Zones' configured in the Connect Plus Option Board. The Channel Names are
not important since these names are not transferred out of the rear connector of the control station radio;
only the generic names of 'Channel1', 'Channel2', etc. will be sent to a RadioPro client.

i) For each of the added channels, **enable** both the **Option Board** and **Option Board Trunking**
parameters. It is not necessary to change any other parameters.

After writing the CPS configuration to the control station radio, the radio will send messages to the
RadioPro IP Gateway and indicate that the radio has been programmed for the 'additional' talk groups.

ICU.exe can be used to view and configure the IP Gateway for zones and channels as follows:

i. Use the **Zones/Channels** tab in ICU.exe to view Channel names as they will appear in

RadioPro clients. By default, they will be generically named 'Channel1', Channel2', etc.

ii. If it is desired to display more descriptive channel names, right-click on a channel name to edit it.

iii. If it is desired that a channel or zone is not displayed in a RadioPro client, click on the zone or

channel, and then **uncheck** the **Visible** parameter near the bottom of this tab page.

iv. Write the new configuration to the RadioPro IP Gateway by choosing **Write Settings** from the

**Gateway** menu.

8. **Writing CPS** Parameters to Radio:

After writing the CPS parameters to the MOTOTRBO Control Station radio, remove the programming cable from
the Control Station radio. A programming cable connected to the front mic connector on the Control Station radio
will prevent communications to a RadioPro IP Gateway from the Rear Accessory Connector. Therefore, when a
cable is connected to the Rear Accessory Connector to connect a RadioPro IP Gateway or a PC (during
programming), **ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front mic connector** .

**14**

_**Summary of MOTOTRBO CPS Setup for Control Station Radios**_

|Folder|Sub-Folder|Parameter|Step #|Setting|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Main|Radio ID|2a.|Voice Radio and Data Revert Radio that share an IP<br>Gateway must have the same Radio ID|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Main|GPS|2b.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Microphone|Analog Mic AGC|2c.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Microphone|Digital Mic AGC|2c.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Persistent LRRP|Save|2d.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Persistent LRRP|Delete|2d.|Disable|
|Accessories<br> <br> <br>|Main|Ignition Sense|3a.|'On/Off' Or 'Ignition'|
|Accessories<br> <br> <br>|Main|Analog Rear Mic<br>Gain|3b.|+ 10dB: May need to be adjusted for appropriate<br>audio level transmitted from RadioPro client.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Accessories<br> <br> <br>|Main|Digital Rear Mic<br>Gain|3c.|+ 10dB: May need to be adjusted for appropriate<br>audio level transmitted from RadioPro client.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Accessories<br> <br> <br>|Main|Cable Type|3d.|'Rear PC and Audio'|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Main|Radio IP|4a.|For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the IP address of<br>the Voice Radio must be lower (and in a different<br>subnet) than the IP addresses of the Data Revert<br>Radios.<br>An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must<br>have unique subnets.|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Radio Network|Forward to PC|4b.|'Via USB'|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Services|ARS Radio ID|4c.|Leave this field blank (ARS disabled)|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Services|TMS Radio ID|4c.|Leave this field blank (TMS disabled)|
|Signaling<br>Systems|MDC, Digital, or<br>Capacity Plus|System|5a.|Choose appropriate parameters for the signaling<br>system being added for All-Emergency function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Contacts<br>|MDC, Digital, or<br>Capacity Plus<br>|add Group Call|6a.|Add Group Call contact for the Group Call function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Contacts<br>|MDC, Digital, or<br>Capacity Plus<br>|add All Call|6b.|Add All-Call contact for the All-Call function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital|ARS|7a.|Disable for all channels|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital|Enhanced GPS|7b.|Enable if this control station is a data revert radio|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital|Window Size|7c.|5 if Privacy Type is 'None'<br>6 if Privacy Type is 'Basic' or 'Enhanced'|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital|Compressed UDP<br>Data Header|7d.|'MSI' for all channels|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital or Analog|RX Only|7e.|Enable for a data revert radio that will ONLY receive<br>GPS location data from a data revert repeater slot.|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital or Analog|Emergency System|7f.|Choose appropriate Emergency ID for All-<br>Emergency function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital|Data Call<br>Confirmed|7g.|Disable for all channels|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Connect Plus|Option Board|7h.|Enable for all Connect Plus talk groups.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Connect Plus|Option Board<br>Trunking|7i.|Enable for all Connect Plus talk groups.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this|

**15**

RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide

**Step 1b. for Motorola XPR 5350 5550 5550e (DATA):**

_**Configure Control Station Radio (For Data) using MOTOTRBO CPS**_

##### SAME AS THE PREVIOUS STEPS

##### **Follow the previous process starting at 1a on page 7**

**Step 1c. for Motorola XPR 5350 / 5550 / 5550e Connect Plus Radios :**

_**Configure MOTOTRBO Connect Plus Option Board**_

If this Control Station radio is being used in a Connect Plus system, then the Connect Plus Option Board must also be
configured. Use Connect Plus Option Board CPS version R01.30.100 (or later) to configure the Option Board using the
following steps. (CTI Cable S2-61431 may be used as a programming cable in lieu of the Motorola programming
cable.)

1. **General -> Menu** folder:

a. In the **Contacts** section, **enable** the following parameters:
**Call Alert, Manual Dial, Radio Check, Remote**
**Monitor, Radio Enable**, and **Radio Disable** .

b. In the **Call Log** section, **enable** the following parameters:

**Missed, Answered, and Outgoing** .

2. Write the CPS parameters to the Connect Plus Option Board.

CTI Cable S2-61431 may be used as a programming cable in
lieu of the Motorola programming cable.

3. Remove the programming cable from the Control Station radio.

A programming cable connected to the front mic connector on the Control Station radio will prevent
communications to a RadioPro IP Gateway from the Rear Accessory Connector. Therefore, when a cable is
connected to the Rear Accessory Connector to connect a RadioPro IP Gateway or a PC (during programming),
**ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front mic connector** .

|Folder|Section|Parameter|Step #|Setting|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Menu|Contacts|Call Alert|1a.|Enable|
|||Manual Dial|1a.|Enable|
|||Radio Check|1a.|Enable|
|||Remote Monitor|1a.|Enable|
|||Radio Enable|1a.|Enable|
|||Radio Disable|1a.|Enable|
||Call Log|Missed|1b.|Enable|
|||Answered|1b.|Enable|
|||Outgoing|1b.|Enable|

**17**

**Step 1d. for Motorola MOTOTRBO Subscriber Radios:**

_**Configure Subscriber Radios for ARS, GPS, and TMS**_

This step is required if _**ARS**_, _**GPS**_, or _**Text**_ _**Messaging**_ _**Service**_ is needed at the RadioPro client (such as Dispatch, Solo,
Talk, or Talk for Mobile). This step is not required for a Connect Plus system, since these functions are not available
using a Control Station interface.

Use **MOTOTRBO CPS** (Motorola's Customer Programming Software) to configure MOTOTRBO radio parameters
using the following steps.

1. From the **View** menu, choose **Expert** .

2. **General Settings** folder:

a. Change the **GNSS** parameter to **Checked** .

**18**

b. In the **Persistent LRRP Requests** section, verify that **Save** and **Delete** parameters are

**Unchecked** .

3. **Network** folder:

a. Enter the **ARS Radio ID** . This should be the Radio ID of the Control Station radio that is connected to
the RadioPro IP Gateway.

b. Enter the **TMS Radio ID** . This should be the Radio ID of the Control Station radio that is connected to

the RadioPro IP Gateway.

**19**

4. **Channels** folder:

Make the following changes for each digital channel that will be used to transmit GPS coordinates:

a. Set **Scan/Roam List** to **None** . ( _**ARS**_ and _**GPS**_ will not function if **Scan** is enabled with a **Scan List** .)

b. Set **ARS** to **On System Change** .

c. For _**Data Revert**_ channels, and if the repeater for this channel has the _**Enhanced GNSS Option**_ enabled, **enable** the
**Enhanced GNSS** parameter.

d. If **Enhanced GPS** is **enabled** in step c. above, then set the **Window Size** to either **5** or **6**, depending on the

selection for **Privacy Type** . Note that the **Window Size** parameter **is system-wide and must also be set in the**
**Data Revert Repeater(s) to match this value** . See the tables on page 17 for more details.

e. Set the **Compressed UDP Data Header** parameter to **MSI**

f. In the **TX** section of this channel, change **GPS Revert** to one of the following:

- If this radio will use a _**Data Revert**_ repeater slot to send GPS data to a RadioPro client, then change this parameter
to the appropriate Channel Name.

- If there is no _**Data Revert**_ repeater slot, then change this parameter to **Selected** .

g. Disable the **Data Call Confirmed** parameter by changing it to **Unchecked** . If this parameter is greyed-out, then

ensure that the **Enhanced GPS** parameter is disabled ( **Unchecked** ).

**20**

5. Write the CPS parameters to the MOTOTRBO Control Station radio.

_**Summary of MOTOTRBO CPS Setup for Subscriber Radios**_

|Folder|Sub-Folder|Parameter|Step #|Setting|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|General<br>Settings|Main|GPS|2a.|Enable (if applicable)|
|General<br>Settings|Persistent<br>LRRP|Save|2b.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings|Persistent<br>LRRP|Delete|2b.|Disable|
|Network<br>|<br>|ARS Radio ID|3a.|Must match Radio ID of control station<br>connected to IP Gateway|
|Network<br>|<br>|TMS Radio ID|3b.|<br>Must match Radio ID of control station<br>connected to IP Gateway|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Scan/Roam List|4a.|'None'<br>(ARS and GPS will not function if Scan is<br>enabled)|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|ARS|4b.|'On System Change'|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Enhanced GPS|4c.|Enable if this control station is a data revert<br>radio|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Window Size|4d.|5 if Privacy Type is 'None'<br>6 if Privacy Type is 'Basic' or 'Enhanced'|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Compressed UDP<br>Data Header|4e.|'MSI'|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|GPS Revert|4f.|If no Data Revert: 'Selected'<br>If Data Revert: 'Channel Name' of Data<br>Revert Channel|
|Channels<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Digital<br> <br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|Data Call<br>Confirmed|4g.|Disable|

**21**

**Step 1e. for Motorola XPR 2500 Radio:**

Use this section to configure Control Station Radios for Voice.
Use MOTOTRBO CPS (Motorola's Customer Programming Software) to configure MOTOTRBO radio parameters via
the following steps.

**Note:** _**(**_ _CTI Cable S2-61916 may be used as a programming cable in place of the Motorola_
_programming cable._ _**)**_

6. From the **View** menu, choose **Expert** .

7. **General Settings** folder:

a. The **Radio IDs** of both the _**Voice Radio**_ and _**Data Revert Radio**_ that share a RadioPro IP Gateway must be

the same.

b. In the **Microphone** section, be sure to **Uncheck the Analog Mic AGC** and **Digital Mic AGC** .

c. In the **Persistent LRRP Requests** section, verify that **Save** and **Delete** parameters are **Unchecked** .

**22**

8. **General -> Accessories** folder:

a. Change **Ignition Sense** to **On/Off Or Ignition** .

b. Change **Analog Rear Mic Gain** to **+10db** . (This setting is not needed for a _**Data Revert Radio**_ .)

c. Change **Digital Rear Mic Gain** to **+10db** . (This setting is not needed for a _**Data Revert Radio**_ .)

**Note:** The above mentioned 'Rear Mic Gain Settings' may tolerate **minor** adjustments to optimize mic
audio levels.

**Warning: Do not set levels outside the range of +9db to +12db, as severe audio quality will result!**

9. **Network** folder:

Typically, the factory default IP Address programmed into the XPR 2500 Control Station radio **does not need to be**
**changed** . However, when it is connected to a RadioPro IP Gateway via the Rear Accessory Connector, it must be on a
different subnet than that gateway. See _4.1 Appendix - IP Addressing_ on page _30_ for more information.

For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the following conditions must be met:

i. All radios sharing an IP Gateway MUST have the SAME **Radio ID** .

ii. All radios sharing an IP Gateway MUST be on DIFFERENT **IP subnets** .

See _[RadioPro System Planner for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ for more details and system diagrams.

iii. The **IP address** of the _**Voice Radio**_ must be LOWER than the **IP addresses** of the _**GPS Data**_

_**Revert Radio(s)**_ .

**23**

iv. Change **Forward to PC** to **Via USB** . This step is required for the _**Text Message**_ function

when using RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, Talk, or Talk for Mobile client.

The **ARS Radio ID** and **TMS Radio ID** fields MUST be **blank** .

10. **Signaling Systems** folder:

This step is required, if a RadioPro client will be sending an emergency indication to other radios. Also, see Step 7
below for required setup of **Channels** folder.)
Right-Click **MDC** or **Digital** depending on type of channel(s) programmed in radio. Click **Add**, and then click
**System** . Choose appropriate parameters for the **Signaling System** being added.

**24**

11. **Contacts** folder:

a. Right-Click **MDC** or **Digital**, depending on type of channel programmed in radio. Then click
**Add, Group Call**, and then enter the **Call ID** (Group ID programmed in radio). This step is
required for _**Group Calls**_ .

b. Right-Click **MDC** or **Digital**, depending on type of channel programmed in radio. Click **Add**,

and then click **All Call** . This step is required for the _**All-Call**_ function when using RadioPro
Dispatch.

12. **Channels** folder:

a. For each Digital channel, change the **ARS** parameter to **Disabled** .

13. Write the CPS parameters to the XPR 2500 Control Station radio.

14. Writing CPS Parameters to Radio:

After writing the CPS parameters to the XPR 2500 Control Station radio, remove the programming cable from the
Control Station radio.

**Warning** : **You must remove the programming cable from the front connector and power cycle the Control**
**Station** **radio, to prevent communication failure with the RadioPro IP Gateway on the Rear**
**Accessory Connector.**

**NOTE:** **The XPR 2500 Radio does not offer any GPS functionality. Therefore, the**
**Data-revert operation cannot be utilized when using this model radio.**

**25**

_**Summary of MOTOTRBO CPS Setup for Control Station Radios**_

|Folder|Sub-Folder|Parameter|Step #|Setting|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br>|Main|Radio ID|7a.|Voice Radio and Data Revert Radio that share an IP<br>Gateway must have the same Radio ID|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br>|Microphone|Analog Mic AGC|7b.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br>|Microphone|Digital Mic AGC|7b.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br>|Persistent LRRP|Save|7c.|Disable|
|General<br>Settings<br> <br> <br> <br>|Persistent LRRP|Delete|7c.|Disable|
|Accessories<br> <br>|Main|Ignition Sense|8a.|'On/Off' Or 'Ignition'|
|Accessories<br> <br>|Main|Analog Rear Mic<br>Gain|8b.|+ 10dB: May need to be adjusted for appropriate<br>audio level transmitted from RadioPro client.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Accessories<br> <br>|Main|Digital Rear Mic<br>Gain|8c.|+ 10dB: May need to be adjusted for appropriate<br>audio level transmitted from RadioPro client.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Main|Radio IP|9a.|For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the IP address of<br>the Voice Radio must be lower (and in a different<br>subnet) than the IP addresses of the Data Revert<br>Radios.<br>An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must<br>have unique subnets.|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Radio Network|Forward to PC|9a.|'Via USB'|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Services|ARS Radio ID|9b.|Leave this field blank (ARS disabled)|
|Network<br> <br> <br>|Services|TMS Radio ID|9b.|Leave this field blank (TMS disabled)|
|Signaling<br>Systems|MDC, Digital, or<br>Capacity Plus|System|10.|Choose appropriate parameters for the signaling<br>system being added for All-Emergency function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Contacts<br>|MDC, Digital, or<br>Capacity Plus<br>|add Group Call|11a.|Add Group Call contact for the Group Call function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Contacts<br>|MDC, Digital, or<br>Capacity Plus<br>|add All Call|11b.|Add All-Call contact for the All-Call function.<br>Data Revert radio does not require this.|
|Channels|Digital|ARS|12a.|Disable for all channels|

**Step 1f. for Motorola MOTOTRBO Repeater:**

_**Configure Motorola Repeaters for Enhanced GPS Option**_

If RadioPro Dispatch will map GPS data for more than 25 radios per repeater slot, then it is recommended to dedicate
one or more Data Revert slots for this GPS data. Further, repeaters with Data Revert slots should have the 'Enhanced
GPS Option' enabled. Contact Motorola for ordering information for this option.

Configure the **Enhanced GPS Option** in the repeater using Motorola installation information. Set the **Window**
**Size** parameter in the repeater to **5** or **6**, depending on the setting for **Privacy Type** .

See the **Window Size** parameter on Page _12_ . This parameter must match the **Window Size** parameter in the
Subscriber radios.

**26**

**Step 2. for Motorola MOTOTRBO systems:**

_**Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to the Control Station Radio**_

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front mic**
**connector.**

See Section _4.2 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables_

Motorola MOTOTRBO on Page _31_ for interface cable details.

Connect the IP Gateway to the Control Station Voice radio using the following steps:

1. Connect the USB connector of cable S2-61431 to any USB port on the rear of the RadioPro IP Gateway module. In

addition, for this Voice Control Station radio, connect the DE-9 side of cable S2-61431 to the DE-9 connector on
the rear of the RadioPro IP Gateway module.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to the Rear Accessory Connector on the MOTOTRBO Voice radio.

DE-9 male

Rear Accessory Connector

DE-9 male

Rear Accessory Connector

**S2-61431**

**Motorola**
XPR-5550 / XPR-5550e / XPR-5350

**S2-61916**

**Motorola**
XPR 2500

Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to the Data Revert Control Station radios using the following steps:

3. Connect the USB connector of cable S2-61664 to any USB port on the rear of the RadioPro IP Gateway module.

4. Connect the other end of the cable to the Rear Accessory Connector on the MOTOTRBO Data radio.

26-pin Female Motorola
Rear Accessory Connector

USB

**S2-61664**

**Motorola**
Data Revert (XPR-5550 / XPR-5550e / XPR-5350)

**Note: Since the IP Gateway has not yet been configured with appropriate IP parameters, do NOT connect the IP**
**Gateway to an IP network.**

**27**

**Step 3. Configure RadioPro IP Gateway**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that Wi-Fi connection has been disabled in the PC or Laptop being used to**
**configure the IP Gateway.**

The RadioPro ICU ( **I** P **C** onfiguration **U** tility) must be used to configure each RadioPro IP Gateway with the necessary
parameters. Configuration of each RadioPro IP Gateway must be performed before connecting the IP Gateway to a
local area network.

Configure RadioPro IP Gateway settings:

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for information about how to connect to the IP
Gateway and for settings that apply to all radio systems.

Configure MOTOTRBO specific settings: (Once connected to the IP Gateway with the ICU Utility)

_**Mototrbo Radio**_ _**tab**_

Use the **ARS Subscriber Refresh Rate** to set the time between
successive ARS (Automatic Registration Service) updates for
subscribers. The default value is **0.5** hours.

Other parameters on this tab are factory-default values and match the
default parameters programmed into the Control Station radio.
Under normal circumstances, these values **should not be altered** .

_**Zones/Channels Aliases**_ _**tab**_

This list is downloaded from the connected MOTOTRBO radio and
will be displayed in a RadioPro Dispatch client's radio controller. A
**Zone** or **Channel** can be re-named by clicking on it, then editing its
name. If a name cannot be edited, be sure that the MOTOTRBO
radio is connected and powered on. In Capacity Plus systems, the
MOTOTRBO radio adds an additional Zone to the list called
**Channel Pool** . In most cases, this should be hidden from the
Dispatcher by clicking on this **Channel Pool**, then removing the
check mark in the **Visible** box.

**28**

_**GPS tab**_

If mapping locations of subscribers is required, place a check mark
next to **Enable GPS Updates** . Since this option will increase the
amount of radio transmissions, leave this unchecked if GPS mapping
is not needed.

Then choose a **Minimum Poll Rate** to set the minimum time
between successive GPS updates.  Increasing this parameter will
decrease the number of GPS updates, thereby allowing more channel
bandwidth for voice conversations.

Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for instructions on how to connect the RadioPro IP Gateway
to an IP Network, configure Port Forwarding, and installing RadioPro Clients.

**29**

###### **4. APPENDIX**

**4.1 Appendix - IP Addressing**

Normally, the factory default IP Address programmed into the Control Station radio **should not be changed** . However,
it must be on a different subnet than the RadioPro IP Gateway that is connected to it via the Rear Accessory Connector.

For example, if the network's Subnet Mask is 255.255.255.0, then at least one of the first three octets of the
MOTOTRBO radio IP address must be different than the RadioPro IP Gateway module IP address.

The following **IS NOT** a valid IP addressing scheme since both devices are on the **SAME** subnet:
**Control Station Radio** **RadioPro IP Gateway**
**IP Address:** **192.168.12** .2 **192.168.12** .3
**Subnet Mask:** 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0

The following **IS** a valid IP addressing scheme since the devices are on **DIFFERENT** subnets:
**Control Station Radio** **RadioPro IP Gateway**
**IP Address:** 192.168. **12** .2 192.168. **10** .3
**Subnet Mask:** 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0

For additional information see Cisco's 'IP Addressing and Subnetting for New Users', Document ID 13788, located at:
[https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/docs/ip/routing-information-protocol-rip/13788-3.html](https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/docs/ip/routing-information-protocol-rip/13788-3.html)

**30**

**4.2 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables**

_**Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR-5350 / XPR-5550 / XPR-5550e**_

_**Voice Radio**_

**Interface Cable # S2-61431**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway<br>DE-9* Pin #|IP Gateway<br>USB Pin #|XPR Radio J2<br>Accessory Connector|
|---|---|---|---|
|Tx+ (Mic audio to radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|4|-|11 (Yel)|
|Tx- (Mic audio to radio)|5|-|16 (Blk)*|
|Rx+ (Speaker audio from radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|8|-|14 (Gry)|
|Rx- (speaker audio from radio|9|-|16 (Blk)*|
|Accessory ID|6|-|5 (Blu)|
|12v Accessory|2|-|25 (Red)|
|Power Gnd|1|-|8 (Brn)|
|USB Data +|-|3|1 (Grn)|
|USB Data -|-|2|2 (Wht)|
|USB 5Vdc|-|1|3 (RED)|
|USB Gnd|-|4|4 (Blk)|

*** These signal wires are pinned together.**

This interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Data Radio**_

**Interface Cable # S2-61664**

|Signal Name|Col2|IP Gateway<br>USB Pin #|XPR Radio J2<br>Accessory Connector|
|---|---|---|---|
|USB Data +||3|1|
|USB Data -||2|2|
|USB 5Vdc||1|3|
|USB Gnd||4|4|

**31**

_**Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR-2500**_

_**Voice Radio**_

|Signal Name|IP Gateway<br>DE-9* Pin #|IP Gateway<br>USB Pin #|XPR Radio J2<br>Accessory Connector|
|---|---|---|---|
|Tx+ (Mic audio to radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|4 (Yell)||5|
|Tx- (Mic audio to radio)|5 (Blck)||1|
|Rx+ (Speaker audio from radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|8 (Grey)||11|
|Rx- (speaker audio from radio)|9 (Blck)||1|
|12v Accessory|2 (Red)||10|
|Power Ground|1 (Brwn)||7|
|USB Data +||3|17 (Grn)|
|USB Data -||2|18 (Wht)|
|USB 5Vdc||1|19 (RED)|
|USB Gnd||4|20 (Blk)|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

**32**

###### **5. INDEX**

**A**

Analog Mic AGC, 7, 22
Analog Rear Mic Gain, 8, 23
ARS Radio ID, 9, 19
ARS Subscriber Refresh Rate, 28
Automatic Registration Service, 28

**C**

Channel Pool, 28
Compressed UDP Data Header, 12, 20
Connect Plus, 14, 17
Contact us, 2
CPS

Accessories folder, 8, 23
Channels folder, 11, 20, 25
Contacts folder, 10, 25
Expert, 18, 22
General Settings folder, 7, 17, 18, 22
Network folder, 9, 19, 23
Signaling Systems folder, 10, 13, 24
Writing CPS Parameters to Radio, 14

**D**

Data Call Confirmed, 13, 20
Data Revert Radio, 7, 9
Default Gateway, 34
Digital Mic AGC, 7, 22
Digital Rear Mic Gain, 8, 23

**E**

Enable GPS Updates, 29
Enhanced GNSS, 20
Enhanced GPS, 11, 12, 20, 26

**F**

Forward to PC Via USB, 9, 24

**G**

GNSS, 18
GPS, 7
GPS Revert, 20

**I**

ICU, 28, 34

GPS tab, 29
Zones/Channels Aliases tab, 28
Ignition Sense, 8, 23
IP Addressing, 30, 34
IP Configuration Utility, 28

**M**

Minimum Poll Rate, 29

**N**

NTP Server IP, 34

**O**

Option Board Trunking, 14
Overview, 4

**P**

Persistent LRRP Requests, 8, 19, 22

**R**

Radio Interface Cables, 4, 27, 31
Radio Programming Cable, 4
Rear Accessory Connector, 9, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
Rear Mic Gain, 8, 23

**S**

Scan/Roam List, 20
Subnet Mask, 30, 34
System Planner, 34
System Planner Template, 34, 35

**T**

TMS Radio ID, 9, 19

**W**

Writing CPS Parameters to Radio, 25

**33**

###### **6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**

**Parameters Unique to each IP Gateway**

|GPS = GPS Data Revert.<br>Each IP Gateway supports 1<br>Voice & 1 GPS Data Radio.|Name<br>IP Gateway name has max 2<br>lines, 24 chars per line|Serial<br>#|IP Address|Subnet Mask|Default<br>Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|
|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**34**

###### **6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common** **Parameters Unique**
**to all Dispatch clients** **to each Dispatch client**

|Administrator Password|Col2|PC Name|IP Address|License|Licensed IP Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_for Edit Mode _**||||**_# _**|**_Connections_**|

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**

If additional Solo, Talk, or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**35**


## RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola APX 4500

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-apx-4500.pdf
Document type: PDF, 13 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway**
##### **Installation Guide** **for**
#### **Motorola APX 4500 P25 Radios**

**For Version 9 Software**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway  Installation and Configuration Guide

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for APX 4500 Contents

**1** **OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4**

1.1 System Planner Document and Template
1.2 Required Items

1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable
1.2.2 Control Station Radio
1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable

**2.** **FEATURE AVAILABILITY ....................................................................................................................................................... 5**

**3.** **CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................. 6**

Step 1. for Motorola APX 4500 (Voice):

Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice)
Step 2. for Motorola APX 4500 systems:

Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to the Control Station Radio
Step 3. Configure RadioPro IP Gateway

**4.** **APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10**

4.1 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables

Motorola APX 4500

**5.** **INDEX ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11**

**6.** **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 .................................................................................................................... 12**
RadioPro IP Gateways

**6.** **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 ................................................................................................................... 13**
RadioPro Dispatch Clients
RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients

**3**

###### **1 OVERVIEW**

This Manual will focus on configuring and using the _**Motorola APX 4500 Radio**_ with the RadioPro System.

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for general installation information relevant for all radio
system types.

###### **1.1 System Planner Document and Template**

Use the System Planner Template on page _12_ of this document in the planning phase of a project to record IP addresses,
usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

###### **1.2 Required Items**

_**1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable**_

A radio interface cable must be ordered for each IP Gateway from the following table:

_**1.2.2 Control Station Radio**_

Each Control Station radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway.

_**1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable**_

The Motorola programming cable must be used with the CPS software to configure the Control Station radio. **The**
**RadioPro Interface cable cannot be used to program the APX 4500 radio.**

**4**

###### **2. FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

_**Motorola P25 Systems**_

Depending on the P25 System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if a
feature discussed in this document is not available.

- Voice Dispatch is talk/listen only with no PTT ID.

**5**

###### **3. CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION**

Use the steps in the following table to install a RadioPro System. Each step is discussed in detail starting on page **7.**
Following installation of the IP Gateway in Step 5, at least one Client must be installed from Step 6.

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for additional installation steps relevant for all radio
system types.

**6**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for APX 4500 **Step 1. for Motorola APX 4500 (Voice):**

_**Configure Control Station Radio (For Voice)**_

The RadioPro IP Gateway connects to the APX 4500 through an intercom interface. This interface uses the COR /
PTT functionality that is always available through the accessory connector of the APX 4500 radio. Therefore, no
special radio programming is required to connect to the APX 4500.

###### **NOTE: The APX 4500 Radio does not offer GPS functionality accessible to the Gateway.**

**Therefore, the Data-revert operation cannot be utilized when using this model radio.**

###### **Step 2. for Motorola APX 4500 systems:**

_**Connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to the Control Station Radio**_

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected**

See Section _4.1 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables_

Motorola APX 4500 on Page _10_ for interface cable details

Connect the IP Gateway to the Control Station Voice radio using the following steps:

1. Connect the DE-9 side of cable S2-61927 to the DE-9 connector on the rear of the RadioPro IP Gateway module.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to the Rear Accessory Connector on the APX Voice radio.

DE-9 male

Motorola APX
Mobile Accessory
Port Connector

**S2-61927**

**Motorola**
APX 4500

**Note: Since the IP Gateway has not yet been configured with appropriate IP parameters, do NOT connect the IP**
**Gateway to an IP network.**

**7**

###### RadioPro IP Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for APX 4500 **Step 3. Configure RadioPro IP Gateway**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that Wi-Fi connection has been disabled in the PC or Laptop being used to**
**configure the IP Gateway.**

The RadioPro ICU ( **I** P **C** onfiguration **U** tility) must be used to configure each RadioPro IP Gateway with the necessary
parameters. Configuration of each RadioPro IP Gateway must be performed before connecting the IP Gateway to a
local area network.

Configure RadioPro IP Gateway settings:

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for information about how to connect to the IP
Gateway and for settings that apply to all radio systems.

Configure APX 4500 specific settings: (Once connected to the IP Gateway with the ICU Utility)

_**Intercom**_ _**tab**_

_Tx Audio_

**PTT output** must be set based
on radio model.

An **Active Low** PTT
radio expects the voltage on the
PTT line to be high when not
transmitting and to be pulled
low, or to ground when
transmitting.

An **Active High** PTT
radio expects the voltage on the
PTT line to be low, or ground,
when not transmitting and to be
pulled high when transmitting.

The APX 4500 PTT line is **Active Low** .

**8**

**Allow transmission while receiving** can be set if the control station radio is programmed to operate
in full duplex mode with the ability to transmit and receive simultaneously.

With this setting **Enabled**, a client connected to the RadioPro IP Gateway will be able to
transmit even when the radio is receiving. **Warning: This setting should only be checked for radios**
**that have full duplex functionality.**

With this setting **Disabled**, a client connected to the RadioPro IP Gateway will get a bonk if
trying to transmit when currently receiving a call.

The APX 4500 does not have full duplex capability, therefore, this setting should be **Disabled** .

_Rx Audio_

**Activity detect input** must be set based on radio model.

An **Active Low** COR (Carrier operated relay) radio will maintain a high voltage on the COR
line when not in a call and pull the voltage low, or to ground when a transmission is received.

An **Active High** COR radio will maintain a low, or grounded voltage on the COR line when not
actively in a call and will pull the voltage high when receiving a transmission.

The APX 4500 COR line is **Active Low** .

**Enable VOX** can be set to have the IP Gateway operate as a voice operated switch.

When **Enabled** the gateway determines a receive call by the Activation Level.

When **Disabled** the gateway determines a receive call by the COR signal from the radio.

**Activation level (dB)** is the audio level in decibels that will trigger the voice-operated exchange.

**Deactivation hangtime (ms)** is the time in milliseconds the VOX will keep the incoming audio
transmission up after the last 'good' audio level is received.

Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for instructions on how to connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to an
IP Network, configure Port Forwarding, and installing RadioPro Clients.

**9**

###### **4. APPENDIX**

###### **4.1 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables**

_**Motorola APX 4500**_

_**Voice Radio**_

**Interface Cable # S2-61927**

*** These signal wires are pinned together.**

This interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

**10**

###### **5. INDEX**

**A**

Activation Level, 9
Activation level (dB), 9
Activity detect input, 9
Allow transmission while receiving, 9

**C**

Carrier operated relay, 9
Contact us, 2
COR, 9

**D**

Deactivation hangtime (ms), 9
Default Gateway, 12

**E**

Enable VOX, 9

**F**

full duplex, 9

**I**

ICU, 8, 12
IP Addressing, 12
IP Configuration Utility, 8

Subnet Mask, 12
System Planner, 12
System Planner Template, 12, 13

**T**

transmit and receive simultaneously, 9

**V**

voice operated switch, 9
VOX, 9

NTP Server IP, 12

Overview, 4

PTT output, 8

Radio Interface Cables, 4, 10
Radio Programming Cable, 4

**N**

**O**

**P**

**R**

**S**

**11**

###### **6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**

**Parameters Unique to each IP Gateway**

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**12**

###### **6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common Parameters Unique**
**to all Dispatch clients to each Dispatch client**

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**

If additional Solo, Talk, or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**13**


## RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx/58xx

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf
Document type: PDF, 26 pages

##### **CTI Products**

#### **RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway**
###### **Installation Guide** **for**
##### **Kenwood NEXEDGE Radios** **NX-57xx/58xx**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

Table of Contents

**1** **OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4**

1.1 System Planner Template
1.2 Required Items
1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable
1.2.2 Control Station Radio
1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable

**2.** **FEATURE AVAILABILITY ....................................................................................................................................................... 5**

**3.** **CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................. 6**

3.1 Program the Control Station Radio

3.1.1 Configure the Voice Radio
3.1.2 Configure the Data Revert Radio
3.1.3 Configure Subscriber Radios
3.2 Connect the Gateway to the Radio
3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway

**4.** **APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................................................. 23**

4.1 Appendix - Radio Interface Cables

Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-5700, NX-5800, NX-700, NX-800

**5.** **INDEX ................................................................................................................................................................................... 24**

**6.** **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 .................................................................................................................... 25**
RadioPro IP Gateways

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 ........................................................................................................................ 26**
RadioPro Dispatch Clients
RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients

**3**

##### **1 OVERVIEW**

This Manual will focus on configuring _**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx/58xx Radios**_ with the RadioPro System.

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for general installation information relevant for all radio
system types.

**1.1 System Planner Template**

Use the System Planner Template on page _25_ of this document in the planning phase of a project to record IP addresses,
usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

**1.2 Required Items**

_**1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable**_

A radio interface cable must be ordered for each IP Gateway from the following table:

|Control Station Radio|Cable Part #|
|---|---|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800/5700/5800|S2-61769|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820|S2-61890|

Other cables are available to connect a dedicated data revert cable. Contact CTI for more information.

_**1.2.2 Control Station Radio**_

Each Control Station radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. The control station radio connected to the IP
Gateway **must at least have the minimum firmware version listed below** . Kenwood's FPU (Field Programming
Unit) software will be needed to configure the control station radio.

|Control Station Radio|Minimum<br>Version|Programming<br>Software|
|---|---|---|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-5700/5800 (Preferred Radio)|2.31.00|KPG-D1N|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800 or NX-720/820|3.21.00|KPG-111DN|

_**1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable**_

A radio programming cable is required to configure the Control Station radio.

**Note:** A programming cable connected to the front microphone connector on the Control Station radio may
prevent communications to a RadioPro IP Gateway from the Rear Accessory Connector. **Therefore, when a cable**
**is connected to the Rear Accessory Connector to connect a RadioPro IP Gateway or a PC (during**
**programming), ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front microphone**
**connector.**

**4**

##### **2. FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems**_

Depending on NEXEDGE System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if a
feature discussed in this document is available.

|System Type<br>Feature|Ana log|Analog w/<br>FleetSync|Digital<br>NXDN|Digital<br>NXDN<br>w/ call ack.|NXDN<br>& LTR<br>Trunking|NXDN<br>Trunking<br>(MsgTrnkd)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voice Dispatch**|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Text Messaging**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**GPS Mapping**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Status Updates**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Selective Calling**|-|✓|✓|**Not**<br>**Currently**<br>**Supported**|✓|**Not**<br>**Currently**<br>**Supported**|
|**Remote Monitor**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote**<br>**Enable/Disable**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**5**

##### **3. CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION**

Use the steps in the following table to install a RadioPro System. Each step is discussed in detail starting on Page 6.
Following installation of the IP Gateway in Step 5, at least one Client must be installed from Step 6.

|Step #|Description|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx/58xx|
|---|---|---|
|3.1.1|Configure Control Station Radio(s) for Voice|page_6_ <br>|
|3.1.2|Configure Control Station Radio(s) for Data|page_14_ <br>|
|3.1.3|Configure Subscriber Radios for ARS, GPS, and TMS|page_15_ <br>|
|3.2|Connect RadioPro IP Gateway to Control Station Radio|page_21_ <br>|
|3.3|Configure RadioPro IP Gateway(s) using ICU.exe|page_22_ <br>|

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for additional installation steps relevant for all radio
system types.

**3.1 Program the Control Station Radio**

_**3.1.1 Configure the Voice Radio**_

[(For NX-700, NX-800 NX-720, NX-820, NX-3720, NX-3820 radios see RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf)
[Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx-8xx 37xx-38xx.)](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf)

Radio models NX-5700/5800 can be used as a control station radio.

Use the KPG-D1N **FPU** (Kenwood's NEXEDGE 'Field Programming Utility' configuration software for NX5700/NX-5800 radios) to configure NEXEDGE radio parameters using the following steps.

**6**

1. _**Connect and read the control station as any other radio**_

Using a Kenwood programming cable, connect the NX-5700/5800 Control Station radio to a PC or
Notebook that has the correct Kenwood FPU version (KPG-D1N in this case).

Open the **KPG-D1N** FPU.

Ensure that the correct COM port is selected.

From the **Model** tab, choose the **Product Information** page, and then click the **Read Configuration**

button as shown below.

Enable **Feature Selections** that this radio is licensed for with a check mark in the appropriate boxes,
and then click the **OK** button.

**7**

2. _**Configure NXDN and FleetSync System**_

a. Expand the **Personal** folder, expand the **System 1** folder under that, and then select **System**
**Information** .

b. In the System Information window, for System Type select **NXDN Conventional**, and for Signaling

Type select **FleetSync** .

c. In the **ID (FleetSync)** box, enter a value for **Fleet (Own)** and **ID (Own)** .
(Note: These parameters do not have to be used elsewhere, but they must have an assigned value even if
the radio is being used in analog mode without FleetSync, or in digital mode with NXDN. Not entering an
ID will prevent RadioPro from functioning properly.)

d. In the **Unit ID** box, enter a value for **Unit ID** .

(Note: This parameter does not have to be used elsewhere, but it must have an assigned value even if the
radio is being used in analog mode without FleetSync. Not entering an ID will prevent RadioPro from
functioning properly.)

**8**

3. _**Configure the Data Port**_

a. Expand the **Option Features** folder, and then select **Optional Features 1** .

b. In the **Optional Features 1** window, expand **Serial Interface**, and then under the **Function** column

for **COM port 1**, select **Data + GPS Data Output** .

c. For **COM Port Priority**, select **Serial Data** .

d. For **PC Interface Protocol**, select **Version 2** .

e. Enable all options for **Serial Output** and **Serial Input** with a check mark in the appropriate boxes.

**9**

4. _**Configure GPS Settings**_

So that RadioPro can process GPS information from subscriber radios, the control station radio must know what data to
send to the IP Gateway. Configure this as follows:

a. Expand the **Optional Features** folder, then select **Optional Features 2** .

b. In the **Base Station Settings** section of the **GPS** page, enable **$PKLDS/$PKNDS (KW)** with a check

in the box.

**10**

5. _**Configure FleetSync Settings**_

a. Expand the **FleetSync** folder, then select **FleetSync Information** .

b. Enable all options in the **Serial Output** section, except for **Transparent Header** .

c. Enable all options in the **Stack** section.

6. _**Configure NXDN Settings**_

a. Expand the **NXDN** folder, then select **NXDN Information** .

b. Enable all options in the **Serial Output** section, except for **Transparent Header** .

c. Enable all options in the **Stack** section.

**11**

7. _**Configure Sound Options**_

The steps in this section may be skipped if this radio is to be used for GPS only; ie, not used for voice communications.

a. Select the **Audio Profile** folder.

b. In the **General** section of the **Audio Profile** page, change **Microphone Sense** to **+4 dB** (High).

**12**

8. _**Configure Audio Routing Options**_

The steps in this section may be skipped if this radio is to be used for GPS only; ie, not used for voice communications.

a. Select the **Extended Function** folder.

b. Expand the **Modulation Line** tab.

c. For **Mic PTT**, select **Connect** for both **Mic Line** and **MI2 Line** .

9. _**Write New Configuration to Radio**_

a. Click the icon found in the main toolbar.

**13**

_**3.1.2 Configure the Data Revert Radio**_

If you are using a Data Revert radio, follow the same steps for configuring the radio as you would for the Voice Radio
with the following exceptions:

- Because the Data Revert Radio does not deal with audio, you may skip the steps for _Configure Sound_
_Options_ on page _12_, as well as steps for _Configure Audio Routing Options_ on page _13_ .

- **Be certain to follow steps described on page** _10_ **,** _Configure GPS Settings_ **.**

- Because _**Channel Steering**_ only affects the Voice Radio, program only the data channel into the radio.

**14**

_**3.1.3 Configure Subscriber Radios**_

Use the **FPU**, (Kenwood's NEXEDGE 'Field Programming Utility' configuration software) to configure NEXEDGE
radio parameters using the following steps.

1. _**Configure the subscriber radio as any other radio.**_

a. Using a Kenwood programming cable, connect the NX-5200/5300 Control Station radio to a PC or
Notebook that has the correct Kenwood FPU version (KPG-D1N in this case).

b. Open the **KPG-D1N** FPU.

c. Ensure that the correct COM port is selected.

d. From the **Model** tab, choose the **Product** **Information** page, and then click the **Read** **Configuration**

button as shown below.

e. Enable **Feature** **Selections** that this radio is licensed for with a check mark in the appropriate boxes,
and then click the **OK** button.

**15**

2. _**Configure ID settings for FleetSync.**_

If using FleetSync, expand the **Personal** folder, expand the **System** **1** folder under that, and then select
**System** **Information** .

In the System Information window, for **System** **Type** select Analog Conventional and for **Signaling**

**Type** select FleetSync.

Enter a value for **Fleet (Own)** and **ID** **(Own)** .

3. _**Or, Configure ID settings for NXDN.**_

If using NXDN, expand the **Personal** folder, expand the **System** **1** folder under that, and then select
**System** **Information** .

In the System Information window, for **System Type** select **NXDN** Conventional and for **Signaling**

**Type** select **FleetSync** .

Enter a value for **Fleet (Own)**, **ID (Own)**, **Unit ID** and **Unit ID Name (Own)** .

**16**

4. _**Configure Data settings & Target/Base ID settings.**_

Expand the **Personal** folder, expand the **System** **1** folder under that, and then select **Personal**
**Features** .

If using _**FleetSync**_ on a conventional (non-trunked) system, use the **Analog** section to ensure that the

correct data will be sent to the Data Channel:

i. Specify the channel to use for data by assigning the **Data Zone-Channel (Analog)** field as

required for your system.

ii. **Enable the desired messages** to send across the Data Zone-Channel with a Check.

iii. Enter a value For **Target** **Fleet** and **Target** **ID** .

Note: If the target does not include the Control Station(s), data will not appear in RadioPro.

**17**

If using NXDN on a conventional system, use the **NXDN** section to ensure that the correct data will be
sent to the Data Channel:

i. Specify the channel to use for data by assigning the **Data Zone-Channel (NXDN)** field as

required for your system.

ii. Enter a value for **Base ID Type** and **Base** **ID** .

iii. **Enable the desired messages** to send across the Data Zone-Channel with a Check.

Note: If the Base ID does not include the Control Station(s), data will not be sent to RadioPro
clients.

**18**

5. _**Configure Text Message Settings.**_

Select the **Key Assignment** folder, in the **Menu** section choose **Call** in the **Category List**, select **Short**
**Message** from the **Available Function List**, and then click the **Add** button.

**19**

6. _**Configure the GPS settings.**_

If using GPS, configure the desired behavior for the radio by expanding the **Personal** folder, expand the
**System** **1** folder under that, and then select **Personal** **Features** .

In the **GPS** section enable **GPS** **Report** **on** **Data** **Zone** **-** **Channel** with a check mark, and then select the

correct channel to use in the **GPS Report Channel** box.

Ensure the GPS Base ID Type includes the Control Station radio.

i. If using GPS with NXDN, in the **NXDN** section, enter a value for **GPS Base ID Type** and

**GPS** **Base ID** .

ii. If using GPS with FleetSync, in the **FleetSync** section, enter a value for **Base Fleet** and **Base**

**ID** .

Note: This is the ID the subscriber will respond to, which will be the ID of the data revert control station
radio. If the Base ID does not include the Control Station(s), data will not appear in RadioPro.

**20**

**3.2 Connect the Gateway to the Radio**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front mic**
**connector.**

See Section _4.1 Appendix - Radio Interface Cables_ on Page _23_ for interface cable details.

Connect the IP Gateway to the Control Station voice radio using the following steps:

1. Connect the DB-25 side of cable S2-617691 to the DB-25 connector on the rear of the NEXEDGE NX-5700/5800

radio.

2. Connect the DE-9 male side of the cable to the DE-9 female connector on the rear of the IP Gateway.

3. Ensure that jack screws on both connectors are tightened to hold connectors in place.

DE-9 male

DB-25 male
Kenwood
Connector

**S2-61769**

**Kenwood**
NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800

Connect the IP Gateway to the Data Revert Control Station radio using the following steps:

1. Connect the DB-25 side of cable 89-10505 (DB25 Male to DE9 Female) to the DB-25 connector on the rear of the

NEXEDGE NX-5700/5800 radio.

2. Connect the DE-9 female side of the cable to the DE-9 male connector on the rear of the IP Gateway.

3. Ensure that jack screws on both connectors are tightened to hold connectors in place.

**89-10505**

DE-9 female DB-25 male
Kenwood
Connector

**Kenwood**
Data Revert (NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800)

**Note: If the IP Gateway has not yet been configured with appropriate IP parameters, do NOT connect the IP**
**Gateway to an IP network.**

**21**

**3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that Wi-Fi connection has been disabled in the PC or Laptop being used to**
**configure the IP Gateway.**

The RadioPro ICU ( **I** P **C** onfiguration **U** tility) must be used to configure each RadioPro IP Gateway with the necessary
parameters. Configuration of each RadioPro IP Gateway must be performed before connecting the IP Gateway to a
local area network.

Configure RadioPro IP Gateway settings:

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for information about how to connect to the IP
Gateway and for settings that apply to all radio systems.

Configure NEXEDGE specific settings: (Once connected to the IP Gateway with the ICU Utility)

_**NEXEDGE Radio tab**_

Enter the appropriate radio ID values for the fields
on this tab.

The **Receive PTT ID timeout (ms)** field is used
to give the transmitting radio time to transmit its
PTT ID before the default PTT ID is used.

_**GPS tab**_

If mapping locations of subscribers is required,
place a check mark next to **Start GPS polling**
**when online status received** . Leave this
unchecked if GPS mapping is not needed, or if
subscriber radios have been programmed to start
GPS polling on their own.

Then choose a **Report interval time** to set the
minimum time between successive GPS updates.
Increasing this parameter will decrease the number
of GPS updates, thereby allowing more channel
bandwidth for voice conversations.

Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for instructions on how to connect the RadioPro IP
Gateway to an IP Network, configure Port Forwarding, and installing RadioPro Clients.

**22**

##### **4. APPENDIX**

**4.1 Appendix - Radio Interface Cables**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-5700, NX-5800, NX-700, NX-800**_

_**Voice Radio**_

**Interface Cable # S2-61769**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway<br>DE-9* Pin #|NXx00 Radio<br>DB-25 Pin #|
|---|---|---|
|Tx+ (Mic audio to radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|4|6|
|Tx- (Mic audio to radio)|5|25|
|Rx+ (Speaker audio from radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|8|17|
|Rx- (speaker audio from radio|9|18|
|Tx Data (from radio)|1|3|
|Rx Data (to radio)|6|2|
|Digital Ground|3|7|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Data Radio**_

**Interface Cable # 89-10505 (standard DE-9 female to DB-25 male serial cable)**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway<br>DE-9* Pin #|NXx00 Radio<br>DB-25 Pin #|
|---|---|---|
|Tx Data (from radio)|2|3|
|Rx Data (to radio)|3|2|
|Digital Ground|5|7|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Female to connect to the IP Gateway male serial port connector.

**23**

##### **5. INDEX**

Audio Routing Options, 13

COM Port Priority, 9

FleetSync, 8, 11, 16, 17, 20

**A**

**C**

**F**

**G**

**M**

**N**

**P**

**R**

**S**

GPS Report on Data Zone Channel, 20
GPS Settings, 10

**I**

ICU, 25

GPS tab, 22
NEXEDGE Radio tab, 22
IP Addressing, 25
IP Configuration Utility, 22

**K**

Key Assignment, 19
KPG-111DN, 4
KPG-D1N, 4, 6, 7, 15

Mic PTT, 13
Microphone Sense [dB], 12
Modulation Line, 13

NTP Server IP, 25
NXDN Conventional, 8
NXDN Settings, 11

Password, 26
PC Interface Protocol, 9

Receive PTT ID timeout, 22

Start GPS polling, 22
Subnet Mask, 25
System Planner Template, 25, 26

**T**

Text Message Settings, 19

**24**

##### **6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**

|ICU.exe Admin Password<br>for ICU.exe, default is 'admin'|Dispatch Client Password<br>for Dispatch client connections|
|---|---|
||default is 'user'|

**Parameters Unique to each IP Gateway**

|GPS = GPS Data Revert.<br>Each IP Gateway supports 1<br>Voice & 1 GPS Data Radio.|Name<br>IP Gateway name has max 2<br>lines, 24 chars per line|Serial<br>#|IP Address|Subnet Mask|Default<br>Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|
|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**25**

##### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common** **Parameters Unique**
**to all Dispatch clients** **to each Dispatch client**

|Administrator Password|Col2|PC Name|IP Address|License|Licensed IP Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_for Edit Mode _**||||**_# _**|**_Connections_**|

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**

If additional Solo, Talk, or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**26**


## RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx & 37xx/38xx

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf
Document type: PDF, 29 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway**
##### **Installation Guide** **for**
#### **Kenwood NEXEDGE** **NX-7xx/8xx NX-37xx/38xx Radios**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

###### Table of Contents

1 OVERVIEW

1.1 System Planner Template
1.2 Required Items

1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable
1.2.2 Control Station Radio
1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable

2. FEATURE AVAILABILITY

3. CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION

3.1 Program the Control Station Radio

3.1.1 Configure the Voice Radio
3.1.2 Configure the Data Revert Radio
3.1.3 Configure the Subscriber Radios
3.2 Connect the IP Gateway to the Radio
3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway

4. APPENDIX

4.1 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables

Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800
Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820 NX-3720/3820

5. INDEX

6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2
RadioPro IP Gateways

SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2
RadioPro Dispatch Clients
RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients

**3**

###### **1 OVERVIEW**

This Manual will focus on configuring _**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx and NX-37xx/38xx Radios**_ with the
RadioPro System.

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for general installation information relevant for all radio
system types.

###### **1.1 System Planner Template**

Use the System Planner Template on page _28_ of this document in the planning phase of a project to record IP addresses,
usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

###### **1.2 Required Items**

_**1.2.1 Radio Interface Cable**_

A radio interface cable must be ordered for each IP Gateway from the following table:

|Control Station Radio|Cable Part #|
|---|---|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800/5700/5800|S2-61769|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820/3720/3820|S2-61890|

Other cables are available to connect a dedicated data revert radio. Contact CTI for more information.

_**1.2.2 Control Station Radio**_

Each Control Station radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. The control station radio connected to the IP
Gateway **must at least have the minimum firmware version listed below** . Kenwood's FPU (Field Programming
Unit) software will be needed to configure the control station radio.

|Control Station Radio|Minimum<br>Version|Programming<br>Software|
|---|---|---|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800 or NX-720/820|3.21.00|KPG-111DN|
|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-5700/5800|2.31.00|KPG-D1N|

_**1.2.3 Radio Programming Cable**_

A radio programming cable is required to configure the Control Station radio.

**Note:** A programming cable connected to the front microphone connector on the Control Station radio may
prevent communications to a RadioPro IP Gateway from the Rear Accessory Connector. **Therefore, when a cable**
**is connected to the Rear Accessory Connector to connect a RadioPro IP Gateway or a PC (during**
**programming), ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front microphone**
**connector.**

**4**

###### **2. FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems**_

Depending on NEXEDGE System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if a
feature discussed in this document is available.

|System Type<br>Feature|Ana log|Analog w/<br>FleetSync|Digital<br>NXDN|Digital<br>NXDN<br>w/ call ack.|NXDN<br>& LTR<br>Trunking|NXDN<br>Trunking<br>(MsgTrnkd)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voice Dispatch**|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Text Messaging**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**GPS Mapping**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Status Updates**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Selective Calling**|-|✓|✓|**Not**<br>**Currently**<br>**Supported**|✓|**Not**<br>**Currently**<br>**Supported**|
|**Remote Monitor**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote**<br>**Enable/Disable**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**5**

###### **3. CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION**

Use the steps in the following table to install a RadioPro System. Each step is discussed in detail starting on Page 6.
Following installation of the IP Gateway in Step 5, at least one Client must be installed from Step 6.

|Step #|Description|Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-7xx/8xx NX-37xx/38xx|
|---|---|---|
|3.1.1|Configure Control Station Radio(s) for Voice|page_6_ <br>**_Configure the Voice Radio_**|
|3.1.2|Configure Control Station Radio(s) for Data|page_14_ <br>**_Configure the Data Revert Radio_**|
|3.1.3|Configure Subscriber Radios for ARS, GPS, and TMS|page_15_ <br>**_Configure the Subscriber Radios_**|
|3.2|Connect RadioPro IP Gateway to Control Station<br>Radio|page_22_ <br>**_Connect the IP Gateway to the Radio_**|
|3.3|Configure RadioPro IP Gateway(s) using ICU.exe|page_24_ <br>**_Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway_**|

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for additional installation steps relevant for all radio
system types.

###### **3.1 Program the Control Station Radio**

_**3.1.1 Configure the Voice Radio**_

(For NX-5700/5800 radios see the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-57xx-58xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf)_ )

Radio models NX-700/800, NX-720/820, or NX-3720/3820 can be used as a control station radio. The use of an NX720/820 or 3720/3820 requires modification to the option jumpers located on the radio's Tx/Rx unit. Therefore, the
NX-700/800 is easier to implement since it does not require internal modifications. See _Appendix - Radio Interface_
_Cables_ for more details.

Use the KPG-111DN **FPU** (Kenwood's NEXEDGE 'Field Programming Utility' configuration software for NX700/800/720/820/3720/3820 radios) to configure NEXEDGE radio parameters using the following steps.

**6**

_**1.**_ _**Configure the control station as any other radio**_

a. Using a Kenwood programming cable, connect the NX-700/800 / NX-720/820 / NX-3720/3820 Control
Station radio to a PC or Notebook that has the correct Kenwood FPU version (KPG-111DN in this case).

b. Open the **KPG-111DN** FPU.

c. Ensure that the correct COM port is selected by going to the **Setup**         - **COM Port** menu.

d. Then, from the **Program** menu, select **Read Data** **from the Transceiver** as shown below.

e. After the data has been read, use **File**         - **Import** to load all of the previously saved settings required for the
radio system. Parameters may also be entered manually.

**7**

_**2.**_ _**Configure the Data Port**_

a. Open the **Option Features 1** settings window using the menu commands:
**Edit**        - **Optional** **Features**        - **Optional** **Features** **1** .

b. Select the **Common Page 3** tab, and then under the **Function** column for **COM port 1** in the table as

shown below, select **Data + GPS Data Output** .

c. For the **PC Interface Protocol** parameter, select **Version 2** .
**Note: Selecting 'Version 1' will prevent the IP Gateway from functioning properly.**

d. Select the **Common Page 4** tab.

i. **Enable** **Stack** options **Short Message Stack**, **Latest Received Message Stack**, and

**Message Memory** by changing them to **Checked** .

ii. **Enable** all of the options for both the **Serial Output** and **Serial Input** groups by changing

them all to **Checked** .

**8**

_**3.**_ _**Configure Sound Options**_

a. Open the **Extended Function** window by using the menu commands **: Edit**         - **Extended Function** .

b. In the **Modulation Line** tab, **MI2** column, and **Mic PTT** row, select **Connect** from the drop-down list as

shown below.

c. In the **AUX** tab, for **Mic Sense**, select **4dB (High)** as shown below.

**9**

d. In the **Mobile Function** tab, for **DEO Level** (the level coming into the computer), select **+5** as shown

below. For either **DI** or **DEO** sound settings, levels may be adjusted as needed.

_**4.**_ _**Configure**_ _FleetSync_ _**settings**_

_Note: Even if the radio is being used in analog mode without FleetSync, or in digital mode with NXDN, a_
_FleetSync ID must be assigned. Not entering an ID will prevent RadioPro from functioning properly._

a. Open the **FleetSync** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**         - **FleetSync**

b. In the **General 1** tab, enter a value for **Fleet (Own)** and **ID (Own)** . (Note: These do not have to be used

elsewhere, but they must have an assigned value.)

**10**

_**5.**_ _**Configure NXDN settings**_

**Note: Even if the radio is being used in analog mode without FleetSync, a FleetSync ID must be assigned.**
**Not entering an ID will prevent RadioPro from functioning properly.**

a. Open the **NXDN** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**         - **NXDN**

b. In the **General 1** tab, enter a value for **Unit ID (Own)** .

_**6.**_ _**Configure Data settings**_

a. For each zone listed in the **Zone Information** window, use the **Zone** **Edit** button to open the **Zone Edit**
window.

**11**

b. Specify the channel to use for data by assigning the **Data Zone-CH/GID (Analog)** and **Data Zone-**

**CH/GID (Digital)** fields as required for your system.

i. If using _**FleetSync**_ in a conventional (non-trunked) system, ensure that the correct data will be

sent to the Data Channel:

- Open the **FleetSync** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                    - **FleetSync**

- In the **Parameter** tab, enable the desired message types to send across the **Data Zone-**
**CH/GID** with a **Check** .

**12**

ii. If using _**NXDN**_ in a conventional system, ensure the correct data will be sent to the Data Channel.

- Open the **NXDN** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                    - **NXDN**

- In the **Conventional** tab, enable the desired messages to send across the **Data Zone-**
**CH/GID** with a **Check** .

7. _**Configure GPS settings**_

In order for RadioPro to process GPS information from subscriber radios, the control station radio must know what
data to send to the IP Gateway.

a. Open the **Optional Features 2** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**         - **Optional Features 2**

b. In the **GPS** tab, **Base Station Settings** section, enable the option for **$PKLDS/$PKNDS (KW)** with a

**Check** .
**Note: Not selecting this option will result in GPS data not being sent to the RadioPro IP Gateway.**

**13**

_**3.1.2 Configure the Data Revert Radio**_

If you are using a Data Revert radio, follow the same steps for configuring the radio as you would for the Voice Radio
with the following exceptions:

- Because the Data Revert Radio does not deal with audio, you may skip the steps on page _9_ for _Configure_
_Sound Options_ .

- Because the Data Revert Radio will only receive GPS data, you may skip the steps on page _11_ for
_Configure Data settings_ .

- **Be certain to follow steps described on page** _13_ **,** _Configure GPS Settings_ **.**

- Because _**Channel Steering**_ only affects the Voice Radio, program only the data channel into the radio.

**14**

_**3.1.3 Configure the Subscriber Radios**_

Use the **FPU** (Kenwood's NEXEDGE 'Field Programming Utility' configuration software) to configure NEXEDGE
radio parameters using the following steps.

_**1.**_ _**Configure the subscriber radio as any other radio.**_

a. Using a Kenwood programming cable, connect the Subscriber radio to a PC or Notebook that has the
correct Kenwood FPU version (KPG-111DN in this case).

b. Open the **KPG-111DN** FPU.

c. Ensure that the correct COM port is selected by going to the **Setup**         - **COM port** menu.

d. Then, from the **Program** menu, select **Read Data from the Transceiver** as shown below.

e. After the data has been read, use **File**         - **Import** to load all of the previously saved settings required for
your radio system. Parameters may also be entered manually.

**15**

_**2.**_ _**Configure Target/Base ID settings.**_

a. If using _**FleetSync**_, ensure that the **Target Fleet** and **Target ID** specify the Control Station radio using
the following steps:

i. Open the **FleetSync** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                   - **FleetSync**

ii. In the **Target** tab, enter a value for **Target Fleet** and **Target ID** .

**Note: If the target does not include the Control Station(s), data will not appear in RadioPro.**

b. If using _**NXDN**_, ensure the **Base ID** specifies the Control Station radio using the following steps:

i. Open the **NXDN** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                   - **NXDN**

ii. In the **General 1** tab, enter a value for **Base ID Type** and **Base ID** .

**Note: If the Base ID does not include the Control Station(s), data will not be sent to**
**RadioPro clients.**

**16**

_**3.**_ _**Configure Data settings.**_

a. For each zone listed in the **Zone Information** window, use the **Zone** **Edit** button to open the **Zone Edit**
window.

b. Specify the channel to use for data by assigning the **Data Zone-CH/GID (Analog)** and **Data Zone-**

**CH/GID (Digital)** fields as required for your system. Ensure that the specified channels are the same as
specified for the Control Station radio in Step 1a.6.b.

**17**

i. If using _**FleetSync**_ on a conventional (non-trunked) system, ensure that the correct data will be

sent to the Data Channel:

- Open the **FleetSync** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                    - **FleetSync**

- Open the **Parameter** tab.

- Enable the desired messages to send across the Data Zone-CH/GID with a **Check** .

ii. If using NXDN on a conventional system,

- Open the **NXDN** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                    - **NXDN**

- Open the **Conventional** tab

- Enable the desired messages to send across the Data Zone-CH/GID with a Check.

- Disabling "Status message on Data Zone-CH/GID" will keep the radio check on the
voice channel.

**18**

_**4.**_ _**Configure Text Message Settings.**_

a. Open the **Key Assignment** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**         - **Key Assignment**

b. In the **Menu** tab, choose **Call** in the **Category List**, select **SDM (FleetSync/NXDN)** in the **Function**

**List**, and then click the **Add** button.

_**5.**_ _**Configure the GPS settings.**_

a. If using GPS, configure the desired behavior for the radio by using the menu commands
**Edit**        - **Optional Features**        - **Optional Features 2** and going to the **GPS** tab.

b. If GPS data should be sent on another channel, enable **GPS Report on Data Zone-CH/GID** with a

**Check**, and then select the correct channel to use in the **GPS Report CH/GID** box.

c. If using GPS with FleetSync, ensure the GPS Base Fleet and Base ID include the Control Station radio
using the following steps.

d. Open the **FleetSync** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**        - **FleetSync**

**19**

e. In the **GPS** tab, enter a value for **Base Fleet** and **Base ID** .
**Note: If the Base ID does not include the Control Station(s), data will not appear in RadioPro.**

f. If using GPS with NXDN, ensure the GPS Base ID includes the Control Station radio.

i. Open the **NXDN** window by using the menu commands: **Edit**                   - **NXDN**
**ii.** In the **GPS** tab, enter a value for **Base ID Type (GPS)** and **Base ID (GPS)** .

**Note: This is the ID the subscriber will to respond to, which will be the ID of the data revert control**
**station radio.**

**20**

_**6.**_ _**Configure the Data Port**_

a. Open the **Option Features 1** settings window using the menu commands:
**Edit**        - **Optional** **Features**        - **Optional** **Features** **1** .

b. Select the **Common Page 3** tab, and then under the **Function** column for **COM port 1**, select **None** .

c. Select the **Common Page 4** tab, and then enable **Short Message Stack** with a **Check** .

**21**

###### **3.2 Connect the IP Gateway to the Radio**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that the programming cable has been disconnected from the front mic**
**connector.**

See Section _4.1 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables_

_Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800_ on Page _25_ for interface cable details.

Connect the IP Gateway to the Control Station voice radio using the following steps:

1. Connect the DB-25 male side of cable S2-617691 to the DB-25 female connector of the NX-700/800 radio.

DE-9 male

DB-25 male
Kenwood
Connector

**S2-61769**

**Kenwood**
NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800

- or

2. Connect the DE-15 male side of cable S2-61890 to the DE-15 female connector of the NX-720/820 radio.

DE-9 male

DE-15 male
Kenwood Connector

**S2-61890**

**Kenwood**
NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820

3. Connect the DE-9 male side of the cable to the DE-9 female connector on the rear of the IP Gateway.

4. Ensure that jack screws on both connectors are tightened to hold connectors in place.

**22**

Connect the IP Gateway to the Data Revert Control Station radio using the following steps:

1. Connect the DB-25 male side of cable 89-10505 to the DB-25 female connector of the NX-700/800 radio.

**89-10505**

DE-9 female DB-25 male
Kenwood
Connector

**Kenwood**
Data Revert (NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800)

- or

2. Connect the DE-15 male side of the cable S2-61891 to the DB-25 female connector of the NX-720/820 radio.

**S2-61891**

**Kenwood**
Data Revert (NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820)

DE-9 female

DE-15 male
Kenwood Connector

3. Connect the DE-9 female side of the cable to the DE-9 male connector on the rear of the IP Gateway.

4. Ensure that jack screws on both connectors are tightened to hold connectors in place.

**Note: Since the IP Gateway has not yet been configured with appropriate IP parameters, do NOT connect the IP**
**Gateway to an IP network.**

**23**

###### **3.3 Configure the RadioPro IP Gateway**

**Note: Before continuing, ensure that Wi-Fi connection has been disabled in the PC or Laptop being used to**
**configure the IP Gateway.**

The RadioPro ICU ( **I** P **C** onfiguration **U** tility) must be used to configure each RadioPro IP Gateway with the necessary
parameters. Configuration of each RadioPro IP Gateway must be performed before connecting the IP Gateway to a
local area network.

Configure RadioPro IP Gateway settings:

Please Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for information about how to connect to the IP
Gateway and for settings that apply to all radio systems.

Configure NEXEDGE specific settings: (Once connected to the IP Gateway with the ICU Utility)

_**NEXEDGE Radio tab**_

Enter the appropriate radio ID values for the fields
on this tab.

The **Receive PTT ID timeout (ms)** field is used
to give the transmitting radio time to transmit its
PTT ID before the default PTT ID is used.

_**GPS tab**_

If mapping locations of subscribers is required,
place a check mark next to **Start GPS polling**
**when online status received** . Leave this
unchecked if GPS mapping is not needed, or if
subscriber radios have been programmed to start
GPS polling on their own.

Then choose a **Report interval time** to set the
minimum time between successive GPS updates.
Increasing this parameter will decrease the number
of GPS updates, thereby allowing more channel
bandwidth for voice conversations.

Refer to the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for instructions on how to connect the RadioPro IP
Gateway to an IP Network, configure Port Forwarding, and installing RadioPro Clients.

**24**

###### **4. APPENDIX**

###### **4.1 Appendix – Radio Interface Cables**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800**_

_**Voice Radio**_

**Interface Cable # S2-61769**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway<br>DE-9* Pin #|Kenwood Radio<br>DB-25 Pin #|
|---|---|---|
|Tx+ (Mic audio to radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|4|6|
|Tx- (Mic audio to radio)|5|25|
|Rx+ (Speaker audio from radio)<br>Transformer isolated, 600 ohms|8|17|
|Rx- (speaker audio from radio|9|18|
|Tx Data (from radio)|1|3|
|Rx Data (to radio)|6|2|
|Digital Ground|3|7|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Data Radio**_

**Interface Cable # 89-10505 (standard DE-9 female to DB-25 male serial cable)**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway<br>DE-9* Pin #|Kenwood Radio<br>DB-25 Pin #|
|---|---|---|
|Tx Data (from radio)|2|3|
|Rx Data (to radio)|3|2|
|Digital Ground|5|7|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 female to connect to the IP Gateway male serial port connector.

**25**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820 NX-3720/3820**_

_**Voice Radio**_

**Interface Cable # S2-61890**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway DE-9* Pin #|Kenwood Radio HD-15 Pin #|
|---|---|---|
|MI2 (Tx+ Mic audio to radio)|4|5|
|Audio Ground|5|15|
|AF0 (Rx+ Speaker audio from radio)|8|4|
|Audio Ground|9|15|
|Tx Data (from radio)|1|6|
|Rx Data (to radio)|6|7|
|Digital Ground|3|15|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Data Radio**_

**Interface Cable**

|Signal Name|IP Gateway DE-9* Pin #|Kenwood Radio HD-15 Pin #|
|---|---|---|
|Tx Data (from radio)|2|6|
|Rx Data (to radio)|3|7|
|Digital Ground|5|15|

- Interface cable requires DE-9 female to connect to the IP Gateway male serial port connector.

_**Additional modifications to internal Tx-Rx unit of NX-720/820**_

|Out|In|Description|
|---|---|---|
|R664|R666|Change FNC1 (TXD) and FNC2 (RXD)<br>of HD-15 (DE-15) Connector<br>from TTL level to RS-232C level|
|R635|R633|R633|
|R662|R665|R665|
|R796|R798|Change signal output from DEO to AFO|
|R797|R799|Change signal input from DI to MI2|

**26**

###### **5. INDEX**

Short Message Stack, 22
Start GPS polling, 26
Subnet Mask, 32
System Planner, 32
System Planner Template, 32, 33

**Z**

Zone Information window, 12

Default Gateway, 32
DEO Level, 11

FleetSync, 11, 13, 17, 19

ICU, 25, 32

GPS tab, 26
NEXEDGE Radio tab, 26
IP Addressing, 32
IP Configuration Utility, 25

Key Assignment, 20
KPG-111DN, 5, 7, 16
KPG-D1N, 5

Mic PTT, 10
Mic Sense, 10
Modulation Line, 10

**D**

**F**

**I**

**K**

**M**

NTP Server IP, 32
NXDN window, 12

Overview, 5

PC Interface Protocol, 9

Receive PTT ID timeout, 26

**N**

**O**

**P**

**R**

**S**

**27**

###### **6. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**

|ICU.exe Admin Password<br>for ICU.exe, default is 'admin'|Dispatch Client Password<br>for Dispatch client connections|
|---|---|
||default is 'user'|

**Parameters Unique to each IP Gateway**

|GPS = GPS Data Revert.<br>Each IP Gateway supports 1<br>Voice & 1 GPS Data Radio.|Name<br>IP Gateway name has max 2<br>lines, 24 chars per line|Serial<br>#|IP Address|Subnet Mask|Default<br>Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|
|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**28**

###### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common** **Parameters Unique**
**to all Dispatch clients** **to each Dispatch client**

|Administrator Password|Col2|PC Name|IP Address|License|Licensed IP Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_for Edit Mode _**||||**_# _**|**_Connections_**|

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**

If additional Solo, Talk, or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**29**


## RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 72 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) Dispatch**
##### **Installation and Configuration Guide**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**
Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900
support@ctiproducts.com

**Disclaimer**
Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

Warnings

_Notes and important information_

**Software buttons, menus, menu options, folders, and pages**

**Software parameter values**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide Contents

**1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................................................... 5**

1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
1.2 ARCHITECTURE

_System Component Limits .................................................................................................................................................. 9_
_System Planner Document and Template ........................................................................................................................... 9_
1.3 WHAT YOU WILL NEED

_PCs for Dispatch Client ................................................................................................................................................... 10_
_Audio and PTT Accessories .............................................................................................................................................. 10_
_RadioPro Dispatch Client Distribution USB Flash Drive................................................................................................ 10_
_RadioPro Dispatch License USB Flash Drive.................................................................................................................. 10_
1.4 SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS

_System Planner Template ................................................................................................................................................. 11_
_IP Gateway and Control Station Radio Configuration .................................................................................................... 11_
_Version Match .................................................................................................................................................................. 11_
_Control Station Radio Version ......................................................................................................................................... 11_
_PC Settings for Power and Display .................................................................................................................................. 11_

**2. INSTALL TIME SERVER ................................................................................................................................................ 13**

**3. RADIOPRO DISPATCH CLIENT INSTALLATION ................................................................................................... 14**

_Step 1. Install Audio and PTT Accessories ....................................................................................................................... 14_
_Step 2. Install RadioPro Dispatch Client Software .......................................................................................................... 14_
_Step 3. Start the RadioPro Dispatch Client Software ....................................................................................................... 14_

**4. CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................................................................................... 15**

4.1 CONFIGURATION OVERVIEW
4.2 EXAMPLE CONFIGURATION
4.3 CONFIGURATION USING CLONED SETTINGS
4.4 CONFIGURATION WITHOUT USING CLONED SETTINGS

_Step 1. Create an Administrator Password ...................................................................................................................... 17_
_Step 2. Manage IP Gateways............................................................................................................................................ 18_
_Step 3. Configure Audio Device Presets ........................................................................................................................... 20_
_Step 4. Choose and Arrange Panels ................................................................................................................................. 27_
_Step 5. Add Tabs for Voice and GPS Maps ...................................................................................................................... 29_
_Step 6. Add and Configure Radio Controllers for Voice functions................................................................................... 29_
_Step 7. Add and configure Subscribers and Subscriber Groups ....................................................................................... 31_
_Step 8. Configure other Dispatch Options ........................................................................................................................ 33_
4.5 SAVING THE PAGE LAYOUT

**5. APPENDIX ......................................................................................................................................................................... 54**

5.1 CONFIGURATION FILES
5.2 CONVERTING A TIMED-LICENSE TO A NON-EXPIRING LICENSE
5.3 TELEMETRY (REMOTE I/O) PANEL CONFIGURATION

_Configuring radio-based Tallysman Sprite TW2xx modules ............................................................................................ 58_
_Configuring Advantech Adam 6000 modules ................................................................................................................... 58_
_Configuring RadioPro Dispatch for the Telemetry functions ........................................................................................... 60_
5.4 USING THE PTT TO DRIVE AN EXTERNAL SIGNAL
5.5 FEATURE AVAILABILITY

_Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems ....................................................................................................................................... 63_
_Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems .......................................................................................................................................... 63_

**3**

**6. DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................................... 64**

6.1 DIAGNOSTICS

_ARS/GPS Event Viewer .................................................................................................................................................... 64_
6.3 TROUBLESHOOTING

_Connections to IP Gateways ............................................................................................................................................ 64_
_Audio ................................................................................................................................................................................ 64_
_Manage Devices Window ................................................................................................................................................. 67_
_PTT Devices ..................................................................................................................................................................... 67_

**7. INDEX ................................................................................................................................................................................. 69**

**8. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 ...................................................................................................... 71**

_RadioPro IP Gateways ..................................................................................................................................................... 71_

**9. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 ...................................................................................................... 72**

_RadioPro Dispatch Clients ............................................................................................................................................... 72_
_RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Talk Mobile Clients ................................................................................................................. 72_

**4**

##### **1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW**

**RadioPro(TM)** provides remote access to 2-way radios via IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists
of PC-based software allowing voice and data communications between PC users and 2-way radio subscribers.
Communications with radio subscribers is also possible for remote mobile users using Android or iOS devices. A
RadioPro system consists of at least one RadioPro IP Gateway (server) and at least one client (Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), or
Talk for Mobile(TM)) with an IP network connecting the RadioPro components.

###### **1.1 System Components**

CTI's Dispatch over IP system is based on Server-Client architecture. System components are described below:

- **RadioPro IP Gateway Kit** (CTI Part # S2-61815) is the hardware
interface that connects a mobile radio (control station) to an IP
network. The IP Gateway is the _**Server**_ for the control station radio
connected to it. Each control station radio used for voice requires
one IP Gateway.  System components, such as IP Gateways and
clients (Dispatch, Solo, or Talk Mobile), may be located together or
separated geographically and connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network
(VPN). An optional license can be purchased for the IP Gateway to allow users of Solo or Talk for
Mobile client applications to connect to the two-way radio system. Each IP Gateway requires a static IP
address. For more information, see the following documents:

_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Family of Products](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-family-of-products.pdf)_

- **RadioPro Dispatch Client**
is a dispatch console for PCs that provides voice
dispatching to multiple simultaneous radio channels or
talk groups, as well as GPS/AVL, Telemetry, Text
Messaging, and Voice Logging. Windows 10 Pro, 8
Pro or Windows 7 Pro operating system is required.
This application can be used with either Motorola
MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE systems.
System components, such as Dispatch clients and IP
Gateways, may be located together or separated
geographically and connected via a Wide Area
Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).

CTI Part #s Licensable Feature
S1-61770 Core
S1-61771 Voice Module
S1-61772 GPS Module
S1-61773 Telemetry Module
S1-61774 Text Messaging Module

Additional information:

_[RadioPro Dispatch User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro System Accessories Catalog](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_

**5**

- **Solo(TM) Client** is a software application for Windows that provides voice dispatching to a single radio
channel or talk group. The virtual radio head duplicates the full functionality of a control station radio
including channel steering for these radio models:

Motorola

XPR 2500, XPR 5550, XPR 5550e

Kenwood

NX-700/720/3720, NX-800/820/3820,
NX-5700, NX-5800

Other features include Voice Logging for 24 hours, Text Messaging, and channel steering. It requires
Windows 7, 8 or 10 operating system. The use of this application requires a license installed on the IP
Gateway. The license will permit 80 simultaneous Solo or Talk Mobile application users to connect to the
radio system. System components, such as clients and IP Gateways, may be located together or separated
geographically and connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).

Additional Information:

_[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-data-sheet.pdf)_

- **Talk(TM)** **for Mobile devices** is a mobile app for Android(TM) and iPhone(TM)/iPad(TM) that
provides remote access to a 2-way radio system for voice communications, text messaging,
and locating other users. This application can be used with either Motorola MOTOTRBO
or Kenwood NEXEDGE systems. The Mobile app is useful over cellular or Wi-Fi
networks when you are on-the-go and outside the coverage of your radio system, yet still
need radio communications. The use of this application requires a license installed on the
IP Gateway. The license will permit 80 simultaneous Solo or Talk Mobile application
users to connect to the radio system.

Additional Information:

_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices How-to-Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-data-sheet.pdf)_

**6**

- **Control Station Radio**       - A control station radio must be used as the interface to the radio system, and
connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway using the rear accessory/communications port. Each control station
radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. Radio models that can be used for a Control Station radio
and provide full radio functionality from a RadioPro client include:

- Motorola MOTOTRBO: XPR 2500/5550/5550e

- Kenwood NEXEDGE: NX-700/800 NX-720/820

NX-3720/3820 NX-5700/5800

- **Personal Computer or Workstation** is required to host the RadioPro Dispatch or Solo clients. See _PCs_
_for Dispatch Client_ on Page _10_ for more details.

- **Accessories**       - Console accessories may include microphone and speakers (or headset), Push-to-Talk
footswitch, and touch screen monitor. See _[RadioPro Accessories Catalog](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_ for details.

**7**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **1.2 Architecture**

The IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network. One IP Gateway is required for each control station radio
used for voice. The IP Gateways and control station radios can be centrally located or scattered among different locations
using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

Each IP Gateway in a RadioPro system acts as the server for the Control Station Radio connected to it, and ensures easy
wide-area deployment. Since there is not a server PC, the architecture reduces 'single point-of-failure' concerns.

A system may have a mixture of RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, and RadioPro Talk for Mobile apps running on mobile devices.
These Clients may be centrally located or scattered among different locations using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or
Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

**8**

_**System Component Limits**_

The RadioPro solution was tested and verified to operate up to the maximum number of components listed below.

_**Maximum of 70 IP Gateways per Dispatch Client**_

_**System Planner Document and Template**_

The _[RadioPro System Planner](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ includes examples for various radio network topologies, and should be consulted if the
RadioPro Dispatch client is being deployed.

Use the System Planner Template (located at the end of this document) in the planning phase of a project to record IP
addresses, usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

**9**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **1.3 What You Will Need**

_**PCs for Dispatch Client**_

PCs that will be used to run the RadioPro Dispatch client software must have the following:

- Processor: Intel Core i5, or better

- Operating System: Windows 10 Pro recommended. Dispatch client must have 'Run as Administrator'
enabled under the 'Privilege Level' topic of the 'Compatibility' tab.

- Memory: 8 GBytes recommended (4 GBytes minimum)

- 1 [st] Hard Disk: 160 GBytes minimum, for Operating System.

- 2 [nd] Partition or Hard Disk: 2 TBytes recommended, for Voice & Event History Logging (500 GBytes
minimum). The 2 [nd] Hard Disk may be an external hard disk connected via eSATA, or a network storage
device. (Externally connected USB drives are not recommended since many have access times that are too
slow.) Alternatively, a 2 [nd] partition on the first hard disk could be used for History Logging. (Logging is
not permitted on the C Partition.) At normal Sampling Rate of 11kBytes/s, continuous recording (100%
duty) of one radio channel for 24 hours will require 1.9 GBytes of Hard Disk space. Normal channel activity
will range from 10% to 60% duty.

- IP Network Interface: 10Mbps or faster. Network bandwidth requirement is 22kBytes/s (maximum) for
each connected RadioPro IP Gateway.

- Monitors: Dual recommended if both voice dispatching and GPS mapping functions are used, 20' minimum
each, 23' recommended.

- Headset (USB, Analog, or Bluetooth), or Desktop Mic and Stereo Speakers

PCs will also require **.** Net version 4.0 or higher. During installation of the RadioPro Dispatch client software, allow this
update to occur. During Windows updates, select all optional updates.

_**Audio and PTT Accessories**_

A professional quality desk microphone and speakers will be needed to transmit and receive audio between a Dispatcher
and the radio system. Alternatively, a professional quality headset can be used.

One or more footswitches may also be installed to activate Push-to-Talk for one or more radio channels.

See _[RadioPro System Accessories](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_ brochure for recommended accessories.

_**RadioPro Dispatch Client Distribution USB Flash Drive**_

The RadioPro Dispatch client is available on the distribution USB Flash Drive.

_**RadioPro Dispatch License USB Flash Drive**_

Each PC that runs the RadioPro Dispatch client requires a unique software license file. Installation of a valid software
license allows the following:

- Connection to a number of RadioPro IP Gateways.

- Proper operation of software modules such as Voice, GPS, Text, and Telemetry.

USB Flash Drive contains this license file.  Connections for additional IP Gateways and additional modules can be
purchased and added to the license file at any time.

RadioPro Dispatch can be run in 'Demo Mode' without the use of a software license. In Demo Mode, a RadioPro
Dispatch client can connect only to CTI's demo radio system in Cincinnati, Ohio.

**10**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **1.4 System Considerations**

_**System Planner Template**_

Use the System Planner Template at the end of this document to record device names, passwords, and IP addresses.

_**IP Gateway and Control Station Radio Configuration**_

Before installing the RadioPro Dispatch client, the IP Gateway (s) must be configured using the ICU.exe utility (IP
Configuration Utility) and installed on an IP network. In addition, the Control Station(s) must be configured using the
manufacturer's configuration software. See the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more details.

_**GPS Mapping Support**_

_Note: GPS Mapping is not available in all configurations._ Please see _Section 5.5 Feature Availability_ on Page _63_ for
more details.
Mapping of subscriber radios requires the following:

- IP Gateways must have GPS enabled using ICU.exe

- Control Station radios **CANNOT** have GPS or ARS enabled

- Subscriber radios **MUST** have GPS and ARS enabled

_**Version Match**_

RadioPro Dispatch clients and IP Gateways must have compatible versions in order to communicate with each other.
Compatibility can be ensured when the first two digits of the version match. (The third digit indicates a minor revision,
and does not need to match.)

In addition, the license file for a RadioPro Dispatch client must be at the same major revision level. In other words, a
RadioPro Dispatch software license key for version 9 is required to run RadioPro Dispatch version 9. (A version 8 license
key will not be able to run RadioPro Dispatch version 9.)

_**Control Station Radio Version**_

The control station radio connected to the IP Gateway _must at least have the minimum firmware version listed below_ .

_**PC Settings for Power and Display**_

_**Power Settings**_
The Power Settings should be adjusted so that the PC does NOT hibernate or sleep. Use the **Power Options** item in the
**Control Panel** to make these adjustments.

_**USB Controller Settings**_
USB controllers within the Dispatch PC should be configured to disallow power management. Use the **Device**
**Manager** item in the **Control Panel** to make these adjustments. In the **Device Manager** window, open the **Universal**
**Serial Bus controllers** folder. And then for each **USB Root Hub** listed, use the Power Management tab to **disable**
'Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power'.

**11**

_**Display Properties**_
The RadioPro Dispatch client has been designed to be used with display monitors with the following display properties:

- Font Size – Normal

- DPI - Normal (96DPI)

Altering the above settings may cause some information for the RadioPro Dispatch client to be displayed improperly.

**Touch Screen**

RadioPro Dispatch software will interpret touches on a touch screen as general game controller events. If a touch screen
is being deployed for this software installation, then **disable** touch parameters in the Windows operating system, usually
found in the Control Panel under ' **Tablet PC Settings** '.

**12**

##### **2. INSTALL TIME SERVER**

During installation of the IP Gateways, the IP address of a 'NTP Server' may have been specified using the ICU (IP
Configuration Utility). In order for all IP Gateways to report the same time, and logging at the Dispatch client to have
accurate times, the IP Gateways must all reference the same Time Server. This Time Server can be one of the following:

- An existing Time Server on the Local Area Network.

- Public domain Time Server accessed using the Internet.

- Local Time Server installed on a common PC, such as the Dispatch client console PC.

**13**

##### **3. RADIOPRO DISPATCH CLIENT INSTALLATION**

Prior to installing the RadioPro Dispatch client software, any required IP Gateways should be installed. See the
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for additional details.

_**Step 1. Install Audio and PTT Accessories**_

Install any required microphones, speakers, headsets, and push-to-talk devices. Allow the Windows operating system to
discover these devices and automatically install device drivers before continuing.

See the _[RadioPro System Accessories](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_ brochure for recommended accessories.

_**Step 2. Install RadioPro Dispatch Client Software**_
Insert the installation USB flash drive into an available USB port. Navigate to and double-click the file named
`'\RadioPro Dispatch Software\RadioPro Dispatch.exe` **`'`** .

The RadioPro Dispatch client must have the **Run as Administrator** parameter enabled as follows.

_**Windows 10 Professional**_

a. Right-click on the **RadioPro Dispatch** icon on the desktop, then click **Properties** from the menu.

b. On the **Shortcut** tab, click the **Advanced** button, and then place a check in the box for **Run as administrator** .

_**Step 3. Start the RadioPro Dispatch Client Software**_

Double-click the _**RadioPro Dispatch**_ icon on the PC
desktop to start the program. The initial (unconfigured)
screen may appear similar to this screen capture:

Use the following steps to import a Software License:

1. Insert the RadioPro Dispatch License USB flash

drive into an available USB port.

2. Click the **Import New License** button.

3. Choose the License File on the USB flash drive,

and then click the **OK** button.

_If you receive this error:_

_restart dispatch as an administrator and follow steps 1 – 3._

**14**

##### **4. CONFIGURATION**

###### **4.1 Configuration Overview**

Configuring RadioPro Dispatch involves the following steps:
1. **Create an Administrator Password** (Page _17_ )

Create a password that administrators will use to configure RadioPro Dispatch.
2. **Manage IP Gateways** (Page _18_ )

Use the _**Manage IP Gateways**_ window to configure connections to the IP Gateways.
3. **Configure Audio Device Presets** (Page _20_ )

Configure microphones, headsets and speakers for transmit and receive audio.
4. **Choose and arrange Panels to be shown** (Page _27_ )

Choose which panels to show such as _**Subscribers**_, _**Recent**_ _**History**_, _**Messages**_, _**Geo**_     - _**fence**_ _**Alerts**_, _**Telemetry**_, and
_**Missed**_ _**Calls**_
5. **Add Tabs for Voice and GPS Maps** (Page _29_ )

Show and arrange the locations of the dock-able tabs for Voice channels and GPS Maps.
6. **Add and configure Radio Controllers for Voice functions** (Page _29_ )

Add radio controllers to voice tabs for each Talk Group or channel to be accessed.
7. **Add and configure Subscribers and Subscriber Groups** (Page _31_ )

Add subscribers to groups in the subscriber tab.
8. **Configure other Dispatch options** (Page _33_ )

Select options that will customize the way in which Voice and GPS tabs function.

Configuration can be performed only if the program is in _**Edit**_ mode. To change to _**Edit**_ mode, click on the **File** menu,
and then click **Edit** . (If **Lock** is displayed in the menu, then the RadioPro Dispatch client is already in _**Edit**_ mode.)

###### **4.2 Example Configuration**

RadioPro Dispatch may be configured in many different ways. An example configuration is shown below.

**15**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **4.3 Configuration using Cloned Settings**

If a Dispatch console PC has already been configured, and it is desired to clone that configuration to additional console
PCs, then use the Clone function using the following steps.

**On the already-configured console PC:**
1. Change RadioPro Dispatch to _**Edit**_ mode by clicking on the **File** menu, and then choose **Edit** .
2. From the **File** menu, choose **Clone Settings**, and then then choose a file name and storage location. A file will be

saved with an extension of ' **.** `trbodat` '.
3. From the **File** menu, choose **Lock** to return RadioPro Dispatch to the _**Run**_ mode.
4. Copy the file saved above to a USB flash drive or network storage location.

**On the unconfigured console PC:**
5. Change RadioPro Dispatch to _**Edit**_ mode by clicking on the **File** menu, and then choose **Edit** .
6. From the **File** menu, choose **Import Cloned Settings**, and then then choose a file name and storage location

selected in Step 4 above.
7. Import the License File for this Dispatch console.

a. While in _**Edit**_ mode, click the **Options** menu item, then click
**Update License** to display the **Update License** window
shown at right.
b. Insert the License Key USB into an available USB port.
c. Click the **Import** button, and then locate and select the License
Key file on mounted USB drive. The **Update License**
window should now reflect the licensing allowed for this
installation, similar to the screen-capture at right.
d. Close the **Update License** window.
8. From the **File** menu, choose **Lock** to return RadioPro Dispatch to the

_**Run**_ mode.

**16**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **4.4 Configuration without using Cloned Settings**

_**Step 1. Create an Administrator Password**_
A person using the RadioPro Dispatch client can be either a _**User**_ or an _**Administrator**_ . An _**Administrator**_ will be allowed
to make changes to RadioPro Dispatch using a password. A _**User**_ will be prevented from making changes to the
configuration.

An _**Administrator**_ password can be created by using the following steps:
1. If not already in _**Edit**_ mode, change to _**Edit**_ mode by clicking on the **File** menu, and then choose **Edit** .
2. From the **File** menu, click **Save As**, and then choose a file storage location such as:
```
c:\Program Files (x86)\CTI Products\RadioPro

```

After choosing a filename and storage location for this configuration file, the following **Password Protect File**
window will be displayed.

3. Enter a password into both the **New Password** and **Confirm Password** boxes, and then click the **Set Password**
button.

**17**

_**Step 2. Manage IP Gateways**_

While in _**Edit**_ mode, configure the connections to IP Gateways using the following steps:

1. Click on the **Options** menu, then click **Manage IP Gateways** to display the following window:

2. Click the button to display the following **Add Gateway** window:

3. In the **Gateway Address** field, enter the IP Address for the RadioPro IP Gateway.

4. If there is a failover gateway, check the box next to the **Secondary Address** and enter the IP Address for the

backup gateway.

With a **Secondary Address** the right-click 'Pri / Sec' menu for this gateway will have the following
selections:

`o` **Auto**     - This is the default failover behavior where the primary gateway is used unless it is down, then the
secondary will be used until the primary is available again.

`o` **Primary**     - This selection forces only the primary gateway to be used.

`o` **Secondary**     - This selection forces only the secondary gateway to be used.

5. Modify the port of the gateway by changing the value in the **Port** field.

`o` The default port used by a RadioPro IP Gateway is TCP port 48222. If needed, the port number of an IP
Gateway can be changed by using the ICU.exe utility.

`o` If the IP Gateway is connected to a different IP LAN subnet than the RadioPro Dispatch client PC, then
enter the external IP address of the firewall or router that is protecting that subnet. In this case, a portforwarding rule is needed to be programmed into the firewall or router for each IP Gateway.
See the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for additional details.

6. Enter the **Password** for the IP Gateway.

7. Click the **Test** button to determine if the RadioPro IP Gateway is accessible using the IP Network. 'Connection

Successful' will be displayed if the connection succeeded.

8. Finally, click the **Add** button to add this RadioPro IP Gateway to the device list as shown in the following:

Table headings in the above window are defined as follows:

**18**

**Address**

IP Address assigned to IP Gateway, and Port Number

**Name**

Name assigned to IP Gateway

**Gateway Status**

Indicates **Connected** and firmware version of IP Gateway, or **Not** **Connected**

**Pri / Sec**

Indicates if the gateway is set for **Auto**, **Primary**, or **Secondary** .

**Radio Version**

Indicates firmware version of Radio if connected, or **Not** **Connected**

**Date / Time**

Date and Time being used by IP Gateway

**Record Option**

Checking this option allows logging of audio for this IP Gateway to the database

**Audio Option**

Checking this option allows audio to be heard for this IP Gateway

**Text Option**

Checking this option allows text messaging for this IP Gateway

9. Repeat Steps 2 through 8 for each RadioPro IP Gateway in the system.

10. To remove a RadioPro IP Gateway from the device list, select the device, and then click the button.

11. To edit the IP Address or Password for an IP Gateway, first select the IP Gateway from the list, and then click the

button.

**19**

_**Step 3. Configure Audio Device Presets**_

While in _**Edit**_ mode, options are available that will customize the way in which audio will be transmitted and received.
Click on the **Options** menu, click **Audio Presets,** and then click **Configure** to display the following window.

_Click the_ _button to save all Audio Configuration settings._

_**General tab**_

Use this tab to configure audio parameters such as _**Muting**_ and _**Audio Quality**_ .

**Mute Audio When Transmitting**

Mutes all receiving audio while the dispatch is transmitting. This option will prevent audio feedback
while the dispatcher is transmitting.

**Enable PC Cross Mute**

Select this option to mute audio from adjacent PCs. Adjacent PCs should have the **SAME** **Cross Mute**
**ID** selected. Dispatch positions with the same cross mute ID will not be able to hear eachother. This is
also referred to as 'Audio Cross Muting' .

**Audio Quality**

_**Compressed Mode**_ (2.2kBytes/s per client user and Talk Group) should be used when either:
a RadioPro client is connected to the IP Gateway(s) using a WAN such as the Internet, or
there is a concern that 'High Quality' mode will use too much bandwidth.
_**High Quality Mode**_ (22kBytes/s per client and Talk Group) should be used when:
Neither of the conditions listed above for 'Compressed Mode' exist, and
the additional 10% improvement in audio quality is needed.

_Click the_ _button to save all Audio Configuration settings._

**20**

_**Devices tab**_

Use this tab to add **Audio Presets** to the **Options** menu. Multiple **Audio Presets** can be entered to accommodate
several different audio configurations using different microphones, headsets, and desk speakers.

**Presets**

This section lists the current audio device configurations. Use the and buttons to add or delete
an audio preset from the **Options** menu.

**Preset Name**

Edit this name as it should appear in the **Options** menu.

**Mic In**

From the drop-down list, select a microphone.

**Select Out**

From the drop-down list, select a device for _**Select Audio**_ playback, as well as _**Both**_, _**Left**_, or _**Right**_
speaker.

**Unselect Out**

From the drop-down list, select a device for _**Unselect Audio**_ playback, as well as _**Both**_, _**Left**_, or _**Right**_
speaker.

**Intercom Out**

From the drop-down list, select a device for audio from other RadioPro Dispatch clients, as well as **Both**,
**Left**, or **Right** speaker.

_Click the_ _button to save all Audio Configuration settings._

**21**

_**Levels tab**_

Use this tab to set the initial audio volume levels at program start-up. Mic, Select, and Unselect volumes can be changed
by the dispatcher while the application is running.

**Mic Volume**

Select the initial microphone volume level. The initial setting for this parameter should be 100%. The
number in the min column allows you to set the minimum volume percent. If audio heard on portable
and mobile radios is not loud enough, adjust the **Rear Mic Gain** settings in the Control Station radios
connected to RadioPro IP Gateways. See the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for specific
radio model programming guides.

**Select Volume**

Select the initial receive volume level for _**Selected**_ talk groups. The initial setting for this parameter
should be 100%. The number in the min column allows you to set the minimum volume percent.

**Unselect Volume**

Select the initial receive volume level for _**Unselected**_ talk groups. The initial setting for this parameter
should be 60%. The number in the min column allows you to set the minimum volume percent.

**Intercom Volume**

Select the receive volume level from other RadioPro Dispatch clients. The initial setting for this
parameter should be 60%.

**Alert Sounds**

Select the volume level for Alert Sounds, such as 'Talk-Permit' and 'Channel-Busy'. The initial
setting for this parameter should be 30%.

_Click the_ _button to save all Audio Configuration settings._

**22**

_**Advanced tab**_

Use the advanced tab to set rules for duplicate PTT ID audio and to control Intercom audio levels.

**23**

**Mute audio streams from radios connected to a gateway**

Select this option if audio transmissions are being received by another radio connected to the RadioPro
Dispatch client. This feature works by comparing the incoming audio PTT-ID with ID's of the radios
connected to the gateways. This feature does not work with analog calls where the PTT-ID is not
available. This is also referred to as 'RF Cross Muting'.

**24**

**Mute duplicate audio streams from the same radio source**

If two audio streams from the same radio source occur at the same time, this option will playback the
first audio stream and mute the second audio stream. This feature works by comparing the PTT-ID's of
the incoming radio traffic. If two receiving streams have the same PTT-ID, then one will be muted to
prevent echoing.

**Intercom Audio uses select/unselect device and speaker**

Select this option to direct received intercom audio to same audio devices configured for Select and
Unselect volume. If this option is not enabled, then received Intercom Audio will be directed to device
chosen for the Intercom Out parameter located in the Devices tab.

**25**

**Intercom Audio uses select/unselect volume**

Select this option to modify the volume level set for the Intercom Volume parameter located in the
Devices tab based on whether the receiving radio is Selected or Unselected.

**Intercom Audio uses radio talk group volume**

Select this option to modify the volume level set for the Intercom Volume parameter located in the
Devices tab based on the volume level set in the Radio Controller for a particular talk group.

**26**

_**Step 4. Choose and Arrange Panels**_

The Main Window can be customized to show various dock-able tabbed Panels. While in _**Edit**_ mode, use the **Show** menu
to choose among the following Panels to be displayed on the Main Window.

- _**Subscribers**_       - A list of subscriber radio IDs and Alias Names, along with
function buttons for **Private Call**, **GPS Locate**, **Radio** **Check**, **Call** **Alert**,
**Remote** **Monitor**, **Enable** (radio), and **Disable** (radio)

- _**Recent History**_       - A list of the most recent radio events, including sent and
received audio, sent and received text messages, call alerts, and
emergencies.

- _**Messages**_       - A list of outgoing and incoming text messages, along with a text
box and **Send** button for initiating messages.

- _**Geo-fence Alerts**_       - A list of radio subscriber units that are currently meeting a Geo-fence condition.

- _**Telemetry**_       - A list of I/O points in vehicles and facilities that can be monitored and controlled

- _**Missed Calls**_       - A list of incoming private calls that have not been responded to from the Dispatcher with a
return private call.

When enabled with a check mark from the **Show** menu, a Panel will appear in its default location until moved to a different
location.

**27**

_**Arranging Panels**_

While in _**Edit**_ mode, each panel may be located to another position by using the following steps:

1. Click and drag a Panel using its tab area. While the Panel is being moved, _**Tab Anchor Points**_ will be displayed as shown

below.

2. To dock the Panel at a pre-defined position, drop the Panel onto any of the _**Panel Anchor Points**_ displayed. Options

include left-side, right-side, top, bottom, and as a member of a set of panels. To make the panel a member of a set of
panels, drop the tab onto the center of the _**Panel Anchor Point**_ .

3. To un-dock a Panel, so that it floats to a location chosen by the User, drop the Panel onto an area of the screen that does

not have a _**Panel Anchor Point**_ .

**28**

_**Step 5. Add Tabs for Voice and GPS Maps**_
Depending on the license purchased, it is possible to add one or more **Voice**
tabs and/or one or more **GPS Map** tabs to the Main window. To add a tab, use
the following steps:

a. Click the button to display the **New Tab Page** window.

b. In the **New Tab Page** window, enter the **Page Name**, choose the **Page Type**, and then

click the **Add** button.

Repeat the steps listed above for each tab needed.

_**Step 6. Add and Configure Radio Controllers for Voice functions**_

While in _**Edit**_ mode, add radio controllers to a tabbed page using the following steps:

a. Select a tab, then click the tool located next to the tab to display the **Select Radios** window shown:

b. Place a check mark next to all devices that should be displayed on the active **Radio Controllers Tab**, then click the

**OK** button. The selected Radio Controllers will be displayed on the active **Radio Controllers Tab** .

_**Each Radio Controller on a tabbed page may be customized using the remaining steps:**_

c. Click the button on the title bar of a Radio Controller to display the **Options** window:

d. Optionally, click the **Outline Color** button to select a border

color for this Radio Controller. Click the button to make the
selected color the default.

e. **Enable** an option for **Title label** to display either the **Gateway Name**
or **Channel Name** in the header portion of the Radio Controller.

f. Choose if History Items should be displayed for this Radio
Controller. If a number greater than '0' is chosen, then incoming
voice messages for this Radio Controller will be shown in the lower
portion of the window.

10 will not allow the volume slider to go below 10%.

**29**

h. Click the check boxes in this window to **enable** other needed features.

for this Radio Controller. When the audio isolate button is pressed, all
Radio Controllers are muted except that Radio Controller and any
other Radio Controllers with audio isolate buttons enabled.

2) _**Enable double-click to Mute**_ : When this option in **Enabled**, double
clicking the volume button will mute the volume.

3) _**Allow channel to be patched**_ : **Enable** this option to allow the

Dispatcher to patch this Talk Group (channel) to another Talk Group.
When this option is enabled, the **Patch** button will be added to this
Radio Controller. When the Dispatcher patches two talk groups
together using this button, transmit and receive voice traffic will be
shared by both. If this option is enabled for Radio Controllers on
other Dispatch clients, patch status will be displayed on these other
clients. Only a single patch is available, and a maximum of 3 Talk
Groups may be patched.

'transmitting' and 'receiving'.

5) _**RSSI**_ : **Enable** this option to continuously show the RSSI level reported by the control station radio (if

available). RSSI levels are displayed in decibel-milliwatts (dBm).

6) _**Radio Display**_ : **Enable** this option to duplicate the display from the Control Station radio.

7) _**Radio menu buttons**_ : **Enable** this option to display menu buttons, allowing the Dispatcher to access the

menu items of the Control Station radio.

8) _**PTT button**_ : **Enable** this option to display the PTT button.

9) _**History items**_ : **Enable** this option by selecting a number greater than 0. When enabled, incoming calls

will be listed for this channel.

10) _**Channel/Zone selector**_ : **Enable** this option to allow the Dispatcher to change zones and channels from

this Radio Controller.

11) _**P buttons**_ : **Enable** one or more of these to display the programmable buttons on the Control Station radio.

i. Click the **OK** button to save the Radio Controller settings.

j. The Radio Controller can be resized by dragging its lower right-hand corner to a new position as follows:

1) Hover the mouse over the lower right-hand corner of a Radio Controller

window.
The cursor will change to a double-arrow resizing symbol.

2) Click the mouse and drag the corner to a new position.

_**Editing Tab Features**_

To change the Radio Controllers that appear on a tab, or to rename a tab, click the
button.

**30**

_**Step 7. Add and configure Subscribers and Subscriber Groups**_

This step may not be necessary if aliases have already been set up in your gateway. The ICU utility that manages the
gateway settings has an Aliases tab where radio id's can be given names more appropriate for your organizations use.
The Dispatch software will use this set of Aliases.

In the Subscribers tab, an 'All' group is automatically added for you with radio aliases defined in the ICU utility
Radio Aliases tab. The 'All' group will also show any new radio aliases that have not yet been defined in the ICU
Radio Aliases tab or in the Dispatch Subscriber Contacts window. These new radio aliases might be assets you add
to your radio system in the future. To remove the 'All' group and only show pre-defined groups from the
Subscriber Contacts window, see the _Show 'All' Subscriber Group_ section on page 35 _35_ .

Add S **ubscribers** to the **Subscribers tab** as follows:

Click **Options** -> **Contacts** .

-or

While in _**Edit**_ mode, click the 'Edit tab' button next to the **Subscribers** tab .

The **Subscriber Contacts** window with no subscribers or groups will look like this:

_**Add Subscriber Groups**_

- Creates a new **Subscriber Group** .

- Deletes the selected **Subscriber Group** .

**31**

_**Add and Configure Subscribers**_

- Creates a new **Subscriber** within the selected
**Subscriber Group** .

- Deletes the selected **Subscriber** .

Each **Subscriber** has the following settings:

_**ID**_ : The id of the subscriber radio.

_**Type**_ : The radio type can be a **Group** type or **Private** type.

_**Alias**_ : The name to display in place of the radio id.

_**Assigned Channel**_ : The assigned channel can be one of the following:

**<Auto>** : With 'Auto' selected, if this radio id comes from any radio controller, this alias will be used.

**<Specific radio controller>** : If a specific radio controller is selected, this alias will only be used if the
radio id is coming from that radio controller.

- Press the button to save the changes and close the window.

This example **Subscriber Contacts** window adds a 'Security' section to the **Subscribers tab** as follows:

The **Subscriber Contacts** are stored in the aliasTable.csv file.

For more information see the _Alias Table File_ in the Appendix on page 54.

**32**

_**Step 8. Configure other Dispatch Options**_

While in _**Edit**_ mode, options are available to customize the way in which RadioPro Dispatch operates. Click on the
**Options** menu, and then click **Dispatch Settings** to display the window shown. Configuration options are organized
into various folders.

_Note: Following changes to any parameter, click the_ _button to save the changes._

_**General Folder**_

The **General** folder contains configuration options for _**Dispatch Users**_, _**Subscriber List**_, _**Missed Call List**_, _**History**_
_**Logging**_, _**Internet Proxy**_, _**Emergencies**_ and some other items. When the **General** folder is selected, the above window
will be displayed.

**Lock Select/Unselect Channels**

Checking this box will lock _**Selected**_ radio controllers (channels) on the _**Radio Controllers**_ from being
unselected.

**Hide Minimize, Maximize, and Close Application Buttons when Locked**

Checking this box will remove these buttons from the **Main Window** when in _**Lock**_ mode.

**Recent History Items**

Choose the number of items to be displayed in the **Recent History tab**, from 1 to 500.

**PTT Debounce Time**

Choose a debounce time (in msec) for PTT buttons and footswitches. The range of values for this setting
is 1 to 9999. A typical debounce time is 200 msec.

**Replace Analog Call Aliases with the Gateway Name**

In analog radio systems, it may be more useful to display the name assigned to the IP Gateway.

**Enable Support for Elo Touch Screen Monitors**

This feature is used to change the behavior of touch events to support Elo touch screens.

**Enable Screen Capture Logging On Mouse Events**

This feature is used to debug mouse and touchscreen issues.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**33**

**Dispatch Users Sub-folder**

When the **Dispatch Users** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

**New, Delete, and Rename User Buttons**

Use these buttons to add Dispatch User Names, Delete Users, or Rename Users. These names will be
used to identify the 'Src User' listed in the **Recent History** tab.

**Use the Currently Logged in Windows Account as the Dispatch user**

This feature will login the Dispatcher using the Windows login credentials.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**34**

**Subscriber List Sub-folder**

When the **Subscriber List** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

**General**

**Show 'All' Subscriber Group**

Uncheck this box to remove the 'All' group from the **Subscribers tab** . With the 'All' group
removed, the list of subscribers can be limited only to predefined groups. Groups can be set up in
the **Subscriber Contact** window. See _Step 7. Add and configure Subscribers and Subscriber_
_Groups_ on page 31.

**Make Subscribers Unavailable if Inactive for:**

A subscriber will be shown as 'Unavailable' in the **Subscribers tab** when this time period of
inactivity has expired.

**35**

**Show Features**

Choose the features that should be shown in the **Subscribers tab** .
These features are described in more detail in the _[RadioPro Dispatch](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf)_
_User Guide_ .

- **Radio Check** determines if a radio is accessible.

- **Call Alert** activates the alert tone on a subscriber radio.

- **Show on map** opens a new map to display the location
of the subscriber radio

- **GPS Update** forces a single GPS Trigger.

- **GPS Trigger** is a feature that is useful in Capacity Max systems where the Dispatcher is
viewing radio locations based on GPS. This button should be used once for each subscriber
radio that is being tracked. This will force a GPS Trigger command to the subscriber radio,
so that it reports its GPS position periodically. The time period is determined by a setting in
the **GPS** tab of ICU.exe. For more information, see 'Minimum Poll Rate' in the _[RadioPro](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_
_IP Gateway Installation Guide_ .

- **Remote Disable** temporarily disables a remote radio.

- **Remote Enable** re-enables a previously disabled radio.

- **Remote Monitor** is used to remotely key-up a subscriber radio.

- The **PTT** checkbox can be used to remove the PTT button from the Subscribers tab.

**PTT Action**

By default, The PTT button in the **Subscriber tab** is used to make private or group calls to the chosen
Subscriber.

The PTT button can be configured to use an ' _**Audio Call**_ ' **Custom Action** . After creating the custom
action, it can be selected in the dropdown. See _Actions Folder_ on page 42.

**Radio Check Action**

By default, The Radio Check button in the **Subscriber tab** is used to send a message to a subscriber
radio requesting it's current status.

The Radio Check button can be configured to use a ' _**Radio Check**_ ' **Custom Action** . After creating the
custom action, it can be selected in the dropdown. See _Actions Folder_ on page 42.

**GPS Update Action**

By default, The GPS Update button in the **Subscriber tab** is used to send a message to a subscriber
radio requesting for that radio to send it's last GPS position.

The GPS Update button can be configured to use a ' _**GPS Update**_ ' **Custom Action** . After creating the
custom action, it can be selected in the dropdown. See _Actions Folder_ on page 42.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**36**

**Missed Call List Sub-folder**

When the **Missed Call List** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

**Automatically remove missed call items**

When this box is checked, an item in the missed call panel will be cleared after the dispatcher responds
to that subscriber.

**Call Button Action**

By default, The PTT button in the **Missed Calls tab** is used to make a private call to the chosen
subscriber.

The PTT button can be configured to use an ' _**Audio Call**_ ' **Custom Action** . After creating the custom
action, it can be selected in the dropdown. See _Actions Folder_ on page 42.

**Allow Analog Calls**

With this box unchecked, analog calls will not show in the **Missed Calls tab** .

**Allow Digital Private Calls**

With this box unchecked, digital private calls will not show in the **Missed Calls tab** .

**Allow Digital Group Calls**

With this box unchecked, digital group calls and all-calls will not populate the **Missed Calls tab** .

**Sort Order**

- _**Earliest Calls First**_ : New calls will be added at the end of the list.

- _**Latest Calls First**_ : New calls will be added at the top of the list.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**37**

**History Logging Sub-folder**

When the **History Logging** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

**Enable Logging of events and audio**

Checking this box will **enable** logging of audio files and radio events to the database.

**Storage Location**

Use the button to select a storage location for logging audio files and radio events. This must be a
_**local**_ internal or external hard disk or SSD, and must be a different disk partition than the one used for
the Operating System of the PC.

After choosing a storage location, the 'measuring disk speed…'
window is displayed. A test will be performed on the target
storage location to determine if the device access speed is
sufficient. If the drive speed is too low, the following warning
will be displayed.

If this storage location has never been used as a
RadioPro storage location, you will see this _**Create New**_
_**Database**_ window. Click the button to initialize
this drive and folder location for first time use.

**Available Disk Space**

If Logging is enabled above, the available disk space is listed.

**Estimated Storage Remaining**

If Logging is enabled above, the estimated time for storing files is listed.

**Drive Speed**

If Logging is enabled above, an evaluation of the drive speed will indicate **OK** if satisfactory for logging.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**38**

**Internet Proxy Sub-folder**

When the **Internet Proxy** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

This window is used to define Custom Proxy settings when the following combination of requirements exist:

- The Local Area Network uses an Internet Proxy, and

- GPS mapping using an available Internet mapping service

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**39**

**Emergencies Sub-folder**

When the **Emergencies** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

**Transmit Emergency Timeout**

Use this to set the emergency timeout in seconds.

**Clearing An Emergency**

When an emergency is cleared, one of the following can be selected:

- _**Remove emergency from dispatch only**_ : The radio with the emergency will NOT be rebooted.

- _**Remove emergency and reboot radio**_ : The radio with the emergency will be rebooted.

**Notifications**

Use this section to choose the **E-Mail and Text Alerts** groups that should receive a notification when
an Emergency is transmitted from a subscriber radio. For more information see _E-Mail & Text Alerts_
_folder_ on page 41

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**40**

_**E-Mail & Text Alerts folder**_

Geo-fence violations and Emergency conditions may be sent via email or SMS (text messaging) to any device that can
receive these messages. Use the **E-Mail & Text Alerts**
folder to configure these messages as follows:

1. Select the **E-Mail & Text Alerts** folder to display the

window shown at right.

2. Complete the fields in the **Outgoing Server (SMTP)**

section of this window, then click the **Send Test**
**Email** button to verify that parameters have been
entered correctly.

3. Click the button to begin adding contacts
that will receive alerts. Each group can hold multiple
contacts.

4. Click the button to add a Mobile Contact, or

the button to add an Email Contact.

5. Complete the required fields for either a Mobile Contact or an Email Contact, then click the **Apply** button.

Repeat steps 3 & 4 for any additional contacts.

Note: For any geo-fence alerts that should be sent to
a Group of message recipients (configured using the
steps above), be certain to **enable** that group in the
Condition window of the geo-fence as shown at right.
See Page _49_ for more details about _Geo-fences and_
_Geo-fence Conditions_ .

For Groups that should receive emergency alerts, be
certain to enable that group in the Notifications
section of the Emergencies sub folder. For more
information see _Emergencies Sub-folder_ on page 40.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**41**

_**Actions Folder**_

When the **Actions** folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

This window is used to define specific Actions, including the following:

- _**Audio calls**_, such as All Call, Call Selected, Tone Alert before

- _**Text Messaging**_, such as Free-form Messaging, or Canned Messaging

- _**Transmit Emergency**_

- _**Telemetry**_

- _**P Buttons**_

- _**Radio Check**_

- _**GPS Update**_

- _**Report Problem**_

Several Actions are pre-defined as indicated in the above screen capture.

Most of the actions listed above can be associated with a Toolbar Button (using the **Toolbar Buttons** folder) or a USB
PTT device (using the **USB Devices** folder) for use by a Dispatcher. The _**Radio Check**_ action can be configured and then
assigned to the Radio Check button located towards the bottom of the Subscribers List.

To create a new _**Action**_, click the button to display the **New Action Wizard** .

Select one of the options, and then click the button. Complete the Wizard
prompts to create the new Action.

Following the creation of an Action, associate the Action with an action initiator such
as a Toolbar Button or USB PTT device.

See the _Example – Create an Action and Toolbar Button_ section on page _44_ for more
details on creating Actions and custom Toolbar Buttons.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**42**

_**Toolbar Buttons folder**_

Custom buttons may be added to the **Toolbar** . When the **Toolbar Buttons**
folder is selected, the window to the right will be displayed.

**New Button**

Click the button to begin to create a new Toolbar
button, and the window to the right will be displayed.

Choose an **Action** from the drop-down list, rename the **Button**,
and then click the button.

**New Group**

Click the button to create a button that can hold

several nested buttons. After a Group button has been created, select the button, and then click to nest buttons
under this group button. Finally, add an action to each button.

**Other Options**

**Clock visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Clock** on the Toolbar.

**Mic volume visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Mic** volume on the Toolbar.

**Select volume visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Select** volume on the Toolbar.

**Unselect volume visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Unselect** volume on the Toolbar.

**Quick Map button visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Quick Map** button on the Toolbar. This button
will provide access to an additional map window that a Dispatcher can use for specialized needs. This
button should be configured to be invisible for systems installations that are not equipped to handle GPS
and Text Messaging due to data handling restrictions.

**Archive button visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Archive** button on the Toolbar. This button
provides access to the **Archive Viewer** utility, where database searches can be performed. The Archive
Viewer utility can also be accessed independently by running the ArchiveViewer.exe file located on the
RadioPro installation folder.

**Reports button visibility**

Choose an option from the drop-down list to show the **Reports** button on the Toolbar. This button
provides access to the **Reports** utility, where summarized data can be viewed and exported. The Reports
utility can also be accessed independently by running the Reports.exe file located on the RadioPro
installation folder.

**43**

_**Example – Create an Action and Toolbar Button for 'Call Selected'**_

1. Use the following steps to add an **Action** to make an _**Audio Call**_ to the _**Selected Talk Groups**_ .

a. From the Actions folder in the **Dispatch Settings** window, click the
button to display the Wizard's **Select a feature** window shown at right. Choose
the **Audio Call** button in the above window, and then click the **Next** button.

b. On Wizard's **Audio Settings** window, check the box for ' _**Wait for the channel**_

_**to become free . . .**_ ', and then click the **Next** button.

c. On the Wizard's **Audio Tones** window, choose an option to sound single or
dual-tones before a voice call. Duration of the tones can also be selected on this
window. After the tones have been selected and tested, click the **Next** button.

d. On the Wizard's **Select a User** window, choose ' _**Default Contact for the**_

_**selected gateway**_ ' and then click the **Next** button.

e. On the Wizard's **Select Gateway's to Use** window, choose ' _**Use the selected**_
_**channels on the main dispatch screen**_ '. This selection will key-up all of the
'Selected Channels' on the Main Dispatch window.

f. Click the **Finished** button to return to the **Actions** folder of the **Dispatch**
**Settings** window.

g. Right-click on the newly created _**Action**_ to rename it 'Audio Call to Selected Talk Groups' as shown

above.

**44**

2. Use the following steps to add a **Toolbar Button** to activate the 'Call Selected' Action created in Step 1.

a. From the Toolbar Buttons folder in the **Dispatch Settings** window, click the button to display
the following window.
b. From the Action dropdown, select the desired Action.

c. Use the button to rename the new Toolbar Button.
d. Rename the button as it should appear on the **Toolbar** .

3. _Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**45**

_**USB Devices Folder**_

USB devices with Push-to-Talk buttons such as microphones and footswitches can be used with RadioPro. When the
**USB Devices folder** is expanded, all available USB devices will be listed. Each USB device will have sub-items such
as 'PTT 1' or 'PTT 2'. When a USB sub-item is selected, the windows will look like the following:

Click on a USB device to view the currently programmed **Action** for that device. Choose an **Action** from the drop-down
list.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**46**

_**GPS Folder**_

The **GPS** folder is used for configuring _**GPS Map options**_, _**View Presets**_, _**Overlays**_, and _**Geo-fences**_ . When the **GPS**
folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

**Routes**

_**Straight Line Routes**_ : Choose this option to show travel routes as straight lines between GPS data points.
The travel route may not follow actual roads in this case.
_**No Routes**_ : Choose this option if travel routes should not be displayed.

**Location History**

_**Keep . . . minutes of location history**_ : Specify the length of time that Trail Crumbs should be displayed
on the map.
_**Display distance in**_ : Specify Miles or Kilometers.

**Subscriber Visibility**

**Enable** this option to show selected subscriber on map.

**Map Mode**

Choose **Online Mode** if this Dispatch client PC has access to the Internet.
Choose **Offline Mode** if this Dispatch client PC does not have
access to the Internet. Offline regional maps are no longer
available for purchased. Any maps previously purchased can
still be used in **Offline Mode** . The **Offline Map** may be

imported using the button.

**Initially Selected Map**

Choose the mapping service that will be used to initially
display the Mapping Window

**Maps to use**

**Enable** any mapping services that should be accessible by the Dispatcher.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**47**

**Subscriber Licensing sub-folder**

Use the Subscriber Licensing sub-folder to add
radio IDs that should be tracked using GPS.

Use the button to add a range of radio IDs
to the tracking list.

Use the button to edit an entry in the
tracking list.

Use the button to delete an entry from the
tracking list.

The remaining number of IDs on the license is indicated above the tracking list.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**View Presets sub-folder**

Click the button to add a new **View Preset** to the **Toolbar** of the **GPS Window** .

When an existing **View Preset** is selected, a map will be displayed along with buttons for _**Deleting**_, _**Renaming, Move up,**_
_**Move DOwn**_, _**Choosing a Map Type**_, and _**Zooming**_ the **View Preset** .

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**48**

**Overlays sub-folder**

When the **Overlays** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed. Click the button to add

When an existing **Image Overlay** is selected, a map will be displayed along with tool buttons for _**Browsing for an**_
_**Image**_, _**Image Transparency**_, _**Choosing a Map Type**_, and _**Zooming the View Preset**_ .

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**Geo-fences sub-folder**

One or more Geo-fences may exist in order to check various conditions of radio subscribers. One or more conditions may
exist for each geo-fence. The conditions can apply to ' _**All Subscribers**_ ' or ' _**Specific Subscribers**_ '. When a Geo-fence
condition is met for a radio subscriber, an event is logged in the database. In addition, Geo-fence conditions that are true
are listed in the **Geo-Fence Alerts** tab.

When the **Geo-fences** sub-folder is selected, the following window will be displayed.

A geo-fence named 'Everywhere' will exist in the list of Geo-fences. The 'Everywhere' geo-fence can be used to
check subscriber conditions regardless of where they are located. The 'Everywhere' geo-fence cannot be renamed or

deleted from the list. To add one or more conditions for this geo-fence, select it, and then click the button.

**49**

Geo-fence Types

Two types of geo-fences may be added to the Map. A _**Polygon**_ geo-fence is defined by three or more points, and can be
any shape. A _**Route**_ geo-fence is defined by two points (a beginning and an end to the Route) as well as a fence width.

_Polygon Geo-fence_

A _**Polygon**_ geo-fence is defined by three or more points, and can be any shape. To add a new _**Polygon**_ geo-fence

to the map, click the button, and the following **Polygon Editing** window will be displayed.

Click various points on the map to create the needed _**Polygon**_ geo-fence.

Use the following controls on the above window to customize a _**Polygon**_ geo-fence.

**Pan and Zoom**

Click and drag the mouse to Pan in any direction. Use the Scroll Wheel to zoom in and out.

**Show Polygon**

**Enable** this option to display this _**Polygon**_ geo-fence on the **Map Window** .

**Show Name**

**Enable** this option to display the **Name** of this _**Polygon**_ geo-fence on the **Map Window** .

**Use Fence as Area Name**

**Enable** this option to list this _**Polygon**_ name in reports instead of listing a street address for the subscriber.

**Color**

Use the tool to choose a color and transparency for this geo-fence.

**Map Type**

Use the tool to choose a _**Map Type**_ .

**View Preset**

Use the tool to choose a _**View Preset**_ .

**Undo**

Use the tool to remove the last added point of this _**Polygon**_ geo-fence.

**Redo**

Use the tool to redo the last removed point of this _**Polygon**_ geo-fence.

**50**

**Remove all Points**

Use the tool to remove all points of this _**Polygon**_ geo-fence.

_Route Geo-fence_

A _**Route**_ geo-fence is defined by two or more points as well as a fence width. To add a new _**Route**_ geo-fence to the

map, click the button, and the following **Route Editing** window will be displayed. Click points on the
map to create the needed _**Route**_ geo-fence.

Use the following controls on the above window to customize a _**Route**_ geo-fence.

**Pan and Zoom**

Click and drag the mouse to Pan in any direction. Use the Scroll Wheel to zoom in and out.

**Show Route**

**Enable** this option to display this _**Route**_ geo-fence on the **Map Window** .

**Show Name**

**Enable** this option to display the Name of this _**Route**_ geo-fence on the **Map Window** .

**Use Fence as Area Name**

**Enable** this option to list this _**Route**_ name in reports instead of listing a street address for the subscriber.

**Fence Width (miles)**

Use the tool to specify a _**Fence Width**_ .

**Color**

Use the tool to choose a color and transparency for this **Route geo-fence** .

**Map Type**

Use the tool to choose a _**Map Type**_ .

**View Preset**

Use the tool to choose a _**View Preset**_ .

**Remove all Points**

Use the tool to remove all points of this **Route geo-fence** .

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

**51**

**Geo-fence Conditions**

One or more Conditions may be created for any Geo-fence. Each Condition can specify details for the following
parameters:

- **All Subscribers** or **Specific Subscribers**

- Subscriber is **Inside** or **Outside the Geo-fence**

- Subscriber is traveling **Over a Limit**, **Under a Limit**, or **Stopped**

- **Duration** of **Over-speed**, **Under-speed**, or **Stopped**

To create a new Condition for a Geo-fence, right-click the Geo-fence, and then choose **New Condition** . A window similar
to the following will be displayed.

For each condition created, choose the appropriate options:

**All Subscribers or Specific Subscribers**

Select the subscribers that this condition should be applied to this condition.

**Condition**

Create a Name for this condition, along with the condition parameters (such as **speeding** or **entering a**
**Geo-fence** ).

**Require Dispatcher to acknowledge**

**Enable** this option if a violation of this Geo-fence condition should be acknowledged by the dispatcher
using the **Geo-fence Alerts tab** .

**Email and Text Alerts**

**Enable** one or more groups of contacts to send violations to if this Geo-fence condition.

_Click the_ _button to save all Dispatch Settings._

The Geo-fence Alerts tab can be viewed on the Main Window. A typical listing of Geo-fence Alerts is shown below.

Geo-fence alerts will be saved in the data-base (if History Logging is enabled).

**52**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **4.5 Saving the Page Layout**

To save the Page Layout discussed in the previous sections, use the following steps:

1. Ensure that the program is in _**Edit**_ mode: From the **File** menu, click **Edit** .

2. Also from the **File** menu, click on **Save As** . Enter a file location and file name, then click the **Save** button.

**53**

##### **5. APPENDIX**

###### **5.1 Configuration Files**

If a Dispatch console PC has already been configured, and it is desired to clone that configuration to additional console
PCs, then use the Clone function described in _**4.3 Configuration using Cloned**_ Settings on Page 16. (This feature is
available for Dispatch client version 7.0.5 and later.)

_**Layout Configuration Files**_

Two Layout Files are created when **Save As** is selected from the **File** menu:
```
yourLayoutName.xml
yourLayoutName.tdcfg

```

These files contain information for displaying the RadioPro Dispatch client user interface screen in unique ways. Multiple
Layout Files may be created and used if there is a need to present different screen options. These files may be copied to
other PCs to duplicate a screen layout.

Warning: Do not attempt to edit these files!

The location of the Layout Configuration files can be found by using the following steps:

1. When in the **Edit** mode, click on the **Options** menu, and then choose **Dispatch** **Settings** .

2. In the lower left-hand corner of the **Dispatch Settings** window, click on the file name listed that ends with

' **`.`** `tdcfg` '. A Windows file folder will be opened with the configuration file selected.

_**Alias Table File**_

A **comma separated values** formatted file stores a table with Alias Names, Type of Subscriber, Radio ID, and
Assigned Radio. This file is named:
```
AliasTable.csv

```

The location for the Alias Table file can be found by using the following steps:

1. From the **Options** menu, choose **Contacts** .

2. In the lower left-hand corner of the **Subscriber Contacts** window, click on the file name listed that ends with **csv** .

A Windows file folder will be opened with the configuration file selected.

This file may be copied to other PCs to duplicate Alias names.

**Editing Alias Names using Microsoft Excel**

Microsoft Excel can be used to import or edit a large group of Subscriber radio IDs and Alias names.

To create a list of Subscriber Radio IDs/Alias Names, use the following steps:

1. Open the following Alias Table file using Microsoft Excel:

**54**

_**For Windows 10**_
```
c:\ProgramData\RadioPro

```

2. Edit the file with appropriate data, but do not change the

headings in Row 1. The file should appear as shown at
right.

**Alias**

This column contains the Alias names to be
associated with Subscriber radio IDs.
_(Leading spaces are not allowed.)_

**Type**

This column contains the type of subscriber
contact from the following choices _._
_(Leading spaces are not allowed.)_ :
**DIG PRI** (Digital Private Subscriber) _(Must be all CAPS)_
**DIG GRP** (Digital Group) _(Must be all CAPS)_

**MDC PRI** (MDC Analog Private Subscriber) _(Must be all CAPS)_
**MCD GRP** (MDC Analog Group) _(Must be all CAPS)_

**ID**

**Radio ID** of Private Subscriber or Group. _(Leading spaces are not allowed.)_

**Assigned Radio**

Cells in this column can be left blank for automatic (normal) channel assignment. Alternatively, the IP
Address of a RadioPro IP Gateway can be entered to assign the **Private Subscriber** or **Group** to a fixed
channel. _(Leading spaces are not allowed.)_

**Groups**

Cells in this column contain **Default** or a group name to be listed in the **Subscribers** tab. _(Leading spaces_
_are not allowed.)_

**Group Order**

This row defines the order of the **Groups** names when listed in the **Subscribers** tab. _(Leading spaces_
_are not allowed.)_

3. Save the file using 'comma separated values' format.

_**DispatchUsers.cfg File**_

This text file stores user login names and is located in the same folder as the Layout Configuration files.

Warning: Do not attempt to edit this file!

_**Audio Settings.cfg File**_

This text file stores information about audio input and output device selection, audio levels, and cross-muting. It is located
in the same folder as the Layout Configuration files.

Warning: Do not attempt to edit this file!

_**License.key File**_

This encrypted file stores license information allowing the RadioPro Dispatch client to connect to a maximum number of
RadioPro IP Gateways. It is located in the same folder as the Layout Configuration files.

Warning: Do not attempt to edit this file!

**55**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **5.2 Converting a Timed-License to a Non-Expiring License**

The RadioPro IP Dispatch licenses that were shipped with this order may have a timed-license duration of 120 days.  (The
Packing List will indicate Part # S2-61618 if the timed-license is active.) If the Timed-License is active, and following
the 120 day period, the RadioPro Dispatch software will not connect to a RadioPro IP Gateways.
Following receipt of payment to CTI Products for ordered and shipped items, a request may be made to convert a timed
license to a non-expiring license. Use the following steps to convert the license:

1. Email the Dispatch License Key serial number to _[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@ctiproducts.com)_ . The email subject line should be

'Request for non-expiring Dispatch license'. If you are requesting non-expiring licenses for multiple Dispatch
licenses, list all of the License Key serial numbers.

2. Following receipt of the updated license file from CTI Products, use RadioPro Dispatch to update the software:

a. From the **File** menu, choose **Edit** .

b. From the **Options** menu, choose **Update License** .

c. In the **Update License** window, click the **Import License Key** button, and then choose the location
where the updated license file was saved.

d. Close the **Update License** window.

e. From the **File** menu, choose **Save** .

**56**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **5.3 Telemetry (Remote I/O) Panel Configuration**

The Telemetry Panel must be configured in order to show status or provide control for I/O points located in vehicles or
facilities.

I/O points can be provided using the following optional hardware interfaces:

- For vehicle I/O, a Tallysman Sprite must be connected to the mobile radio. Features include:

`o` 8 I/O points (3 inputs provided by Sprite, 5 I/O provided by radio).

`o` Store-and-forward for GPS and I/O data when radio is out of RF coverage.

`o` Buffering and acknowledgements by Sprite assures reliable control and status monitoring.

`o` Available for MOTOTRBO (TW200) and NEXEDGE (TW202).

`o` More information at: _[https://tallymatics.com/product/tw200/](https://tallymatics.com/product/tw200/)_

- For facility I/O, Advantech Adam 6000 modules must be connected via IP to the Dispatch PC. Features
include:

`o` Compact, isolated I/O, economical.

`o` Recommend models include:
ADAM-6050, 12 inputs, 6 outputs
ADAM-6052, 8 inputs, 8 outputs
ADAM-6060, 8 inputs, 6 relay form A outputs

`o` More information at: _[https://www.advantech.com/products/ethernet-i-o-modules-adam-](https://www.advantech.com/products/ethernet-i-o-modules-adam-6000/sub_a67f7853-013a-4b50-9b20-01798c56b090)_
_[6000/sub_a67f7853-013a-4b50-9b20-01798c56b090](https://www.advantech.com/products/ethernet-i-o-modules-adam-6000/sub_a67f7853-013a-4b50-9b20-01798c56b090)_

An example Telemetry Panel is shown in the following screenshot.

The upper portion of the Telemetry Panel is a listing of configured I/O points.
The text for each item in the list includes a description of the I/O, as well as
its status. In addition, the text is color-coded to indicate its status. Select one
of the items in the list to show more details at the bottom of the Telemetry
Panel.

The bottom portion of the Telemetry Panel shows detail about the selected
I/O point in the list. For an output, this is acts as a button to change the state
of the I/O point.

**57**

_**Configuring radio-based Tallysman Sprite TW2xx modules**_

Use the following steps to configure a Tallysman Sprite module:
1. Download the _**Sprite Configuration Utility**_ from:
_[https://ctiproducts.com/SoftwareDownloads/RadioPro/spritecfgsetup0_2_54.exe](https://ctiproducts.com/SoftwareDownloads/RadioPro/spritecfgsetup0_2_54.exe)_
2. Download the Sprite Configurator User Manual from:
_[https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/spriteusermanualrev1_3.pdf](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/spriteusermanualrev1_3.pdf)_
3. Configure the Sprite TW2xx as required.

_**Configuring Advantech Adam 6000 modules**_

Use the following steps to configure Advantech Adam modules:
1. Download the Configuration Utility from:
_[https://www.advantech.com/support/details/utility?id=1-2AKUDB](https://www.advantech.com/support/details/utility?id=1-2AKUDB)_
2. Run the Adam.Net utility.
3. Search for your Adam module
by selecting the IP address of
the Host PC from the tree
display then clicking the
magnifying glass in the toolbar.
_(If the module is unused it will_
_have the default IP address of_
_10.0.0.1, which will need to be_
_configured to have the same_
_subnet as the host PC.)_ The
window shown at right will be
displayed.
4. Click **Apply** after any changes
are made. _(Default Password is_
_00000000.)_

**58**

5. Select the IP address of your
Adam module from the tree
display to complete the general
configuration of the module.
The window shown at right will
be displayed.

6. After the Adam module is fully
configured in the general
section, you may configure the
settings for the I/O channels by
clicking the (+) sign located
next to the Adam module in the
tree display. The window
shown at right will be
displayed.

**59**

_**Configuring RadioPro Dispatch for the Telemetry functions**_

Use the following steps to configure RadioPro Dispatch for telemetry functions:
1. Configuration can be performed only if the program is in Edit mode. To change to Edit mode, click on the File
menu, and then click **Edit** . (If **Lock** is displayed in the menu, then the RadioPro Dispatch client is already in Edit
mode.)
2. Click **Show** and select Telemetry from the drop down menu.
3. Click on the **Options** menu, and then click **Dispatch** **Settings** .
4. From the tree display under Telemetry select **IO** **Module** .
5. When the IO Modules subfolder is selected, the window
shown at right will be
displayed.

6. Select New Advantech, the
window shown at right will be
displayed.
7. Enter the IP address you
assigned to the Adam module in
the Adam.Net Utility.
8. Select the correct module type.
_(Optional: You can rename_
_your new tab in the tree display_
_here, by double clicking on the_
_sub-folder you just created.)_
9. Click the **Ping Module button** .
A successful ping notification
should pop-up.

**60**

10. Select **Pin Monitor & Control**,

the window shown at right will
be displayed.

11. Select **Add Digital Pin Control**, the

window shown at right will be
displayed.

12. Configure these settings to your

preference. _(Optional: You can_
_rename your new tab in the tree_
_display here, by double clicking on_
_the sub-folder you just created.)_

13. Click the **Apply** button to save all

Dispatch Settings.

**61**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **5.4 Using the PTT to Drive an External Signal**

An external signal can be activated whenever a call is initiated by any software or
hardware PTT button. An additional relay module is required to interface between
a USB port of the Dispatch PC and the external equipment to be activated. Use
Delcom Products model 900202 (USB G2 Dual Relay Module). This module has
two Form-C relays, and includes the necessary USB cable (6 ft. long). Use the
following link for more details, such as specifications, ordering, and datasheet:

_[http://www.delcomproducts.com/ProductDetails.asp?ProductNum=900202](http://www.delcomproducts.com/ProductDetails.asp?ProductNum=900202)_

This feature requires RadioPro Dispatch version 8.1.1 or later. No other hardware or software configuration is needed.

**62**

###### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide **5.5 Feature Availability**

_**Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems**_

Depending on MOTOTRBO System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if
a feature discussed in this document is available.

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems**_

Depending on NEXEDGE System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if a
feature discussed in this document is available.

**63**

##### **6. DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING**

###### **6.1 Diagnostics**

_**ARS/GPS Event Viewer**_
ARS (Subscriber Status Updates) and GPS messages arriving at an IP Gateway from the radio system can be viewed by
using the _**ARS/GPS Events Viewer**_ as follows:
1. From the **Help** menu, choose **ARS/GPS Events** .
2. Choose either the **ARS** or **GPS** tab to view those events.

###### **6.3 Troubleshooting**

_**Connections to IP Gateways**_

_**RadioPro Dispatch client cannot connect to Control Station Radio**_

**Possible Cause**
IP connection is not possible between Dispatch client PC and RadioPro IP Gateway. To verify, view the status of
connections using the **Manage Devices** window, found under the **Options** menu.

**Corrective Actions**
If ' _**Gateway not found**_ ' is indicated in the **Manage Devices** window, verify the following:
1. Is IP Gateway powered up?
2. Is IP Gateway connected to the LAN?
3. Is data activity LED flashing on the Ethernet connector on the rear of the IP Gateway?
4. Is the IP Address and Port listed correctly in the **Manage Devices** window?
5. If Dispatch PC and IP Gateway are on the same IP Subnet, perform a 'Ping' from the Dispatch PC to the IP

Gateway in a Windows command prompt: Does the 'Ping' command from the Dispatch PC result in 'Reply
from …'?
6. If Dispatch PC and IP Gateway are not on the same IP Subnet, has port forwarding been configured correctly

in the connecting firewall/router? See _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide;](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ _**Port Forwarding**_, for more
details.

**Possible Cause**
Connection is not possible between IP Gateway and Control Station Radio. To verify, view the status of connections
using the **Manage Devices** window, found under the **Options** menu.

**Corrective Actions**
If 'Radio Version' is not indicated, verify the following:
1. Is radio powered up?
2. Is radio connected to IP Gateway as indicated in _**RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide**_ ?
3. For a MOTOTRBO Control Station Radio, are the IP Gateway and Radio configured for different IP Subnets?

If not, see _[RadioPro System Planner](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ for IP address schemes of various radio system types.

_**Audio**_

_**Audio from Subscriber Radios cannot be heard at the Dispatch PC**_

**Possible Cause**
Control Station radio is not receiving audio from subscriber radio.

**64**

**Corrective Action**
Increase the volume level on the Control Station radio. Is audio from a subscriber radio heard at the Control
Station radio? If not, check radio system for causes. If audio is heard, then continue with other _**Possible Causes**_
listed below.

**Possible Cause**
IP Gateway is not connected to Control Station Radio.

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that radio is connected to IP Gateway's DE-9 connector.

**Possible Cause**
Desk speakers are not turned on or the volume level is set too low.

**Corrective Action**
Turn on desk speakers and set volume level to 50%.

**Possible Cause**
Audio playback device such as speakers or headset is not configured and listed in the **Audio Presets** of the **Options**
menu.

**Corrective Action**
From the **Edit** mode, configure **Audio Presets** for speakers or headset.

**Possible Cause**
_**Select**_ or _**Unselect**_ volume slider located on the Dispatch client Main Toolbar is set too low.

**Corrective Action**
Increase the _**Select**_ or _**Unselect**_ volume slider.

**Possible Cause**
Radio Controller volume slider is set to **Mute** .

**Corrective Action**
Un-mute the Radio Controller volume slider.

**Possible Cause**
The audio driver for this Radio Controller may be corrupt. (This could be a possible cause if audio from other Radio
Controllers can be heard.)

**Corrective Action**
From the _**Edit**_ mode, delete the radio controller using:
Options > Manage Devices > (Select the faulty Address) > Remove.

Then re-enter the deleted address by clicking the button.

_**Audio from Subscriber Radios are delayed by more than one second**_

**Possible Cause**
Audio recordings are being stored to a device with slow access, such as an external USB drive.

**Corrective Action**
Use either a second partition on the main drive, a second internal drive, an external eSATA drive, or a network
drive. See _Section 1.3 What You Will Need_ on Page _10_ for more details.

_**Audio from Dispatch PC cannot be heard at the Subscriber Radios**_

**Possible Cause**
Microphone or headset is not connected to the Dispatch client PC.

**65**

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that microphone or headset is connected to Dispatch client PC. Verify that the VU meter for the
microphone shows appropriate level when a transmission is attempted.

**Possible Cause**
Audio record device such as microphone or headset is not configured and listed in the **Audio Presets** of the **Options**
menu.

**Corrective Action**
From the **Edit** mode, configure Audio Presets for microphone or headset.

**Possible Cause**
IP Gateway is not connected to Control Station Radio.

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that radio is connected to IP Gateway's DE-9 connector.

**Possible Cause**
MOTOTRBO Control Station radio is not configured for **Rear PC and Audio** .

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that Control Station CPS setting for **Cable Type** in the 'Accessories' folder is set for **Rear PC and**
**Audio** .

**Possible Cause**
MOTOTRBO Control Station radio has _**Analog Mic AGC**_ or _**Digital Mic AGC**_ enabled.

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that Control Station CPS setting for ' _**microphone**_ ' section in the ' _**General**_ ' folder does not have **Analog**
**Mic AGC** or **Digital Mic AGC** enabled . Also verify that **Analog Rear Mic Gain** and **Digital Rear Mic Gain** are
set to greater than **+5db** .

**Possible Cause**
Control Station Radio firmware is incorrect.

**Corrective Action**
Verify that radio has the minimum firmware listed in the _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ .

_**Go-Ahead and Channel-Busy Tones cannot be heard at the Dispatch PC**_

**Possible Cause**
Desk speakers are not turned on or the volume level is set too low.

**Corrective Action**
Turn on desk speakers and set volume level to 50%.

**Possible Cause**
Audio playback device such as speakers or headset is not configured and listed in the **Audio Presets** of the **Options**
menu.

**Corrective Action**
From the **Edit** mode, configure Audio Presets for speakers or headset.

**66**

**Possible Cause**
Volume setting for **Alert Sounds** is set too low.

**Corrective Action**
While in _**Edit**_ mode, from the **Options** menu, choose **Audio Presets**, click
**Config**, select the **Levels** tab in the **Audio Configuration** window, adjust the
volume level of **Alert Sounds**, and then click the **Save** button.

_**Voice Playback from Recent History tab cannot be heard**_

**Possible Cause**
Voice files are not being recorded to the database.

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that _**History Logging**_ is enabled. This feature can be found when in the _**Edit**_ mode by clicking **Dispatch**
**Settings** under the **Options** menu, then choosing the **History Logging** folder.

**Possible Cause**
Desk speakers are not turned on or the volume level is set too low.

**Corrective Action**
Turn on desk speakers and set volume level to 50%.

**Possible Cause**
Audio playback device such as speakers or headset is not configured and listed in the **Audio Presets** of the **Options**
menu.

**Corrective Action**
From the _**Edit**_ mode, configure **Audio Presets** for speakers or headset.

_**Manage Devices Window**_

_**Times reported by IP Gateways are not synchronized**_

**Possible Cause**
A time server has not been configured correctly.

**Corrective Action**
See _Section 2. Install Time Server_ on Page _13_ of this document.

_**PTT Devices**_

_**USB PTT Device does not activate the on-screen PTT button**_

**Possible Cause**
PTT device is not connected to the Dispatch client PC.

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that PTT device is connected to Dispatch client PC.

**Possible Cause**
Dispatch client is not configured for PTT device.

**Corrective Action**
Configuration for USB PTT devices can be found when in the Edit mode by clicking **Dispatch Settings** under
the **Options** menu, then choosing the **USB Devices** folder.

**67**

**Possible Cause**
If the PTT device is Buddy DesktopMic 7G microphone, device may be configured incorrectly.

**Corrective Action**
Use _**MyBuddyMic**_ utility to reconfigure the microphone using the following steps:
1. Download the MyBuddySetup installer from:

_[https://ctiproducts.com/SoftwareDownloads/RadioPro/MyBuddyMicSetup_2301292_110808.exe](https://ctiproducts.com/SoftwareDownloads/RadioPro/MyBuddyMicSetup_2301292_110808.exe)_
2. Use _[Technical Note TN204 TurboVUi Dispatch - Configuring a Buddy DesktopMic 7G.pdf](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/tn204configuringbuddydesktopmic7g.pdf)_ to reconfigure

the Buddy microphone.

_**PTT Device initiates a call, but call ends abruptly after 3 seconds**_

**Possible Cause**
Transmit audio is not being received by RadioPro IP Gateway.

**Corrective Action**
Ensure that microphone is connected to PC, and is selected in the **Audio Presets** list, found in the **Options**
menu.

**68**

##### **7. INDEX**

**A**

Actions Folder, 42
Add Gateway, 18
Administrator Password, 17
Advanced tab, 23
Advantech Adam 6000 modules, 57, 58, 59
Alias Name, 55
Alias Table File, 54
AliasTable.csv, 54
Architecture, 8
Archive Button, 43
Arranging Panels, 28
ARS/GPS Event Viewer, 64
Audio Call Custom Action, 37, 42, 44
Audio Cross Muting, 20
Audio Device Presets, 15
Audio Isolate, 30
Audio Preset, 20, 21
Audio Quality, 20
Audio Settings.cfg File, 55

**B**

backup gateway, 18
Buddy DesktopMic, 68

**C**

Call Alert, 36
Channel-Busy Tone, 22, 66
Clock visibility, 43
Clone settings, 16
Compressed Mode, 20
Configuration Files, 54
Connected, 19
Control Station Radio, 8

**D**

Demo mode, 10
Devices Tab, 21
Diagnostics, 64
DIG GRP Digital Group, 55
DIG PRI Digital Private Subscriber, 55
Dispatch Settings, 33, 38, 39, 40, 41, 48
Dispatch Users, 34
Dispatch Users Sub-Folder, 33
DispatchUsers.cfg File, 55
double-click to Mute, 30
Drive Speed, 38

**E**

Email Alerts, 41
Emergencies Sub-folder, 33

High Quality Mode, 20
History Logging, 38
History Logging Sub-folder, 33, 39

**I**

ICU utility, 11, 18, 31, 71
Image Overlays, 49
Import License Key, 14, 16
Intercom Out, 21
Internet Proxy, 39
Internet Proxy Sub-folder, 33
IO Module, 60
IP Gateway, 8, 14, 15, 18, 19, 22, 55, 71

**L**

Levels Tab, 22
License

Import, 16
Update, 16
License file, 10
License File, 14
License.key File, 55
Lock, 15

**M**

Manage Devices Window, 18
Manage IP Gateways, 18
MDC GRP MDC Analog Group, 55
MDC PRI MDC Analog Private Subscriber, 55
Messages tab, 27
Mic volume, 43
Mic-In, 21
Missed Call List, 37
Missed Call List Sub-folder, 33
Missed Calls tab, 27
Mouse Events, 33

Gateway Address, 18
Gateway Status, 19
Geo-fence, 47, 49, 50, 51, 52
Geo-fence Alerts tab, 27, 52
Geo-fence Conditions, 52
Geo-fences Sub-folder, 49
Go-Ahead Tone, 66
GPS Folder, 47
GPS Map, 47
GPS Mapping, 11
GPS Trigger, 36
GPS Update, 36
Groups, 44

**G**

**H**

**69**

Mute audio when transmitting, 20

**N**

Non-Expiring License, 56
NTP Server, 71

**O**

Offline Maps, 47
Overlays Sub-folder, 49
Overview, 5

**P**

Patch, 30
PC cross mute, 20
PC hibernate, 11
Polygon geo-fence, 50
PTT Debounce, 33

**Q**

Quick Map, 43

**R**

Radio Check, 36
Radio Controller Panel, 29, 30
Radio version, 11
Radio Version, 19
RadioPro Solo(TM) client software, 6
RadioPro Talk(TM) mobile client software, 6
RadioPro(TM) IP Gateway, 5
Recent History tab, 27, 33, 34, 67
Remote Disable, 36
Remote Enable, 36
Remote Monitor, 36
Reports Button, 43
Route Geo-fence, 51
RSSI, 30

**S**

Saving the Page Layout, 53
Secondary Address, 18
Select Out, 21

Select volume, 43
Subscriber Contacts, 31
Subscriber Licensing, 48
Subscriber List, 35
Subscriber List Sub-folder, 33
Subscriber Visibility, 47
Subscribers tab, 27, 31, 35, 36
System Planner, 11
System Planner Template, 71, 72

**T**

Tab Anchor Points, 28
Talk-Permit Tone, 22
Tallysman Sprite, 57, 58
tdcfg Files, 54
Telemetry functions, 60
Telemetry Panel, 57
Telemetry tab, 27
Text Alerts, 41
Time Server, 13
Timed-License, 56
Toolbar, 42
Toolbar Buttons, custom, 42
Touch Screen, 12, 33
Trail Crumbs, 47
Troubleshooting, 64

**U**

Unselect Out, 21
Unselect volume, 43
USB flash drive, 10, 14
USB G2 Dual Relay, 62
Use Fence as Area Name, 50, 51

**V**

Version match, 11
View Presets Sub-folder, 48
Voice and Event Logging, 38
Volume Adjustments

Alert Sounds, 22
Intercom Volume, 22
Mic Volume, 22
Select Receive, 21, 22, 29
Unselect Receive, 21, 22

**70**

##### **8. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

See _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**

**Parameters Unique to Each IP Gateway**

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**71**

##### **9. SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

**Parameters Common** **Parameters Unique**
**to all Dispatch clients** **to all Dispatch clients**

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Talk Mobile Clients**_

See the _[RadioPro Solo Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_ for more information.
The following parameters are configured in the IP Gateway using ICU.exe.

**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**

If additional Solo, Talk or Talk Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**72**


## RadioPro Dispatch User Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 58 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) Dispatch**

##### **User Guide**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for
service can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.

1211 W Sharon Rd

Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

support@ctiproducts.com

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no
guarantee is expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide Contents

|1|RADIOPRO DISPATCH OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 6|
|---|---|
|**2**|<br>**QUICK STARTUP ........................................................................................................................................................... 7**|
||2.1 <br>USING THERADIOPROSYSTEM ................................................................................................................................... 7|
||<br> <br>_2.1.1_ <br>_Demo Example.................................................................................................................................................... 7_ <br>2.2 <br>BUILDING ACUSTOMCONFIGURATION ....................................................................................................................... 8|
|**3**|<br>**TOOLBAR ........................................................................................................................................................................ 9**|
||3.1 <br>AUDIOCONTROLS ....................................................................................................................................................... 9|
||<br> <br>_3.1.1_ <br>_Initial Settings ..................................................................................................................................................... 9_ <br>_3.1.2_ <br>_Mic Audio Transmit Slider and VU Meter ........................................................................................................ 10_|
||<br> <br>_3.1.3_ <br>_Change Windows Audio Record Volume .......................................................................................................... 10_ <br> <br>_Change Windows Audio Playback ............................................................................................................................ 10_ <br>_3.1.4_ <br>_Volume .............................................................................................................................................................. 10_|
||<br> <br>3.2 <br>TOOLBARBUTTONS .................................................................................................................................................. 11|
||<br> <br>_3.2.1_ <br>_Call Selected ..................................................................................................................................................... 11_|
||<br> <br>_3.2.2_ <br>_All Call ............................................................................................................................................................. 11_|
||<br> <br>_3.2.3_ <br>_All Emergency .................................................................................................................................................. 11_ <br>3.3 <br>QUICKMAP, ARCHIVE, ANDREPORTSTOOLBARBUTTONS ...................................................................................... 12 <br>3.4 <br>TOOLBARBUTTONS FORCUSTOMACTIONS .............................................................................................................. 12|
||<br> <br>3.5 <br>DISKSTORAGECAUTIONSYMBOL ............................................................................................................................ 12|
||<br> <br>3.6 <br>EMERGENCYEVENTS ................................................................................................................................................ 13|
||<br> <br>_3.6.1_ <br>_Emergency Indication ...................................................................................................................................... 13_ <br>_3.6.2_ <br>_Operation.......................................................................................................................................................... 13_ <br>_3.6.3_ <br>_Clearing an Emergency State of a Control Station Radio ................................................................................ 13_|
|**4**|<br>**THE DISPATCH LAYOUT .......................................................................................................................................... 14**|
||4.1 <br>CREATING ANEWLAYOUT ....................................................................................................................................... 14|
||<br> <br>_4.1.1_ <br>_File > New ........................................................................................................................................................ 14_|
||<br> <br>_4.1.2_ <br>_Adding a Tab Page ........................................................................................................................................... 14_ <br>_4.1.3_ <br>_Voice Tab(s) ..................................................................................................................................................... 14_ <br>_4.1.4_ <br>_GPS MAP Tab(s) .............................................................................................................................................. 15_ <br>_4.1.5_ <br>_Subscriber Grid Tab(s) ..................................................................................................................................... 16_|
|**5**|<br>**MAKING & RECEIVING VOICE CALLS ................................................................................................................ 17**|
||_5.1.1_ <br>_Transmit Indicators .......................................................................................................................................... 17_|
||<br> <br>_5.1.2_ <br>_Receive Indicators ............................................................................................................................................ 18_|
||<br> <br>_5.1.3_ <br>_Patching............................................................................................................................................................ 18_ <br>_5.1.4_ <br>_Connection Status Indicators ............................................................................................................................ 19_|
||<br> <br>_5.1.5_ <br>_Subscriber Details ............................................................................................................................................ 20_|
||<br> <br>_5.1.6_ <br>_Subscriber Actions ............................................................................................................................................ 20_|
||<br> <br>_5.1.7_ <br>_Toolbar buttons ................................................................................................................................................ 21_|
||<br> <br>5.2 <br>MOREMAPFEATURES .............................................................................................................................................. 22|
||<br> <br>_5.2.1_ <br>_Place Markers .................................................................................................................................................. 22_|
||<br> <br>_5.2.2_ <br>_Quick Reports ................................................................................................................................................... 22_ <br>_5.2.3_ <br>_What's this Address? (& Nearest Radio) .......................................................................................................... 23_ <br>_5.2.4_ <br>_Find Address (& Nearest Radio) ...................................................................................................................... 23_|
|**6**|<br>**SUBSCRIBERS PANEL ................................................................................................................................................ 24**|

**3**

|Col1|6.1 MAKING A GROUP OR PRIVATE CALL ....................................................................................................................... 24|
|---|---|
||<br> <br>6.2 <br>SUBSCRIBERACTIONBUTTONS ................................................................................................................................. 25|
||<br> <br>_6.2.1_ <br>_GPS Locate ....................................................................................................................................................... 25_|
||<br> <br>_6.2.2_ <br>_Radio Check ..................................................................................................................................................... 25_|
||<br> <br>_6.2.3_ <br>_Call Alert .......................................................................................................................................................... 25_|
||<br> <br>_6.2.4_ <br>_Remote Monitor ................................................................................................................................................ 25_|
||<br> <br>_6.2.5_ <br>_Remote Enable and Disable ............................................................................................................................. 25_|
||<br> <br>6.3 <br>SEARCHING FOR ASUBSCRIBER................................................................................................................................. 26|
||<br> <br>6.4 <br>SORTING THESUBSCRIBERLIST ................................................................................................................................ 26|
|**7**|<br>**GEO-FENCE ALERTS PANEL ................................................................................................................................... 27**|
|**8**|<br>**RECENT HISTORY PANEL ....................................................................................................................................... 28**|
||8.1 <br>REPLAYAUDIO ......................................................................................................................................................... 28|
||<br> <br>8.2 <br>DIAGNOSINGVOLUMEISSUES ................................................................................................................................... 28|
||<br> <br>8.3 <br>NOTES ANDSORTING ................................................................................................................................................ 31|
|**9**|<br>**MISSED CALLS PANEL .............................................................................................................................................. 32**|
|**10** <br>**MESSAGES PANEL .................................................................................................................................................. 33**|**10** <br>**MESSAGES PANEL .................................................................................................................................................. 33**|
||10.1 <br>MAINMESSAGEVIEW ............................................................................................................................................... 33|
||<br> <br>10.2 <br>CONVERSATIONVIEW ............................................................................................................................................... 33|
|**11** <br>**MENUS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 34**|**11** <br>**MENUS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 34**|
||11.1 <br>FILEMENU ................................................................................................................................................................ 34|
||<br> <br>_11.1.1_ <br>_ Change User .................................................................................................................................................... 34_ <br>_11.1.2_ <br>_Open ................................................................................................................................................................. 34_ <br>_11.1.3_ <br>_Edit ................................................................................................................................................................... 34_|
||<br> <br>_11.1.4_ <br>_Exit ................................................................................................................................................................... 34_|
||<br> <br>11.2 <br>OPTIONSMENU ......................................................................................................................................................... 35|
||<br> <br>_11.2.1_ <br>_Manage IP Gateways ....................................................................................................................................... 35_ <br>_11.2.2_ <br>_Status Table ...................................................................................................................................................... 35_|
||<br> <br>_11.2.3_ <br>_Actions .............................................................................................................................................................. 36_|
||<br> <br>_11.2.4_ <br>_System Problems Box ....................................................................................................................................... 36_ <br>_11.2.5_ <br>_Audio Presets .................................................................................................................................................... 36_|
||<br> <br>_11.2.6_ <br>_Update License ................................................................................................................................................. 36_ <br>_11.2.7_ <br>_Contacts ............................................................................................................................................................ 36_|
||<br> <br>_11.2.8_ <br>_Editing the Contacts List .................................................................................................................................. 37_ <br>_11.2.9_ <br>_Managing Groups ............................................................................................................................................. 37_ <br>_11.2.10_ <br>_Saving the Contacts List ............................................................................................................................... 38_ <br>11.3 <br>HELPMENU .............................................................................................................................................................. 39|
||<br> <br>_11.3.1_ <br>_About ................................................................................................................................................................ 39_|
||<br> <br>_11.3.2_ <br>_ Remote Support ............................................................................................................................................... 39_ <br>_11.3.3_ <br>_Logs .................................................................................................................................................................. 39_ <br>_11.3.4_ <br>_ARS / GPS Events ............................................................................................................................................. 39_|
||<br> <br>_11.3.5_ <br>_ARS / GPS Events ............................................................................................................................................. 39_|
|**12** <br>**QUICK MAP .............................................................................................................................................................. 40**|**12** <br>**QUICK MAP .............................................................................................................................................................. 40**|
||12.1 <br>SELECTEDSUBSCRIBER ............................................................................................................................................. 40|
||<br> <br>12.2 <br>CALLBOXES ............................................................................................................................................................. 41|
||<br> <br>12.3 <br>TOOLBAR .................................................................................................................................................................. 42|

**4**

_12.3.1_ _Zoom Tools ....................................................................................................................................................... 42_
_12.3.2_ _Map Type Tool .................................................................................................................................................. 42_
_12.3.3_ _Map Presets Tool .............................................................................................................................................. 42_
_12.3.4_ _GPS Locate Tool............................................................................................................................................... 43_
_12.3.5_ _Text Messaging Tool ......................................................................................................................................... 43_
_12.3.6_ _PTT Tool ........................................................................................................................................................... 43_

**13** **ARCHIVE VIEWER ................................................................................................................................................. 44**

13.1 ARCHIVE VIEWER FILE MENU
_13.1.1_ _Open Archive Directory.................................................................................................................................... 44_
_13.1.2_ _Export Archive Records .................................................................................................................................... 45_
13.2 SEARCH FILTERS AREA
_13.2.1_ _Quick Filter Bar ............................................................................................................................................... 46_
_13.2.2_ _Preset Time Intervals ........................................................................................................................................ 46_
_13.2.3_ _Custom Time Interval ....................................................................................................................................... 46_
_13.2.4_ _Event Type(s) .................................................................................................................................................... 46_
_13.2.5_ _Custom Search Criteria .................................................................................................................................... 47_
_13.2.6_ _Search Examples .............................................................................................................................................. 47_
_13.2.7_ _Search Button ................................................................................................................................................... 48_
13.3 SEARCH RESULTS AREA
_13.3.1_ _Records Found ................................................................................................................................................. 48_
_13.3.2_ _Records Found List ........................................................................................................................................... 48_
13.4 EVENT DETAIL AREA
_13.4.1_ _Voice Recording Detail .................................................................................................................................... 49_
_13.4.2_ _Subscriber GPS Location Detail ...................................................................................................................... 49_
13.5 PAGE NAVIGATION AREA

**14** **TROUBLESHOOTING . . . ....................................................................................................................................... 50**

14.1 WHAT IF ONE RADIO CONTROLLER IS GRAYED-OUT?
_14.1.1_ _Example Screenshot .......................................................................................................................................... 50_
_14.1.2_ _Significance ...................................................................................................................................................... 50_
_14.1.3_ _Details .............................................................................................................................................................. 50_
_14.1.4_ _Corrective Actions ............................................................................................................................................ 51_
_14.1.5_ _What if All Radio Controllers are Grayed-out? ............................................................................................... 52_
_14.1.6_ _Example Screenshot .......................................................................................................................................... 52_
_14.1.7_ _Significance ...................................................................................................................................................... 52_
_14.1.8_ _Corrective Actions ............................................................................................................................................ 52_
_14.1.9_ _What if the Transmit Error Window is displayed? ........................................................................................... 53_
_14.1.10_ _Example Screenshot ...................................................................................................................................... 53_
_14.1.11_ _Significance .................................................................................................................................................. 53_
_14.1.12_ _Corrective Actions ........................................................................................................................................ 53_

**15** **FEATURE AVAILABILITY .................................................................................................................................... 55**

_15.1.1_ _Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems ....................................................................................................................... 55_
_15.1.2_ _Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems .......................................................................................................................... 56_

**16** **INDEX ......................................................................................................................................................................... 57**

**5**

**RadioPro Dispatch** offers a console-type solution for applications requiring connection to many **MOTOTRBO** or
**NEXEDGE** radios (control stations). It is designed with an intuitive user interface to minimize learning time and
maximize a user's efficiency. A host of accessories are available to implement an enterprise solution; including
desk microphones, headsets, footswitches, and touch screens – all with PTT capabilities. Depending on the
license purchased, features of RadioPro Dispatch may include:

- Voice Dispatching for 1 to 70 Talk Groups

- GPS Mapping of radio subscriber units

- Text Messaging

- Voice and Event Logging and Playback

- Telemetry

A system may have a mixture of Dispatch and Talk Clients, as well as Mobile apps running on iOS and Android
devices. Dispatch Clients, Solo Clients, and Mobile apps can be scattered among different locations, or centrally
located.

One or more IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network, ensuring easy wide-area deployment
without configuring server PCs. One IP Gateway is required for each Talk Group to be communicated with
simultaneously. The IP Gateways and control station radios can be scattered among different locations, or
centrally located.

**6**

##### **2.1 Using the RadioPro System**

To use the RadioPro Dispatch client, Install the RadioPro Dispatch software to your PC.

Once installed, double-click the _**RadioPro Dispatch**_ icon on the PCs desktop.

When the **Login** window is displayed as shown at right, choose a **User** from
the drop-down list, and then click the **Login** button.

This should load the CTI Products owned Demo system based in Cincinnati
Ohio. The Demo system may be used for training and testing purposes **only.**

_**2.1.1 Demo Example**_

When the RadioPro Dispatch Client opens, the Main Window will be displayed with various tabbed panels:

- Radio Controllers (voice)

- Map

- Subscribers

- Recent History

- Text Messaging

- Geo-fence Alerts

- Missed Calls

These tabbed panels can be docked in alternate positions or hidden completely if not needed. The **Main**
**Window** on the PC monitor may look different than the example shown below, depending on how your System
Administrator configured the tabbed panels within the RadioPro Dispatch client user interface.

**7**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **2.2 Building a Custom Configuration**

To get started using a system with your own hardware and licenses, you will have to build a new system
configured with your specific Gateway, network and system details using the following Steps:

1. Install the RadioPro Dispatch Software on your PC device.

2. Load the license Key-file for the Dispatch software that was shipped with your system.

3. Use the ICU.exe application to locate and configure the RadioPro gateway(s) for your local IP network.

4. Click ' _**File**_ ' then _**'New'**_ to open a virgin system template and begin configuring **The Dispatch Layout** ;

See more details on **Page 14** .

5. Add each Gateway that was configured in the ICU for your system, using the ' _**Options**_ ' > ' **Manage IP**

**Gateways** List. See **page 35** for additional details.

6. Add the appropriate Adding a Tab Page as discussed on **page 14** to support the features you are

licensed to use with your system. Tab Page examples may include Voice page type for communication
and GPS Page type for subscriber tracking.

7. From within each added Tab Page you can now add and configure the appropriate selection of Radio

Panel controllers and Maps as permitted by your licensing.

8. Save your system with an appropriate name to a publicly accessible location on the local PC.

**8**

The **Toolbar** contains tools for **Audio levels**, as well as standard and custom buttons as described below.

##### **3.1 Audio Controls**

_**3.1.1 Initial Settings**_

Use the audio sliders on the **Toolbar** to adjust audio levels for **Mic** transmit audio.

The ' **Select'** slider will modify the volume level of the selected Radio Controller.
The ' **Unselect'** slider adjusts the volume level of any unselected Radio Controller.

If your dispatch is connected to multiple gateways, only one gateway will be considered 'selected' at a time.
The 'selected' gateway will be colored yellow in its title bar. The 'Select' and 'Unselect' sliders allow you to
program a different volume based upon whether the incoming audio transmission is from the selected radio or
is coming from one of the other unselected radios. A Volume Unit **(VU)** meter is located next to the **Mic** audio
slider to visually express the loudness of outgoing transmissions.

Begin by selecting an **Audio Presets** from the **Options Menu** . **Audio**
**Presets** may be configured by the System Administrator for various audio
devices including speakers, microphones, and headsets. A 'default'
preset uses the PCs default selection for microphone and speakers.

Make initial volume settings as follows:

- In the **Toolbar**, adjust the **Mic** and **Select** sliders to 100%, and the **Unselect** slider to
50%.

- In each **Radio Controller**, click on the speaker tool, and adjust
the slider to 100%.

- If desk speakers are installed for receive audio, use the control
knob on the desk speakers to adjust the overall speaker volume
to 50%.

**9**

_**3.1.2 Mic Audio Transmit Slider and VU Meter**_

Various microphones and headsets may be connected to the Dispatch PC for transmitting audio. Only one
active device can be used at any given time, determined by the selection in **Options . . . Audio Presets** .

While clicking on a PTT button, speak into the microphone or headset and view the microphone audio level
displayed on the Volume Unit **(VU)** meter (located on the **Toolbar** next to the **Mic** slider). For optimum sound
level, the meter should reach into the yellow area 10-50% of the duration. The red area indicates clipping and
distortion and should be avoided. To adjust **Mic** volume level, click and drag the slider to the desired level.

If a headset is being used, it may also have a volume adjustment.

_**3.1.3 Change Windows Audio Record Volume**_

If a wider range of recording audio volume is needed, the System
Administrator can adjust the microphone transmit audio level by right
clicking the speaker tool in the Windows system tray.

- For Windows 8.1, choose **Recording Devices** from the drop-down list. On the
**Recording** tab, double-click the appropriate microphone, and then adjust the slider on
the **Levels** tab.

- For Windows 10, choose **Open Sound Settings** from the drop-down list. Within the
Sounds Settings window, under Input, choose the desired input device and then click
the Device properties link. The volume can be adjusted from the Device Properties
window.

_**3.1.4 Change Windows Audio Playback Volume**_

Playback audio levels may require additional operating system
adjustments by the System Administrator. The overall speaker volume can
be adjusted by right clicking the speaker tool in the Windows system tray.

- For Windows 8.1, click on **Playback Devices** to display the Operating System Volume
Mixer. The volume sliders should normally be set to 100%. .

- For Windows 10, choose **Open Sound Settings** from the drop-down list. Within the
Sounds Settings window, under Output, choose the desired output device and then
click the Device properties link. The volume can be adjusted from the Device
Properties window.

**10**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **3.2 Toolbar Buttons**

The Toolbar can hold Toolbar Buttons that have been configured by your System Administrator.
Toolbar Buttons can be defined for a wide range of actions and will have custom labels. A few of the
more common uses for Toolbar Buttons are described below.

_**3.2.1 Call Selected**_

A Toolbar Button may be configured to make a call to one or more 'Selected' Talk Groups. 'Select' a
single Talk Group by clicking on the header portion of the Radio Controller. 'Select' multiple Talk
Groups by holding down the Ctrl key on the keyboard and clicking on the header portion of various
Radio Controllers. (Note that the Radio Controller header will be shaded yellow when 'Selected'.)

To make a voice call to the 'Selected' channel(s), click and hold the **Call Selected** Toolbar Button while
speaking into the microphone. If a touchscreen is installed, this can also be done by touching and holding the
button on the touch screen. In addition, a pushbutton on a desk microphone or footswitch may have been
configured to activate the 'Call Selected' function.

_**3.2.2 All Call**_

A Toolbar Button may be configured to make a call to all radio subscribers in the radio system. To
initiate an All Call to every subscriber in the radio system, click and hold the **All Call** Toolbar Button
while speaking into a microphone or headset. All Call voice messages are queued in memory, and
then sent when a channel is clear. This ensures that every subscriber receives the entire message. If a
touchscreen is installed, this can also be done by touching and holding the button on the touch screen.

_**3.2.3 All Emergency**_

A Toolbar Button may be configured to activate the emergency tone on each radio in the system.

**11**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **3.3 Quick Map, Archive, and Reports Toolbar Buttons**

The **Toolbar** contains toolbar buttons for **Quick Map**, **Archive**, and **Reports** .
Clicking one of these buttons will open a window to view information for those
functions. The **Archive** and **Reports** buttons may be grayed out and unavailable if
History Logging has not been configured. See later in this document for details on
these buttons.

##### **3.4 Toolbar Buttons for Custom Actions**

The **Toolbar** can hold Toolbar Buttons that have been configured by your System Administrator.
Toolbar Buttons can be configured for a wide range of actions and will have custom labels.

##### **3.5 Disk Storage Caution Symbol**

RadioPro Dispatch continuously calculates the remaining amount of storage on the hard disk partition
specified by the System Administrator for logging of Voice files, Text Messages, and other radio system
events. If less than two weeks of storage remains on the hard disk partition, a caution symbol will be
displayed on the right side of the Main Toolbar. If the hard disk partition becomes full, logging will no
longer take place. To allow continued logging, the System Administrator must remove unwanted files, or
transfer them to permanent storage media.

**12**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **3.6 Emergency Events**

_**3.6.1 Emergency Indication**_

When an emergency is initiated from a subscriber, the following indications help to quickly identify the channel
and subscriber:

- An Emergency Notification Tool is placed in the Main Toolbar. This tool can be used to
respond to the radio user that initiated the emergency. It is also used to clear the
emergency.

- A red emergency icon is visible in the Subscribers Window, next to the subscriber who
initiated the emergency.

- An audio alarm signal is activated.

_**3.6.2 Operation**_

The following actions can be used to acknowledge an emergency condition by clicking on the emergency tool
being displayed in the Toolbar:

- PTT – The top portion of the Emergency Notification Tool in the Toolbar can be used as
a PTT to return a private call to the radio user that initiated the emergency. Clicking on
this button will silence the audio alarm signal for this emergency, and then place a
private call to the radio that initiated the emergency.

- Options – The bottom portion of the Emergency Notification Tool can be used
to remove the visual and audio indicators for this emergency.

_**3.6.3 Clearing an Emergency State of a Control Station Radio**_

The System Administrator can configure the way in which an emergency state is cleared in the Control Station
radio. One option will clear the emergency state when **Remove** is selected from the emergency drop-down list
as shown above.

Another method requires that the Control Station radio be manually reset after an Emergency has been
**Removed** (cleared). This is accomplished by using the following steps:

1. From the **Options** menu, choose **Manage IP Gateways** .

2. Right-click the radio where the emergency state must be cleared, and then choose **Restart Radio** .

**13**

The **RadioPro Dispatch** GUI is inspired by a panelized styling concept referred to as the Layout. This allows for
very configurable layouts that accommodate various user preferences and yet maintains desirable ease of use
and operation. Each panel is identified and configured as individual **'Tabs'** that complement the distinctive
functions and features of each other. The **'Tabs'** may be added and removed as needed, if that feature is
permitted by the purchased license options.

##### **4.1 Creating a New Layout**

Before the RadioPro solution can be functionally deployed, at least one **'Tab page'** must be created.
However, be aware that the functionality of most options is license dependent; therefore, every feature
may not be available in all cases.

_**4.1.1 File > New**_

This will provide you with a template base to begin configuring your system.
You may add and configure the various Panel options as required functions
or specific preferences dictate.

_**4.1.2 Adding a Tab Page**_

The System Administrator **SA** has full elevation rights to configure any licensed
system feature during the creation or editing phase of the Dispatch layout design.

To **ADD** a page, Click the green Icon then choose from one of the three types
of page option available:

_**4.1.3 Voice Tab(s)**_

**Voice Tab** This allows the **SA** to create a **Tab page** where one or more Virtual Radio panels can
be added and used to remotely monitor and operate each control station radio that is connected to
a gateway.

Voice tabs contain Virtual Radio Control Panels that are
customized by your System Administrator to show optional
features such as radio programmable buttons and status
information. Radio Control Panels can also be customized
with border colors to help organize and highlight certain
radio Talk Groups.

**14**

_**4.1.4 GPS MAP Tab(s)**_

Adding this **Tab** allows the System Administrator( **SA)** to create a page, where map types and views can
be configured for displaying subscriber GPS positions. This page requires and supports the use of the
GPS license option.

GPS map tabs are configured during installation and occupy a space on the desktop determined by the
**SA** . They can be configured to be docked to the Main Window using tabs or can be configured to be
un-docked in separate windows. The GPS map tab shown below shows the following features:

- Geo-fence – 'Polygon 1' outlined in green is a geo-fence that defines the city limits.

- Geo-fence – 'Route 1' outlined in pink is a geo-fence that defines a route.

- Location – A green circle denotes the current location for radio subscriber 9083.

- Trail Crumbs – The blue line is the route taken by this subscriber. Hover the mouse over any
grey circle on this route to display the date and time that this subscriber was at this location.

- Subscriber Status Bar – Information is displayed at the bottom of the GPS map tab for the
selected subscriber including current speed (or duration of stop), street address, and time since
last GPS update.

**15**

_**4.1.5 Subscriber Grid Tab(s)**_

Adding this **Tab** allows the System Administrator **(SA)** to create a page, that will copy all the subscribers
defined within a selected contacts list and display to a 'Grid View' for faster and easier interactions.

Subscriber Grid tabs may be configured before or after the system installation. The Grid contacts copied
from the selected contact list are populated sequentially based on their IDs, to the Grid Tab page. The
Grid **Tabs** are docked to the Main Window by default but can be undocked to a separate window if
preferred. A configured Grid tab is shown below.

You can initiate a private call to the
selected contact by clicking on one of
the Grid names.

A Right click will provide additional
options for that contact.

**16**

To initiate a voice call to an entire radio Talk Group, use the **PTT** button on a **Radio**
**Controller** **Window** . Use the PC's mouse to click and hold the **PPT** while speaking into a
microphone or headset. If a touchscreen is installed, touch and hold the **PTT** . In
addition, a PTT pushbutton on a desk microphone or footswitch may have been
configured to activate a call to a particular Talk Group.

_**5.1.1 Transmit Indicators**_

When a PTT is activated on a Radio Controller, the following indications are visible:

- The **PTT** button background color changes to red.

- The _**Transmitting**_ icon is displayed.

- The icon for either a _**private call**_ or _**group call**_ is displayed.

- Text is displayed to indicate the Radio ID or Group ID as well as the alias name of the subscriber
or group.

_**5.1.1.1**_ _**Adjusting Transmit Volume**_

Use the **Mic** audio slider on the **Toolbar** to adjust the transmitted audio. A VU
meter is located next to the **Mic** audio slider to visually determine the loudness of
outgoing transmissions.

**17**

_**5.1.2 Receive Indicators**_

When a call is received, the Radio Controller will indicate the following:

- The _**Receiving**_ icon is displayed.

- The icon for either a _**private call**_ or _**group call**_

is displayed.

- Text is displayed to indicate the Radio ID or Group ID
as well as the alias name of the subscriber or group.

_**5.1.2.1**_ _**Adjusting the Receive Volume**_

Click the speaker tool in the header portion of the Radio Controller to make an
adjustment to the receive-audio level for a Talk Group. Double-click the speaker tool to
switch the audio level between muted and un-muted.

_**5.1.3 Patching**_

If enabled by the System Administrator, the **Patch** button will be enabled on the header
of the Radio Controller Panel, allowing the creation of a patch between a pair of Talk
Groups. When a patch is created, both transmit and receive voice traffic will be shared
by the paired Talk Groups. In addition, a voice call placed by the dispatcher to one of
the patched Talk Groups will be heard by both Talk Groups in the patch.

To create a patch, click the button (until it is highlighted as shown at right) on the
two Radio Controllers that are to be patched together. Patching is limited to a single pair
of Talk Groups for the entire RadioPro system.

If this option is enabled for Radio Controllers on other Dispatch clients, patch status will
be displayed on these other clients.

**18**

_**5.1.4 Connection Status Indicators**_

_**5.1.4.1**_ _**Radio connected**_

When an IP Gateway successfully communicates with the Control Station radio, the
Radio Controller panel will show the Gateway name and the configured soft button
features to operate that radio will become visible.

_**5.1.4.2**_ _**Radio Disconnected**_

When an IP Gateway cannot communicate with the connected Control Station radio, the
Radio Controller background is shaded dark gray, and 'Radio Disconnected' is displayed.

_**5.1.4.3**_ _**Can't Connect to Gateway**_

When the RadioPro Dispatch client cannot communicate with the connected IP
Gateway, the Radio Controller background is shaded dark gray, and 'Can't connect to
Gateway' is displayed.

**19**

_**5.1.5 Subscriber Details**_

Select a subscriber, either by clicking a subscriber icon on the map or by choosing a subscriber in the
_**Subscribers**_ panel. Note that the current position of the selected subscriber is a green circle to indicate
movement, or a red stop sign to indicate stopped. Notice that Trail Crumbs are shown for this selected
subscriber for the last 30 minutes. (This time is configurable by the System Administrator using the _**Edit**_ mode.)
Hover over any waypoint (grey circle) on a subscriber's route to show date, time, and speed at this point.

View detailed information for this subscriber in the _**Subscriber Status Bar**_ located at the bottom of the map.
Information will include street address, rate of travel (or stopped time), and time since last GPS update.

Click the icon to open _**Google Street View**_ to see the features that a subscriber could see at this location.

Click the icon to copy the information in the _**Subscriber Status Bar**_ to the Windows _**Clipboard**_ . This
information may then be pasted into other applications, such as email, text messaging, and Microsoft Office.

_**5.1.6 Subscriber Actions**_

_**5.1.6.1**_ _**Select a Subscriber**_

Select a subscriber, either by clicking on an icon on the map or a subscriber in the _**Subscribers**_ tab.

_**5.1.6.2**_ _**Make a Private Call**_

Use the **PTT** button at the bottom of the _**Subscribers**_ tab to make a private call to this subscriber.

_**5.1.6.3**_ _**Send a Text Message**_

While a subscriber is selected, the _**Text**_ tab can be used to send a private text message to this selected
subscriber.

**20**

_**5.1.7 Toolbar buttons**_

_**5.1.7.1**_ _**Subscriber Visibility Button**_

Click the _**Visibility**_ button to select which subscribers should be visible on
the selected map. A window will be displayed that looks very similar to the
_**Subscribers**_ tab. However, the _**Visible Subscribers**_ tab adds control for visibility.
Visibility may be toggled on and off individually by clicking a subscriber's
visibility icon as shown at right, or as a group by clicking the icon for that

|Symbol|Groups|Subscribers|
|---|---|---|
||All members are<br>visible|Subscriber is visible|
||Some members<br>are visible||
||No members are<br>visible|Subscriber is not visible|

group. Three versions of this symbol will indicate visiblity as indicated below:

_**5.1.7.2**_ _**Center (Subscribers on Map) Button**_

Click the _**Center**_ button to zoom and reposition the map in order to show all visible subscribers on the
selected map.

_**5.1.7.3**_ _**Follow (the Visible Subscribers) Button**_

Click the _**Follow**_ button to keep the selected subscriber centered in the selected map.

_**5.1.7.4**_ _**Map Presets Button**_

Click the top portion of the _**Map Presets**_ button to return the selected map to the indicated preset as
configured by the System Administrator.

Click the arrow on the lower portion of this button to list other presets that have been
configured by the System Administrator. Click on one of the items in the list to switch the
selected map to a new preset.

**21**

_**5.1.7.5**_ _**Map Type Button**_

Click the _**Map Type**_ button to list Map Types that have been enabled by the System Administrator.

##### **5.2 More Map Features**

Right-click a point on the GPS map to display the menu shown at right.

_**5.2.1 Place Markers**_

Choose **Add Place Marker** to add a marker to the map. Using the Add Place
Marker window, customize the marker for marker Display Name, Radius, and
color. A marker with the chosen parameters will be shown on the GPS map.

Choose **Clear Place Markers** to remove all Place Markers from this GPS map.

_**5.2.2 Quick Reports**_

When a subscriber is selected, choose **Quick Reports** to show the
menu options for reports for this subscriber. Available reports include
_**Position Report**_ and _**Stopped Report**_ .

**22**

_**5.2.3 What's this Address? (& Nearest Radio)**_

Choose **What's this address?** to open **the Address**
**Lookup** window shown at right. The address will be
listed in the window along with the nearest radio
subscribers in order of distance.

Select a subscriber from the list in the Address
Lookup window to graphically show the distance
from the selected point on the GPS map to the
selected subscriber.

_**5.2.4 Find Address (& Nearest Radio)**_

Choose **Find Address** if you wish to enter a known address into the **Address Lookup** window. After entering

the address, click the button. The nearest radio subscribers will be listed in order of distance. Select a
subscriber from the list to graphically show the distance from the selected point on the GPS map to the
selected subscriber.

**23**

The **Subscribers** panel lists radio subscribers, cellular devices, and
radio subscriber groups. In addition to the Radio ID the list may also
contain alias names for radio subscribers.

Cellular Devices running RadioPro Talk will only show up in the
subscriber grid in RadioPro Dispatch version 9.3.1+. RadioPro Talk
users will only be able to respond privately to private conversations
in RadioPro Talk version 1.12+

The **Subscribers** tab may also contain buttons to perform specific
functions as described below.

##### **6.1 Making a Group or Private Call**

To initiate a group or private voice call using the **Subscribers** tab, select a Group or
Private subscriber, and then click and hold the **PTT** button at the bottom of this window
while speaking into a microphone or headset. Alternatively, if a touchscreen is installed,
touch and hold the **PTT** button on the screen.

**24**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **6.2 Subscriber Action Buttons**

Additional subscriber actions are available at the bottom of the Subscribers tab, including the following.

_**6.2.1 GPS Locate**_

Click the **GPS Locate** button to locate the selected subscriber.
After clicking this button, the Quick Map icon on the Toolbar will
display a count-down to locate the radio subscriber. If a GPS
response message is received from the subscriber radio, the Quick Map window will open, and
the subscriber will be positioned at the center of the map.

_**6.2.2 Radio Check**_

Click the **Radio Check** button to determine if a
radio is accessible, and the talk group or channel
currently being used. A **Check Radio** window will
be displayed to indicate the subscriber's availability.

_**6.2.3 Call Alert**_

Click the **Call Alert** button to activate the alert tone on a subscriber radio. The
alert tone will sound on the subscriber radio until the user responds to it.

_**6.2.4 Remote Monitor**_

Click the **Remote Monitor** button to remotely key-up a subscriber radio. This
function must be enabled in the subscriber radio to allow this function. If function
is enabled, the radio will key-up for a period of time configured in the radio.

_**6.2.5 Remote Enable and Disable**_

Click the **Remote** **Disable** button to power down a subscriber radio and cause it to
be unable to power up. Click the **Remote** **Enable** button to remove this restriction
for a subscriber radio.

**25**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **6.3 Searching for a Subscriber**

Click the tool near the top of the Subscribers tab to show the Search box. Type

characters in the Search box for a subscriber radio ID or an alias name. Click the
tool to clear the typed characters from the Search box.

##### **6.4 Sorting the Subscriber List**

Click the tool near the top of the Subscribers tab to sort the subscriber list
numerically by **Radio ID** . Click it again to sort in reverse order. Note that the button

changes to and indicates a reverse order sort.

Click the button to show a list of sorting options; 'Sort by ID' and 'Sort by

Name'. When 'Sort by Name' is selected, the sort button changes to, or for
reverse sorting.

**26**

One or more Geo-fences may exist in order to check various conditions of radio subscribers. One or more
conditions may exist for each geo-fence. The conditions can apply to **All Subscribers** or **Specific Subscribers** .
When a Geo-fence condition is met for a radio subscriber, an event is logged in the database. In addition, Geofence conditions that are true are listed in the **Geo-Fence Alerts** panel. A typical listing of Geo-fence Alerts is
shown below.

**27**

The **Recent History** panel includes the most recent events of the radio
system, including :

- Two-way voice calls

- Interconnected telephone calls,

- Text messages,

- Call alerts,

- and emergencies.

The number of events displayed in this window can be configured by your System Administrator, to list
between 1 and 500.

##### **8.1 Replay Audio**

To replay audio, click a voice event (indicated by a speaker tool), and then click the Play button at the top

of this window. If the Play button and the Note button are grayed-out, the selected audio event has
not been logged to the hard disk because **History Logging** has not been configured. In this case, the System
Administrator must configure **History Logging** using the **Dispatch Settings** window, found in the **Options**
menu.

An alternative method for replaying audio is to double-click a voice event that appears in the **Recent History**
tab.

##### **8.2 Diagnosing Volume Issues**

To diagnose playback volume issues, click an incoming radio transmission voice event. The volume of the
selected transmissions will be shown as a percentage in the **Volume** column.

Press the **Volume Info button** to get more information about the volume of this transmission.

**28**

The **Volume Info** window shows detailed information for how a radio transmissions volume is determined.

Audio Source and Destination:

- The **Audio source**, **Output device**, and **Output speaker** are
displayed at the top of the window. These settings are
configurable by an administrator. The settings are
available from the **Audio Configuration** screen in _**Edit**_
mode under **Options.** .. **Audio Presets** .

Volume Components:

- The **Radio resource volume** can be adjusted per radio

using the audio volume button in the upper right
corner of the radio controller.

- The **Select volume** is the volume of radio transmissions
coming from the selected radio controller. When a radio
controller is selected, it is shaded yellow. To
change the **Select volume**, use the Select slider.

- The **Unselect volume** is the volume of radio traffic coming from any unselected
radio controllers. To change the **Unselect volume** adjust the Unselect slider.

- The **Intercom volume** is the volume control for other Dispatch clients. There is an Intercom
volume control and several configuration options that will determine this value. These options
can be configured by an administrator. The Intercom settings can be accessed from the **Audio**
**Configuration** screen in _**Edit**_ mode under **Options.** .. **Audio Presets.**

**29**

Total Call Volume:

- The **Total volume for this call** is the aggregate of all the settings in the volume components
section. This value is also displayed in the Volume column of the Recent History panel.

**30**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **8.3 Notes and Sorting**

Add a note to an event by clicking the button to open the **Note** window. Only the last note added for an
event will be displayed in the **Recent History** window.

The events in the **Recent History** tab can be sorted by clicking on one of the headings.

**31**

The **Missed Calls** panel will display a list of incoming private Radio
calls that have not been responded to from the Dispatcher with a
return private call. When a private call is made from the Dispatcher
to a subscriber in this list, the subscriber will be removed from the
list.

Additional functions are available from the **Missed Calls** panel:

- To disable the missed call panel, press the **Enabled**

label and it will switch to disabled and the missed call panel will turn grey. When
disabled, missed radio transmissions will not be recorded in the missed call panel window.

- To re-enable the missed call panel, press the Disabled label and it will switch to
enabled and the missed call panel will turn white again.

- To cancel a missed call that is listed, select a subscriber from the **Missed Calls** list and then
click the Cancel Missed Call button.

- To play the last incoming audio from a subscriber, select a subscriber from the **Missed Calls** list
and then click the **Play Audio** button.

- To return a private call to a subscriber, select the subscriber from the **Missed Calls** list and
then click the **Call** button.

**32**

Use the **Messages** panel to send and receive text messages between this PC and radio users. It is designed to
function similar to messaging found on a smart mobile device. Two views are available.

##### **10.1 Main Message View**

_**Main**_ _**Message**_ _**View**_ is the default view and shows the last conversation for each radio subscriber, with the
most current conversation at the top.

A conversation can be started by clicking the button. In the **New**
**Text Message** box, choose one or more recipients, and choose an option
for **When to send** from the drop-down list. Finally, type the message,

and then click the button. The new message will be displayed in
the _**Main Message View**_ as a conversation. Message status displayed
along with the message include:

- Sending

- Pending

- No acknowledgement

A message that was sent successfully will display the elapsed time from being sent.

##### **10.2 Conversation View**

Click one of the conversations on the _**Main Message View**_ to see the details of a
_**Conversation**_ . In the _**Conversation View**_, all messages with the selected radio or radio
group will be displayed, along with status information for each message.

Use the button to go back to the _**Main Message View**_ .

To add a reply to this conversion, type the reply into the **Enter Message** text box, and

then press the button.

**33**

##### **11.1 File Menu**

_**11.1.1 Change User**_

Click on **Change User** to open the **Login** window and allow another user to log
into the system.

_**11.1.2 Open**_

Configuration files contain customized screen layouts that can be used for different users of the RadioPro
Dispatch client software. Click on **Open** in the **File** menu to load a saved configuration file.

_**11.1.3 Edit**_

The **Edit** menu item is used by the System Administrator to customize the operation and screen layout of the
RadioPro Dispatch client software.

_**11.1.4 Exit**_

Click on **Exit** in the **File** menu to exit the RadioPro Dispatch client.

**34**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **11.2 Options Menu**

_**11.2.1 Manage IP Gateways**_

The **Manage IP Gateways** window displays the status
of connections to radio resources. The settings in this
window can be altered only by the System
Administrator.

_**11.2.2 Status Table**_

Table headings in the Manage IP Gateways window is defined as follows:

**Address**
IP Address assigned to IP Gateway, and Port Number.

**Name**
Name assigned to IP Gateway.

**Gateway Status**
Indicates ' **Connected** ' and firmware version of IP Gateway, or ' **Not Connected** '.

**Radio Version**

Indicates firmware version of Radio if connected, or ' **Not Connected** '.

**Pri/Sec**
Selects between Primary or Secondary Addresses, and Auto for which ever one is available.

**Date / Time**
Date and Time being used by IP Gateway.

**Record Option**
When checked, allows logging of audio to the database.

**Audio Option**
When checked, allows audio to be heard for this IP Gateway.

**Text Option**
When checked, this option allows text messaging for this IP Gateway.

**35**

_**11.2.3 Actions**_

The following actions are available by right-clicking on an entry in the Status Table.

- **Restart Radio** will restart the Control Station radio connected to the selected IP Gateway

- **Restart Gateway** will restart the selected IP Gateway. The **Gateway Status** will be indicated
as ' **Not Connected** ' for approximately two minutes. Following this period of restarting, verify
that the IP Gateway and Radio indicate a proper connection status.

_**11.2.4 System Problems Box**_

The **System Problems** box at the bottom of the window will describe current system faults, such as
unconnected Radio Resources and License limits.

_**11.2.5 Audio Presets**_

**Audio Presets** may be configured by the System Administrator for various audio devices including speakers,
microphones, and headsets. A 'default' preset uses the PCs default selection for microphone and speakers. All
configured Audio Presets will be listed, with the selected preset indicated with a check mark.

_**11.2.6 Update License**_

When not in _**Edit**_ mode, the **Update License** window can be viewed but cannot be
altered. It will show the **USB Key ID #**, and licensed options.

To export the license file for archiving to another location, click the **Export** button,
and then choose a file name and location.

_**11.2.7 Contacts**_

Click on **Contacts** from the **Options** menu to open the **Subscriber Contacts** window. This window can be
used to add, delete, or edit alias names and other information related to a Radio ID. It can also be used to
create groups of radio subscribers for better organization within the Subscribers window. This information will
be displayed in the **Subscribers** tab.

**36**

_**11.2.8 Editing the Contacts List**_

Use the right side of the **Subscriber Contacts** window to make

changes to contacts. Click the button to add a contact to

the list. Click the button to delete a contact from the list.
This information will be displayed in the **Subscribers** tab.

Table headings in this window are defined as follows:

**ID**

Subscriber Radio ID (digital channel) or MDC code (analog channel)

**Type**

Subscriber type: Digital Group, Digital Private, MDC Group (analog channel), or MDC Private
(analog channel).

**Alias**

Alias name associated with a Subscriber Radio ID

**Assigned Channel**

'Automatic' (default normal mode) allows the system to dynamically assign an IP address of
a Radio Resource. Alternately, a Radio Resource may be permanently assigned to this
Subscriber Radio ID using an IP Address and Port Number.

_**11.2.9 Managing Groups**_

Use the left side of the **Subscriber Contacts** window to make

changes to Groups. Click the button to add a new Group.

Click the button to delete a Group. Click the button
to edit a group's name. This information will be displayed in
the **Subscribers** tab.

**37**

_**11.2.10 Saving the Contacts List**_

Click the **Save** button to save changes to the Contacts and Groups. Changes will be saved to a file named:

```
aliasTable.csv

```

This CSV (Comma Separated Values) file can be viewed and
edited directly using Microsoft Excel by using the link at the
bottom left corner of the **Subscriber Contacts** window.
When saving this file from Microsoft Excel, be certain to save it
as a CSV file.

**38**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **11.3 Help Menu**

Click the help menu for additional application
Information and support

_**11.3.1 About**_

Click on **About** in the **Help** menu to display Part Number
and Version of the RadioPro Dispatch client.

_**11.3.2**_

_**Remote Support**_

If difficulties are experienced with RadioPro Dispatch
and the console PC has Internet access, use this option
to assist our Technical Support department in remotely
logging into the PC.

_**11.3.3 Logs**_

This feature is intended for use by CTI personnel only.

_**11.3.4 ARS / GPS Events**_

This feature is intended for by CTI personnel only.

_**11.3.5 ARS / GPS Events**_

This feature is intended for by CTI personnel only.

**39**

Click the Quick Map button on the **Toolbar** to open the **Quick Map** GPS window. An example Quick Map
is shown below.

**Quick Map Tool**
**Bar**

**Selected**
**Subscriber**

##### **12.1 Selected Subscriber**

One subscriber may be 'Selected' by clicking on its label. When a subscriber is 'Selected', its label (including
radio ID or alias name) will be emphasized, and the following actions are available:

- Make a Private call to the subscriber. (See _**PTT Tool**_ below.)

- Send a Private Text Message to the subscriber/ (See _**Text Messaging Tool**_ below.)

- View the Snap-to-Road route traveled by the subscriber.

- View Timestamp at a location and Speed of Subscriber by hovering over any Trail Crumb.

**40**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **12.2 Call Boxes**

Your radio system may include 2-way radio call boxes. 2-way radio call boxes work with Dispatch in much the
same way as other 2-way radios on your system except they appear on your GPS map as a stationary square.

**41**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **12.3 Toolbar**

The **Toolbar** for the **GPS Window** contains tools for _**Zooming**_, _**Map Type**_, _**Map Presets**_, _**GPS Locate**_, _**Text**_
_**Messaging**_, and _**PTT**_ .

_**12.3.1 Zoom Tools**_

Use the Zoom In and Zoom Out tools, or
optionally, use the mouse scroll wheel for
zooming.

_**12.3.2 Map Type Tool**_

Your System Administrator may have configured
optional Map Types to be available. Click this
tool to display these optional Map Types
including Roads, Satellite, and Hybrid.

_**12.3.3 Map Presets Tool**_

Your System Administrator may have configured
optional Map Presets in order to quickly jump to
various geographic locations with a
predetermined zoom setting. Multiple Map Presets may be configured.

**42**

_**12.3.4 GPS Locate Tool**_

This tool duplicates the function of the **GPS**
**Locate** button located in the **Subscribers** tab.
Before clicking this tool, select a Subscriber from
the **Subscriber List** . Click the **GPS Locate** button to locate the selected subscriber. After clicking this button,
the **GPS Locate** tool will change to the **Locating** tool, with information relating to the selected subscriber.
When the subscriber is located, the GPS window will open, and the subscriber will be positioned at the center
of the GPS map.

_**12.3.5 Text Messaging Tool**_

Use this tool to send a text message to the
subscriber selected on either the **GPS Map**
**Window**, or in the **Subscribers** tab. After
clicking this tool, the **Send Text Message**
window will be displayed as shown at right.

_**12.3.6 PTT Tool**_

Use this tool to make a private call to the
subscriber selected on either the **GPS Map**
**Window**, or in the **Subscribers** tab. Click and
hold this tool for the duration of the call.

**43**

The Archive Viewer may be opened using either of the following methods:

- To open the embedded version of the Archive Viewer from RadioPro Dispatch client, click the

Archive tool on the Toolbar.

- During installation of RadioPro Dispatch, the stand-alone ArchiveViewer.exe is copied to the
installation folder.
From the folder: `C:\Program Files (x86)\RadioPro\`
copy the file named: `ArchiveViewer.exe`
to a PC that requires access to the RadioPro database.

The **Archive Viewer** has major sections indicated below; _**Search Filters**_, _**Search Results**_, _**Event Detail**_, and _**Page**_
_**Navigation Bar**_ .

**File Menu**

**Search Filters**

**Search Results**

**Event Detail**

**Page Navigation Bar**

##### **13.1 Archive Viewer File Menu**

Click **File** to open the **Archive Viewer File Menu.**

_**13.1.1 Open Archive Directory**_

Choose **Open** to change the folder location of the archive
viewer.

**44**

_**13.1.2 Export Archive Records**_

Choose **Export** to open the **Export** window.

- **Export Location:** Type or **Browse** to a
location on disk where a CSV file can be
stored.

- **Record Selection**

`o` **Export selected records:** Use this

**Export Location**

**Record Selection**

**Audio Export**

feature to only export the records
that were selected in the archive
viewer search results. Records can be selected by checking the box in the first column of the
search results window.

`o` **Export Current Page:** Only export records that are on the currently selected page. Each page

will only have 100 results.

`o` **Export all pages:** This will export all of the results from the last archive viewer search.

- **Audio Export**

`o` **No audio export:**

- Information about any audio transmissions will be recorded in the CSV file but the
actual audio will not be exported.

`o` **Export individual audio files:**

- A WAV file for each audio transmission will be saved in the same folder you chose to
save the CSV file.

`o` **Export combined audio file:**

- A single WAV file will be saved in the same folder you chose to save the CSV file. This
WAV file will contain each audio transmission file from the search results.

Press **OK** to begin the export. The CSV file will have the following columns:

Some columns will be blank. As the chart above shows, different record types will only fill in columns where
there is data.

**45**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **13.2 Search Filters Area**

The _**Search Filters Area**_ of the **Archive Viewer Window** allows very flexible searching of the database and
display of the search results using the features described below.

_**13.2.1 Quick Filter Bar**_

The **Quick Filter Bar** contains tools to easily find archive events based on day, time, user, radio channel, or
event type.

_**13.2.2 Preset Time Intervals**_

The **Preset Time Intervals** allows various
selections such as 'Today', 'Yesterday',
'This Week', 'Last Week' and others. To

specify a Preset Time Interval, click the button, and then choose an interval from the drop-down list

_**13.2.3 Custom Time Interval**_

Custom **Start Time** and **End Time** may be
specified for time periods that are not in
the **Preset Time Intervals** list. To specify

a Custom Time Interval, click the button, choose **Custom Interval** from the drop-down list, and then
complete the **Start Time** and **End Time** fields.

_**13.2.4 Event Type(s)**_

One or more Event Types may be selected
as part of the search criteria. Click the **All**
button to quickly select all event types. If
a search is performed with no Event Type selected, the search will include _**all**_ Event Types.

Click the **Notes Only** button to search only for events that have Notes attached to them. Notes are attached to

an event by clicking the **Note** button on the **Recent History** tab.

**46**

_**13.2.5 Custom Search Criteria**_

Use the Custom Search Criteria box to
enter specific details about the events to
be found. Searchable items include
Gateway name, Channel name, Zone name, Alias name, and Alias ID number. The following are some
guidelines for search criteria:

- _**Separate each search detail with a space.**_

- _**Any Terms**_ vs. _**All Terms**_ : If **Any Terms** is selected, searching for **Bob North** will return all
results where either **Bob** **or North** is found.  If **All Terms** is selected, searching for **Bob North**
will return all results where **Bob** **and North** are found in a single record.

- _**Search criteria are NOT case sensitive**_ . For example, a search for **North** is the same as
searching for **NORTH** or for **NoRtH** .

- _**Wild card character (*)**_ : The wild card character can be used to search for zero or more
characters after the end of a search item (and only at the end). Correct search criteria include
**Bob***, or **B*** . **Incorrect** search criteria include **B*b,** or ***ob** .

- _**Double quotes (' ')**_ : Searching for a phrase using double quotes, such as the Gateway name
**'Fire North'** (including the space between the two words), will find the entire phrase within
the double quotes.

- _**Special characters:**_ Any special characters used in naming will be logged to the database.
However, special characters cannot be used as search criteria.

_**13.2.6 Search Examples**_

Correct search criteria to locate Gateway name **Fire North** include:

- **Fire**

- **North**

- **Fire North** (space between Fire and North)

- **North Fire** (space between North and Fire)

- **'Fire' 'North'**

- **F***

- **F* N*** (space between F* and N*)

- **'fire north** _**'**_

**Incorrect** search criteria include: **Fire:North**, **Fir**, **Nor**, **'North Fire'**, **FireNorth, *orth**, **No*th** .

.

**47**

_**13.2.7 Search Button**_

Click the **Search** button to perform a
search for all parameters selected in the
Search Filter Area.

##### **13.3 Search Results Area**

The Search Results Area will display the
records that match the search criteria
specified in the Search Filters Area. The
various sections of the Search Results Area
are described below.

_**13.3.1 Records Found**_

This parameter displays the number of Records Found that match the search criteria.

_**13.3.2 Records Found List**_

This section lists the Records found that match the search criteria.

**48**

##### RadioPro Dispatch  User Guide **13.4 Event Detail Area**

The Event Detail Area lists specifics about the event that is selected in the Search Results Area, and will change
depending if the selected event is a Voice Recording, Subscriber GPS Location, Text Message, or Geo-fence
Event.

_**13.4.1 Voice Recording Detail**_

If the selected event is a Voice Recording,
the Voice Play Tool will be displayed.

Click the Play Button to begin the playback of the selected Voice Recording. Click the Speaker Button

to display the Audio Playback Level slider. Click the 'Save' link to save the audio as a WAV file.

_**13.4.2 Subscriber GPS Location Detail**_

If the selected event is a Subscriber GPS Location, a Toolbar will include Zoom Tools, Map Type Tool, and Map
Presets Tool. In addition, a map will display subscriber details and location for the archived event.

##### **13.5 Page Navigation Area**

Click or to view the
previous or next page of events or click on
a number to view that page.

**49**

##### **14.1 What if One Radio Controller is Grayed-out?**

_**14.1.1 Example Screenshot**_

**One Radio Controller**
**is grayed-out and**
**not connected**

_**14.1.2 Significance**_

When one Radio Controller is darkened as indicated above, it could mean any of the following:

- The network connection between the PC and the IP Gateway has been lost, indicated by 'Can't
connect to Gateway'.

- The IP Gateway is either turned off or is in the process of rebooting.

- The Control Station radio is either disconnected from the IP Gateway, is turned off, or is in the
process of rebooting, indicated by 'Radio Disconnected'.

_**14.1.3 Details**_

Further detail about the connection to an IP Gateway is available by using the information in the **Manage IP**
**Gateways** window as follows:

`o` From the **Options** menu, choose **Manage IP Gateways** .

**50**

`o` In the **Manage IP Gateways** window shown below, the **Gateway Status** will be indicated

either as **Connected** or **Not Connected** . In addition, the **Ratio Status** will be indicated as
either 'Connected' when its version is displayed, or **Radio not connected** .

_**14.1.4 Corrective Actions**_

**Gateway Status is 'Connected' and Radio Version is '** **Radio not connected** **'**

- Verify that the Control Station radio is powered on.

- Verify that the Control Station radio is physically connected to the IP Gateway using the
supplied cable.

- Verify that a programming cable is **NOT** connected to the front mic connector of the Control
Station radio. If a programming cable is connected to the front mic connector, remove it, and
then reboot the radio.

**Gateway Status is '** **Not Connected** **' and Radio Version is '** **Radio not connected** **'**

- Verify that power is connected to the IP Gateway.

- Verify that the blue Power light on the front of the IP Gateway is illuminated.

- Verify that the IP Gateway is accessible to the RadioPro software by using the Ping function
from a Windows command prompt.

- Look into the left-side vent holes of the IP Gateway and observe the red LED:

`o` A non-blinking LED indicates that the IP Gateway has completed its rebooting sequence and

is running normally.

`o` A blinking LED indicates that the IP Gateway is rebooting. Rebooting should be completed

within 2 minutes. If rebooting is not completed within 2 minutes, return unit to CTI
Products for repair.

**51**

_**14.1.5 What if All Radio Controllers are Grayed-out?**_

_**14.1.6 Example Screenshot**_

**All Radio Controllers**
**are grayed-out and**
**not connected**

_**14.1.7 Significance**_

When all Radio Controllers are darkened as indicated above, it could mean any of the following:

- Power has been removed from all IP Gateways.

- The network connection between the PC and the IP Gateways has been lost.

- A USB Hardware Key is not installed in the PC.

- A Software License that matches the USB Hardware Key is not installed.

- Temporary License has expired

_**14.1.8 Corrective Actions**_

**Power has been removed from IP Gateways**

- Verify that the IP Gateways have power and are powered on.

**Network Connection has been Lost**

- Verify that the IP Gateways are accessible to the RadioPro software by using the Ping function
from a Windows command prompt.

- Verify that the IP Gateway is accessible to the RadioPro software by using the ICU.exe utility.

**A USB Hardware Key is not installed**

- Verify that the USB Hardware Key is installed.

- Remove the USB Hardware Key and verify that the Windows alert tone for USB disconnection is
heard.

**52**

- Re-insert the USB Hardware Key and verify that the Windows alert tone for USB connection is
heard.

**Software License is not installed or is incorrect**

- Verify that a correct Software License is installed by using the following steps:

`o` From the **Options** menu, choose **Update License** .

`o` In the **Update License** window, verify that the _**USB Key Id**_ matches the serial number

engraved on the USB Hardware Key.

`o` In the **Update License** window, verify that **Connections** is correct for the number of Radio

Controllers.

_**14.1.9 What if the Transmit Error Window is displayed?**_

_**14.1.10 Example Screenshot**_

_**14.1.11 Significance**_

The above window may be displayed when a PTT button is activated, and if the microphone selected for
transmitting is not connected. This can occur if a microphone has been disconnected from the Dispatch PC, or
if a microphone has been replaced by another microphone.

_**14.1.12 Corrective Actions**_

**Determine if a microphone is connected**

- Determine if the Windows operating system recognizes a microphone connected to the PC by
using the following steps:

`o` In the Windows System Tray located at the lower-right corner of the Windows screen,

right-click on the tool, and then choose **Recording devices** . The following **Sound**

**Recording** properties window will be displayed.

**53**

`o` If the microphone does not appear in the above window, ensure that it is connected to the

PC.

`o` If the microphone appears in the above window, speak into the microphone and notice the

response of the sound level indicator. The Sound Level Indicator should reach at least 50%
with normal voice volume.

**Check Microphone Configuration in RadioPro Dispatch Client**

- With the microphone connected, it is possible that the configuration in the RadioPro Dispatch
client is incorrect. Use the following steps to verify correct configuration:

`o` From the **Options** menu, choose **Audio Presets**, and then verify that the correct preset is

selected.

`o` Retest the microphone function in RadioPro Dispatch. If needed, ask the System

Administrator to continue with the remaining steps.

`o` From the **File** menu, choose **Edit** .

`o` From the **Options** menu, choose **Audio Presets**, and then choose **Config** .

`o` Click on the **Devices** tab to display the following window.

`o` In the **Devices** tab shown above, verify that the **Mic In** parameter is correct for the Preset

being examined.

`o` Click **Save Settings** to exit the **Audio Configuration** window.

**54**

_**15.1.1 Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems**_

Depending on MOTOTRBO System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to
determine if a feature discussed in this document is not available.

|System Type<br>Feature|Analog|Conv.<br>Digital|Cap +|IP Site<br>Connect|Linked<br>Cap +|Connect<br>Plus|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voice Dispatch**|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓ <br>|
|**Text**<br>**Messaging**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|- <br>|
|**GPS Mapping**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|- <br>|
|**ARS**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|-|
|**Private Call**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote**<br>**Monitor**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote**<br>**Enable/Disable**|- <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Telephone**<br>**interconnect**<br>**Rec/Mon**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**55**

_**15.1.2 Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems**_

Depending on NEXEDGE System Type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to
determine if a feature discussed in this document is available.

|System<br>Type|Analog|Analog<br>w/<br>FleetSyn|Digital<br>NXDN|Digital<br>NXDN<br>w/ call ack.|NXDN<br>& LTR<br>Trunking|NXDN<br>Trunking<br>(MsgTrnkd)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voice Dispatch**|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Text**<br>**Messaging**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**GPS Mapping**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Status Updates**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Selective**<br>**Calling**|-|✓|✓|**Not**<br>**Currently**<br>**Supported**|✓|**Not**<br>**Currently**<br>**Supported**|
|**Remote**<br>**Monitor**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|**Remote**<br>**Enable/Disable**|-|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**56**

###### **A**

Add Note Button, 11, 26, 28, 31, 46

Alias Name, 37

Alias Table, 38

All-Call Tool Button, 11

All-Emergency Button, 11

Archive Map, 44

Archive Viewer Window, 44

Assigned Channel, 37

Audio Preset, 9, 10, 36, 54

###### **B**

Building a Dispatch Layout, 14

###### **C**

Call Alert Button, 25

call boxes, 41

Call Select Tool Button, 11

Change User, 34

Connected, 35, 36, 51

Connection Status Indicators, 19

Control Station Radio, 13

Creating a New Layout, 14

CSV Format (comma separated values), 38

Custom Time Interval, 46

###### **D**

Devices Tab, 54

**Diagnosing Volume Issues**, 28

Dispatch Settings, 28

GPS Locate Tool Button, 25, 42, 43

GPS Mapping, 40, 43

Groups, 6, 11, 14, 36, 37, 38

###### **I**

IP Gateway, 6, 19, 35, 36, 50, 51, 52

###### **K**

Key

USB Hardware, 52, 53

###### **L**

Levels Tab, 10

License

Export, 36

Update, 36, 53

USB Key, 36

Login, 7, 34

Logs, 39

###### **M**

Manage Devices Window, 13, 35, 50, 51

Map Presets Tool Button, 42, 49

Map Type Tool Button, 42, 49

Menu

Emergency, 11, 13

Event Types, 46

Notes Only, 46

Geo-fence, 27, 49

Geo-fences, 49

###### **E** **G**

**57**

File, 34

Help, 39

Options, 9, 35

Overview, 6

Page Navigation Bar, 44

Patch, 18

Play Button, 49

Pocket Mobile App, 6

Preset Time Interval, 46

Private Call, 40

PTT Tool Button, 40, 43

Quick Filter Bar, 46

Radio Check Button, 25

###### **O** **P** **Q** **R**

Radio Controller, 9, 11, 14, 17, 18, 19, 50, 52, 53

Radio Controller tab, 7

Radio Disconnected, 19, 50

Radio ID, 17, 18, 26, 36, 37

Recent History tab, 7, 28, 31, 46

Records Found, 48

Remote Disable Button, 25

Remote Enable Button, 25

Remote Monitor Button, 25

Reports, 12

Restart Gateway, 36

Restart Radio, 13, 36

###### **S**

Show Console, 39

Snap-to-Road Route, 40

Sorting, 26

Subscriber Contacts, 36, 37, 38

Subscriber List Sub-folder, 26, 43

Subscribers tab, 24

###### **T**

Text Messaging, 6, 7, 42, 43

Tool Bar, 9, 10, 12, 13, 17, 40, 42, 44, 47, 49

Tool Buttons, custom, 11, 12

Toolbar, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 40, 42, 44, 47, 49

Toolbar Buttons, custom, 11, 12

Transmit Error, 53

###### **V**

Version, 1, 39, 51

Voice and Event Logging, 6, 12, 28

Volume Adjustments

Receive, 18

Select Receive, 9, 11

Unselect Receive, 9

Volume Info button, 28

###### **W**

Warning

Disk Storage Caution, 12

###### **X**

XPR4550, 13

###### **Z**

Zoom, 42, 49

**58**


## RadioPro Dispatch Demo Installation and Test Drive

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-demo-installation-and-test-drive.pdf
Document type: PDF, 35 pages

#### **CTI Products**

#### **RadioPro(TM) Dispatch Demo Installation and Test Drive**

**==> picture [127 x 23] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
hig f -- z<br>EE <a<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>

#### **For Version 9 Software**

#### **Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office.  Parts for service can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc. 1211 W Sharon Rd Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900 support@ctiproducts.com

#### **Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy.  However, no guarantee is expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

#### **Fonts used in this document:**

#### _**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_ Warnings _Notes and important information_

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

#### Contents

**RADIOPRO DISPATCH OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................. 5**

**DEMO RADIO SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................................ 6 QUICK START ........................................................................................................................................................................ 7 WHAT'S WHAT? .................................................................................................................................................................... 9** MAIN TOOLBAR ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9 _Audio Controls ................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Custom Action Buttons ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 Quick Map, Archive, and Reports Toolbar Buttons ......................................................................................................... 11 Disk Storage Caution Symbol ........................................................................................................................................... 11 Emergency Events ............................................................................................................................................................ 11_ VOICE TAB(S) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 12 _Making a Voice Call to a Talk Group .............................................................................................................................. 12 Receiving a Call ............................................................................................................................................................... 13 Connection Status Indicators ........................................................................................................................................... 13_ SUBSCRIBERS PANEL ............................................................................................................................................................. 14 _Making a Group or Private Call ...................................................................................................................................... 14 Sorting the Subscriber List ............................................................................................................................................... 14 Searching for a Subscriber ............................................................................................................................................... 14 Subscriber Action Buttons ................................................................................................................................................ 15_ MISSED CALLS PANEL........................................................................................................................................................... 16 RECENT HISTORY PANEL ...................................................................................................................................................... 16 GPS MAP TAB(S) .................................................................................................................................................................. 17 _Selected Subscriber .......................................................................................................................................................... 17 Subscriber Details ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 Subscriber Actions ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 Map Toolbar buttons ........................................................................................................................................................ 18 More Map Features .......................................................................................................................................................... 19 Quick Map ........................................................................................................................................................................ 20_ GEO-FENCE ALERTS PANEL .................................................................................................................................................. 22 MESSAGES PANEL ................................................................................................................................................................. 23 _Main Message View.......................................................................................................................................................... 23 Conversation View ........................................................................................................................................................... 23_ MENUS .................................................................................................................................................................................. 24 _File Menu ......................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Options Menu ................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Help Menu ........................................................................................................................................................................ 26_ ARCHIVE VIEWER ................................................................................................................................................................. 27 _Search Filters Area .......................................................................................................................................................... 27 Search Results Area.......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Event Detail Area ............................................................................................................................................................. 28 Page Navigation Area ...................................................................................................................................................... 29_ **WHAT IF . . . .......................................................................................................................................................................... 30** _What if One Radio Controller is Grayed-out? ................................................................................................................. 30 What if All Radio Controllers are Grayed-out? ............................................................................................................... 31 What if the Transmit Error Window is displayed? ........................................................................................................... 32_

**3**

**FEATURE AVAILABILITY ................................................................................................................................................ 34** _Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems ....................................................................................................................................... 34 Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems .......................................................................................................................................... 34_ **INDEX ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 35**

**4**

#### **RADIOPRO DISPATCH OVERVIEW**

**RadioPro Dispatch** is a Windows(R) based console solution for applications requiring connection to many **MOTOTRBO** or **NEXEDGE** digital talk groups or analog channels. It is designed with an intuitive user interface to minimize learning time and maximize a user's efficiency. A host of accessories are available to implement an enterprise solution; including desk microphones, headsets, footswitches, and touch screens – all with PTT capabilities. Depending on the license purchased, features of RadioPro Dispatch may include:

- Voice dispatching for 1 to 50 digital talk groups or analog channels

- GPS mapping of radio subscriber units

- Text messaging

- Voice and event logging and playback

- Telemetry

- Remote I/O

- Reverse Geocoding

- Call boxes with Avigilon CCTV Integration

A system may have a mixture of Dispatch, and Solo Clients running on PCs, as well as RadioPro Talk for mobile running on iOS and Android devices.  Dispatch, Solo, and RadioPro Talk can be centrally located or scattered among different locations.

One or more IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network, ensuring easy wide-area deployment without configuring server PCs.  One IP Gateway is required for each digital talk group or analog channel to be communicated with simultaneously.  The IP Gateways and control station radios can be centrally located or scattered among different locations.

**5**

#### **DEMO RADIO SYSTEM**

A demo radio system is installed at our Cincinnati location and is depicted below.  Any software that is downloaded from our site will be configured to communicate with this demo radio system.  A user can then communicate with us using one of the applications mentioned in the previous sections of this document.

**6**

#### **QUICK START**

Use the following steps to quickly download and install RadioPro Dispatch client software for demonstration purposes. Once installed, the RadioPro Dispatch client software will be preconfigured to communicate with our demo radio system in Cincinnati Ohio.  A small number of steps will be required to make the RadioPro Dispatch client fully functional on your Windows(R) PC or notebook.

1. Download the RadioPro demo client using the following link: http://ctiproducts.com/SoftwareDownloads/RadioPro/RadioPro_Dispatch_v9.exe

2. Install the RadioPro Dispatch client by running the file downloaded in Step 1.

- a. Choose the appropriate language when the Select Language window is displayed, and then click the **OK** button.

- b. Choose defaults for all other prompts.

3. The RadioPro Dispatch client must have the **Run as Administrator** parameter enabled. For Windows 8 and 10, use the following steps:

- a. Right-click on the _**RadioPro Dispatch**_ icon on the desktop, then click **Properties** from the menu.

- b. On the **Shortcut** tab, click the **Advanced** button, place a check in the box for **Run as administrator** and then click the **OK** button on this **Advanced Properties** window.

- c. Finally, click the **OK** button at the bottom of the **RadioPro Dispatch Properties** window.

4. Run the RadioPro Dispatch client by double-clicking the icon on the Windows desktop.

5. When the **Import License** window is displayed, click **Start demo mode** as shown at right.

6. On the **Choose a demo** window, choose **All features** to be able to experience both Voice and GPS/AVL capabilities.

A typical startup screen will appear as shown below.  Four channels will appear in the Radio Controller tab named ' **Voice – Expanded** '.  Another tab named ' **Voice – Simple** ' shows the same four channels, but with less features.

This main window can later be customized to show or hide any of the listed panels, reposition panels, or even

**==> picture [486 x 181] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Toolbar<br>¥ @ y tC]<br>Map Tabs<br>Subscribers List  - Me c Me ~ -- Ge Text Messaging &<br>. TECH TES Door Closed Missed Calls<br>Tabs<br>Radio Controller<br>Tabs for Voice  PTT for Group Calls<br>Channels  : oo oy Ye ry deme y demo 2) Demo yy 30000<br>= SOS toe e os 8 oa fr hiseees<br>= wi ne o = 9 5 1p 30001<br>Recent History &<br>Geo-fence Alerts<br>Tabs  snnans tevin welch Yi] G areas en 4/n2,2% ctotrbo Com demo First Digital X Private Call to (3088<br>PTT for Private<br>Calls<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>

**7**

undock certain panels to another monitor.

7. Configure audio input (microphone or headset) and output (speakers or headset) devices to allow communication with other demo users and CTI Products.  If using a notebook, the internal microphone and speakers may be used. If better sound quality is desired, plug in a USB microphone or headset before performing the following steps.

- a. Change to Edit mode: **File** > **Edit**

- b. Open the Devices tab of the Audio Configuration window: **Options** > **Audio Presets** > **Configure** > **Devices** The window at right will be displayed.

- c. For the **Default** preset, choose a microphone from the **Mic In** drop-down list.

- d. In addition, choose an output device from the drop-down lists for **Select Out** , **Unselect Out** , and **Intercom Out** .  For demo purposes, a common device should be selected for all three.

- e. Click the **Save** button.

8. Voice recording/playback can be configured if a secondary storage device is available.  Note that the C:\ (operating system) partition cannot be used as a target for recordings.  Viable options for storing recordings are a 2[nd] disk or partition on the local PC, or a network location. For demonstration purposes only, a USB thumb drive may be used. Use the follow steps to configure a recording destination:

- a. If not already in Edit mode, change to Edit mode: **File** > **Edit**

- b. Open the History Logging page of the Dispatch Settings window: **Options** > **Dispatch Settings** > **History Logging**

- c. Place a check mark in the **Enable logging of events and audio** box, click the button to select a storage location, and then click the **Apply** button.

9. Change to Lock mode and save the configuration: **File** > **Lock**

**8**

#### **WHAT'S WHAT?**

#### **Main Toolbar**

The **Main Toolbar** on the main window contains tools for **Audio levels** , as well as standard and custom buttons as described below.

#### _**Audio Controls**_

#### _**Initial Settings**_

Use the audio sliders on the **Main Toolbar** to adjust audio levels for **Mic** transmit audio, **Select** receive audio and **Unselect** receive audio.   A VU meter is located next to the **Mic** audio slider to visually determine the loudness of outgoing transmissions.

Begin by selecting an **Audio Preset** from the **Options Menu** . **Audio Presets** may be configured by the System Administrator for various audio devices including speakers, microphones, and headsets.  A 'default' preset uses the PCs default selection for microphone and speakers.

Make initial volume settings as follows:

- In the **Main Toolbar** , adjust the **Mic** and **Select** sliders to 100%, and the **Unselect** slider to 50%.

- In each **Radio Controller** , click on the speaker tool, and adjust the slider to 100%.

- If desk speakers are installed for receive audio, use the control knob on the desk speakers to adjust the overall speaker volume to 50%.

#### _**Mic Audio Transmit Slider and VU Meter**_

Various microphones and headsets may be connected to the Dispatch PC for transmitting audio.  Only one active device can be used at any given time, determined by the selection in **Options . . . Audio Presets** .

While clicking on a PTT button, speak into the microphone or headset and view the microphone audio level displayed on the VU meter (located on the **Main Toolbar** next to the **Mic** slider).  For optimum sound level, the meter should reach into the yellow area 10-50% of the duration.  The red area indicates clipping and distortion, and should be avoided.  To adjust **Mic** volume level, click and drag the slider to the desired level.

If a headset is being used, it may also have a volume adjustment.

#### **System Administrator Adjustment**

If a wider range of adjustment is needed, the System Administrator can adjust the microphone transmit audio level by right-clicking the speaker tool in the Windows system tray to display the Operating System Volume Mixer.

- For Windows 8.1, choose **Recording Devices** from the drop-down list.  On the **Recording** tab, double-click the appropriate microphone, and then adjust the slider on the **Levels** tab.

- For Windows 10, choose **Open Sound Settings** from the drop-down list. Within the Sounds Settings window, under Input, choose the desired input device and then click the Device properties link. The volume can be adjusted from the Device Properties window.

**9**

#### _**Select and Unselect Audio Sliders**_

One or more Radio Controllers can be 'Selected' to have their audio received at the 'Select' audio level, determined by the **Select** volume slider that is located in the **Main Toolbar** .

To adjust **Select** or **Unselect** volume levels, click and drag the slider to the desired level.  Typically, the **Select** audio will be set at 100%, and the **Unselect** audio will be set at a value less than 100%.

There are various ways to adjust incoming volume:

- For any **Radio Controller** , click on the speaker tool in the **Radio Controller** window header to show the volume slider for this radio channel.  Click and drag the slider to the desired level.  Double-click the speaker tool to toggle between mute and un-mute states.

- To adjust 'Select' and 'Unselect' volume levels, use the **Select** or **Unselect** volume sliders on the **Main Toolbar** .  Click and drag the slider to the desired level.

- If desk speakers are installed, use the Volume knob to adjust the speaker volume.

#### **System Administrator Adjustment**

If a wider range of adjustment is needed, the System Administrator can adjust the overall speaker volume by right-clicking the speaker tool in the Windows system tray, then clicking on **Playback** ===. **Devices** to display the Operating System Volume Mixer.  The volume sliders eee tOi F osvani24:57PM should normally be set to 100%. ,

#### _**Custom Action Buttons**_

The **Main Toolbar** can hold toolbar buttons that have been configured by your System Administrator.  Toolbar buttons can be defined for a wide range of actions and will have custom labels. A few of the more common uses for toolbar buttons are described below.

#### _**Call Selected**_

A toolbar button may be configured to make a call to one or more 'Selected' Talk Groups.  'Select' a single Talk Group by clicking on the header portion of the Radio Controller.  'Select' multiple Talk Groups by holding down the Ctrl key on the keyboard, and clicking on the header portion of various Radio Controllers. (Note that the Radio Controller header will be shaded yellow when 'Selected'.)

To make a voice call to the 'Selected' channel(s), click and hold the **Call Selected** toolbar button while speaking into the microphone.  If a touch-screen is installed, this can also be done by touching and holding the button on the touch screen.  In addition, a pushbutton on a desk microphone or footswitch may have been configured to activate the 'Call Selected' function.

#### _**All Call**_

A toolbar button may be configured to make a call to all radio subscribers in the radio system.  To initiate an All Call to every subscriber in the radio system, click and hold the **All Call** toolbar button while speaking into a microphone or headset.  All Call voice messages are queued in memory, and then sent when a channel is clear. This ensures that every subscriber receives the entire message. If a touch-screen is installed, this can also be done by touching and holding the button on the touch screen.

#### _**All Emergency**_

A toolbar button may be configured to activate the emergency tone on each radio in the system.

**10**

#### _**Quick Map, Archive, and Reports Toolbar Buttons**_

The **Map Toolbar** contains buttons for **Quick Map** , **Archive** , and **Reports** .  Clicking one of these buttons will open a window to view information for those functions.  The **Archive** and **Reports** buttons may be grayed out and unavailable if History Logging has not been configured. See later in this document for details on these buttons.

#### _**Disk Storage Caution Symbol**_

RadioPro Dispatch continuously calculates the remaining amount of storage on the hard disk partition specified by the System Administrator for logging of Voice files, Text Messages, and other radio system events.  If less ates than two weeks of storage remains on the hard disk partition, a caution symbol will be displayed on the right side Warning of the **Main Toolbar** .  If the hard disk partition becomes full, logging will no longer take place.  To allow continued logging, the System Administrator must remove unwanted files, or transfer them to permanent storage media.

#### _**Emergency Events**_

#### _**Indicators**_

When an emergency is initiated from a subscriber, the following indications help to quickly identify the channel and subscriber:

- An Emergency Notification Tool is placed in the **Main Toolbar** .  This tool can be used to respond to the radio user that initiated the emergency.  It is also used to clear the emergency.

- A red emergency icon is visible in the Subscribers Window, next to the subscriber who initiated the emergency.

- An audio alarm signal is activated.

#### _**Operation**_

The following actions can be used to acknowledge an emergency condition by clicking on the emergency tool being displayed in the **Main Toolbar** :

- PTT – The top portion of the Emergency Notification Tool in the **Main Toolbar** can be used as a PTT to return a private call to the radio user that initiated the emergency.  Clicking on this button will silence the audio alarm signal for this emergency, and then place a private call to the radio that initiated the emergency.

- Options – The bottom portion of the Emergency Notification Tool can be used to remove the visual and audio indicators for this emergency.

#### _**Clearing an Emergency State of a Control Station Radio**_

The System Administrator can configure the way in which an emergency state is cleared in the Control Station radio.  One option will clear the emergency state when **Remove** is selected from the emergency drop-down list as shown above.

Another method requires that the Control Station radio be manually reset after an Emergency has been **Removed** (cleared). This is accomplished by using the following steps:

1. From the **Options** menu, choose **Manage Devices** .

2. Right-click the radio where the emergency state must be cleared, and then choose **Restart Radio** .

**11**

#### **Voice Tab(s)**

Voice tabs hold Radio Controllers and are customized by your System Administrator to show optional features such as radio programmable buttons and status information. Radio Controllers can also be customized with border colors to help organize and highlight certain radio Talk Groups.

#### _**Making a Voice Call to a Talk Group**_

To initiate a voice call to an entire radio Talk Group, use the **PTT** button on a **Radio Controller Window** . Use the PC's mouse to click and hold the **PPT** while speaking into a microphone or headset.  If a touch-screen is installed, touch and hold the **PTT** .  In addition, a PTT pushbutton on a desk microphone or footswitch may have been configured to activate a call to a particular Talk Group.

#### _**Transmit Indicators**_

When a PTT is activated on a Radio Controller, the following indications are visible:

- The **PTT** button background color changes to red.

- The _**Transmitting**_ icon is displayed.

- The icon for either a _**private call**_ or _**group call**_ is displayed.

- Text is displayed to indicate the Radio ID or Group ID as well as the alias name of the subscriber or group.

#### _**Adjusting Transmit Volume**_

Use the **Mic** audio slider on the **Main Toolbar** to adjust the transmitted audio.  A VU meter is located next to the **Mic** audio slider to visually determine the loudness of outgoing transmissions.

#### _**Patching**_

If enabled by the System Administrator, the **Patch** button will be added to the header of the Radio Controller, enabling the creation of a patch between a pair of Talk Groups.  When a patch is created, transmit and receive voice traffic will be shared by both Talk Groups.  In addition, a voice call placed by the dispatcher to one of the patched Talk Groups will be heard by both Talk Groups in the patch.

To create a patch, click the button (until it is highlighted as shown at right) on the two Radio Controllers that are to be patched together.  Patching is limited to a single pair of Talk Groups for the entire RadioPro system.

If this option is enabled for Radio Controllers on other Dispatch clients, patch status will be displayed on these other clients.

**12**

#### _**Receiving a Call**_

#### _**Adjusting the Receive Volume**_

Click the speaker tool in the header portion of the Radio Controller to make an adjustment to the receive-audio level for a Talk Group.  Double-click the speaker tool to switch the audio level between muted and un-muted.

#### _**Receive Indicators**_

When a call is received, the Radio Controller will indicate the following:

- The _**Receiving**_ icon is displayed.

- The icon for either a _**private call**_ or _**group call**_ is displayed.

- Text is displayed to indicate the Radio ID or Group ID as well as the alias name of the subscriber or group.

#### _**Connection Status Indicators**_

#### _**Radio Disconnected**_

When an IP Gateway cannot communicate with the connected Control Station radio, the Radio Controller background is shaded dark gray, and 'Radio Disconnected' is displayed.

#### _**Can't Connect to Gateway**_

When the RadioPro Dispatch client cannot communicate with the connected IP Gateway, the Radio Controller background is shaded dark gray, and 'Can't connect to Gateway' is displayed.

**13**

#### **Subscribers Panel**

The **Subscribers** panel lists radio subscriber and subscriber groups.  In addition to the Radio ID, the list may also contain alias names for radio subscribers.

The **Subscribers** tab may also contain buttons to perform specific functions as described below.

#### _**Making a Group or Private Call**_

To initiate a group or private voice call using the **Subscribers** tab, select a Group or Private subscriber, and then click and hold the **PTT** button at the bottom of this window while speaking into a microphone or headset.  Alternatively, if a touch-screen is installed, touch and hold the **PTT** button on the screen.

#### _**Sorting the Subscriber List**_

Click the tool near the top of the Subscribers tab to sort the subscriber list numerically

by **Radio ID** .  Click it again to sort in reverse order.  Note that the button changes to and indicates a reverse order sort.

Click the button to show a list of sorting options; 'Sort by ID' and 'Sort by Name'. faz] [z-a] When 'Sort by Name' is selected, the sort button changes to , or for reverse sorting.

#### _**Searching for a Subscriber**_

Click the tool near the top of the Subscribers tab to show the Search box.  Type characters in the Search box for a subscriber radio ID or an alias name.  Click the 4 tool to clear the typed characters from the Search box.

**14**

#### _**Subscriber Action Buttons**_

Additional subscriber actions are available at the bottom of the Subscribers tab, including the following.

#### _**GPS Locate**_

Click the **GPS Locate** button to locate the selected subscriber.  After clicking this button, the Quick Map icon on the **Map Toolbar** will display a countdown to locate the radio subscriber.  If a GPS response message is received from the subscriber radio, the Quick Map window will open, and the subscriber will be positioned at the center of the map.

#### _**Radio Check**_

Click the **Radio Check** button to determine if a radio is accessible, and the talk group or channel currently being used. A **Check Radio** window will be displayed to

indicate the subscriber's availability.

#### _**Call Alert**_

Click the **Call Alert** button to activate the alert tone on a subscriber radio.  The alert tone will sound on the subscriber radio until the user responds to it.

#### _**Remote Monitor**_

Click the **Remote Monitor** button to remotely key-up a subscriber radio.  This function must be enabled in the subscriber radio to allow this function.  If function is enabled, the radio will key-up for a period of time configured in the radio.

#### _**Remote Enable and Disable**_

Click the **Remote Disable** button to power down a subscriber radio and cause it to be unable to power up.  Click the **Remote Enable** button to remove this restriction for a subscriber radio.

**15**

#### **Missed Calls Panel**

The **Missed Calls** panel will display a list of incoming private calls that have not been responded to from the Dispatcher with a return private call. When a private call is made from the Dispatcher to a subscriber in this list, the subscriber will be removed from the list.

Additional functions are available from the **Missed Calls** panel:

- To cancel a missed call that is listed, select a subscriber from the **Missed Calls** list and then click the Cancel Missed Call button.

- To play the last incoming audio from a subscriber, select a subscriber from the **Missed Calls** list and then click the **Play Audio** button.

- To return a private call to a subscriber, select the subscriber from the **Missed Calls** list and then click the **Call** button.

#### **Recent History Panel**

The **Recent History** panel includes the most recent events of the radio system, including voice calls, text messages, call alerts, and emergencies. The number of events displayed in this window can be configured by your System Administrator, between 1 and 500.

- To replay audio, click a voice event (indicated by a speaker tool), F and then click the Play button at the top of this window.  If

the Play button and the Note button are grayed-out, the selected audio event has not been logged to the hard disk

because **History Logging** has not been configured.  In this case, the System Administrator must configure **History Logging** using the **Dispatch Settings** window, found in the **Options** menu.

An alternative method for replaying audio is to double-click a voice event that appears in the **Recent History** tab.

- Add a note to an event by clicking the button to open the **Note** window.  Only the last note added for an event will be displayed in the **Recent History** window.

- The events in the **Recent History** tab can be sorted by clicking on one of the headings.

**16**

#### **GPS Map Tab(s)**

GPS map tabs are configured during installation and occupy a space on the desktop determined by the System Administrator.  They can be configured to be docked to the Main Window using tabs or can be configured to be undocked in separate windows. The GPS map tab shown below shows the following features:

- Geo-fence – 'Polygon 1' outlined in green is a geo-fence that defines the city limits.

- Geo-fence – 'Route 1' outlined in pink is a geo-fence that defines a route.

- Location – A green circle denotes the current location for radio subscriber 9083.

- Trail Crumbs – The blue line is the route taken by this subscriber.  Hover the mouse over any grey circle on this route to display the date and time that this subscriber was at this location.

- Subscriber Status Bar – Information is displayed at the bottom of the GPS map tab for the selected subscriber including current speed (or duration of stop), street address, and time since last GPS update.

#### _**Selected Subscriber**_

One subscriber may be 'Selected' by clicking on its label.  When a subscriber is 'Selected', its label (including radio ID or alias name) will be emphasized, and the following actions are available:

- Make a Private call to the subscriber. (See _**PTT Tool**_ below.)

- Send a Private Text Message to the subscriber/ (See _**Text Messaging Tool**_ below.)

- View the Snap-to-Road route traveled by the subscriber.

- View Time-stamp at a location and Speed of Subscriber by hovering over any Trail Crumb.

**17**

#### _**Subscriber Details**_

Select a subscriber, either by clicking a subscriber icon on the map or by choosing a subscriber in the **Subscribers panel** . Note that the current position of the selected subscriber is a green circle to indicate movement, or a red stop sign to indicate stopped. Notice that Trail Crumbs are shown for this selected subscriber for the last 30 minutes. (This time is configurable by the System Administrator using the **Edit** mode.) Hover over any waypoint (grey circle) on a subscriber's route to show date, time, and speed at this point.

View detailed information for this subscriber in the **Subscriber Status Bar** located at the bottom of the map.  Information will include street address, rate of travel (or stopped time), and time since last GPS update.

Click the icon to open _**Google Street View**_ to see the features that a subscriber could see at this location.

Click the icon to copy the information in the **Subscriber Status Bar** to the Windows _**Clipboard**_ .  This information may then be pasted into other applications, such as email, text messaging, and Microsoft Office.

#### _**Subscriber Actions**_

#### _**Select a Subscriber**_

Select a subscriber, either by clicking on an icon on the map or a subscriber in the **Subscribers panel** .

#### _**Make a Private Call**_

Use the **PTT** button at the bottom of the **Subscribers panel** to make a private call to this subscriber.

#### _**Send a Text Message**_

While a subscriber is selected, the **Messages panel** can be used to send a private text message to this selected subscriber.

#### _**Map Toolbar buttons**_

#### _**Subscriber Visibility Button**_

Click the **Visibility** button to select which subscribers should be visible on the selected map.  A window will be displayed that looks very similar to the **Subscribers** tab.  However, the **Visible Subscribers** window adds control for visibility.  Visibility may be toggled on and off individually by clicking a subscriber's visibility icon as shown at right, or as a group by clicking the icon for that group. Three versions of this symbol will indicate visiblity as indicated below:

|Symbol|Groups|Subscribers|
|---|---|---|
||All members are<br>visible|Subscriber is visible|
|(c)|Some members<br>are visible||
||No members are<br>visible|Subscriber is not visible|

#### _**Center (Subscribers on Map) Button**_

Click the **Center** button to zoom and reposition the map in order to show all visible subscribers on the selected map.

**18**

#### _**Follow (the Visible Subscribers) Button**_

Click the **Follow** button to keep the selected subscriber centered in the selected map.

#### _**Map Presets Button**_

Click the top portion of the **Map Presets** = button to return the selected map to the indicated preset as configured by the System Administrator.

Click the arrow on the lower portion of this button to list other presets that have been configured by the System Administrator.  Click on one of the items in the list to switch the selected map to a new preset.

#### _**Map Type Button**_

Click the **Map Type** button to list Map Types that have been enabled by the System Administrator.

#### _**More Map Features**_

Right-click a point on the GPS map to display the menu shown at right.

#### _**Place Markers**_

Choose **Add Place Marker** to add a marker to the map.  Using the Add Place Marker window, customize the marker for marker Display Name, Radius, and color.  A marker with the chosen parameters will be shown on the GPS map.

Choose **Clear Place Markers** to remove all Place Markers from this GPS map.

#### _**Quick Reports**_

When a subscriber is selected, choose **Quick Reports** to show the menu options for reports for this subscriber.  Available reports include _**Position Report**_ and _**Stopped Report**_ .

**19**

#### _**Quick Map**_

Click the Quick Map button on the **Main Toolbar** to open the **Quick Map** GPS window. An example Quick Map is shown below.

**==> picture [488 x 153] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
x s = re 'eo! Quick Map<br>Zoom In Zoom Out Google Map Cincinnati GPS Locate Text PTT Follow Tool Bar<br>%,%, HeatsMonfort Sous, %2, Tweeters2 é= St Bernard =:C2<br>% 2 - Cra] ' *ee, : % 9 ButtercupValley Preserve 3 all<br>Westwood > ai Mt Airy ae % Northside St Bemard pul<br>North Bridgetown Northem Bg> fon + 3z 'Salway Park. G<br>North z Deoun % * cSDu. 2a Paddock<br>Selected  Taylor Ra BridgetownNorn -- a i ' ve Rokk se SE Mitchel Ave North Hills,<br>Subscriber  priaget(TM)'rs --2 = (9081i gona cette Mtae Si Avondale<br>e ieee al§ (ea)fC C) East umminsville 5)CA { note§ Clifton| 2><br>WerkRa r]$ alot ?4 éE$ Mottana Ave--62 Westwood Vinee!Westvoag,Mon, Millvale \ \ \ GrovePark4te, Ave & =ry = Forest Ave, reé<br>é ¢£ Rsa Wei3 %,. *hern&%, Camp WoodsBurnet, Avondale<br>GolfWoodland y ¢ %'Ob2 %tty EnglishWashington\\ssHoppie hzSt) & 083)9083) Conryvlle<br>Course ty sa Woods = O %<br>2 3 2 % coi a, F<br>Unselected Subscriber  H&= CovedaleCteZ me%'wilcyés -- cry z remeswe  |sensasry WestwoodFairmounte Ave FairmontSouth nAoOj TheCentr HeightsinS W Motitan 8Binwoodi ParkParkcad'sGycog. <Walnut8 Hills ae Geo-fence<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>

#### _**Quick Map Toolbar**_

The **Quick Map Toolbar** contains tools for _**Zooming**_ , _**Map Type**_ , _**Map Presets**_ , _**GPS Locate**_ , _**Text Messaging**_ , and _**PTT**_ .

#### **Zoom Tools**

Use the Zoom In and Zoom Out tools, or optionally, use the mouse scroll wheel for zooming.

#### **Map Type Tool**

Your System Administrator may have configured optional Map Types to be available.  Click this tool to display these optional Map Types including Roads, Satellite, and Hybrid.

#### **Map Presets Tool**

Your System Administrator may have configured optional Map Presets in order to quickly jump to various geographic locations with a predetermined zoom setting.  Multiple Map Presets may be configured.

#### **GPS Locate Tool**

This tool duplicates the function of the **GPS Locate** button located in the **Subscribers** tab. Before clicking this tool, select a Subscriber from

the **Subscriber List** .  Click the **GPS Locate** button to locate the selected subscriber.  After clicking this button, the **GPS Locate** tool will change to the **Locating** tool, with information relating to the selected subscriber. When the subscriber is located, the GPS window will open, and the subscriber will be positioned at the center of the GPS map.

**20**

#### **Text Messaging Tool**

Use this tool to send a text message to the subscriber selected on either the **GPS Map Window** , or in the **Subscribers** tab.  After clicking this tool, the **Send Text Message** window will be displayed as shown at right.

#### **PTT Tool**

Use this tool to make a private call to the subscriber selected on either the **GPS Map Window** , or in the **Subscribers** tab. Click and hold this tool for the duration of the call.

**21**

#### **Geo-fence Alerts Panel**

One or more Geo-fences may exist in order to check various conditions of radio subscribers.  One or more conditions may exist for each geo-fence.  The conditions can apply to ' _**All Subscribers**_ ' or ' _**Specific Subscribers**_ '.  When a Geo-fence condition is met for a radio subscriber, an event is logged in the database.  In addition, Geo-fence conditions that are true are listed in the **Geo-Fence Alerts** panel.  A typical listing of Geo-fence Alerts is shown below.

**22**

#### **Messages Panel**

Use the **Messages** panel to send and receive text messages between this PC and a radio users.  It is designed to function similar to messaging found on a smart mobile device.  Two views are available.

#### _**Main Message View**_

_**Main Message View**_ is the default view and shows the last conversation for each radio subscriber, with the most current conversation at the top.

A conversation can be started by clicking the button.  In the **New Text Message** box, choose one or more recipients, and choose an option for **When to send** from the drop-down list.  Finally, type the message, and then

click the button.  The new message will be displayed in the _**Main Message View**_ as a conversation. Message status displayed along with the message include:

- Sending

- Pending

- No acknowledgement

A message that was sent successfully will display the elapsed time from being sent.

#### _**Conversation View**_

Click one of the conversations on the _**Main Message View**_ to see the details of a _**Conversation**_ . In the _**Conversation View**_ , all messages with the selected radio or radio group will be displayed, along with status information for each message.

Use the button to go back to the _**Main Message View**_ .

To add a reply to this conversion, type the reply into the **Enter Message** text box, and then press the Send button.

**23**

#### **Menus**

#### _**File Menu**_

#### _**Change User**_

Click on **Change User** to open the **Login** window, and allow another user to log into the system.

#### _**Open**_

Configuration files contain customized screen layouts that can be used for different users of the RadioPro Dispatch client software. Click on **Open** in the **File** menu to load a saved configuration file.

#### _**Edit**_

The **Edit** menu item is used by the System Administrator to customize the operation and screen layout of the RadioPro Dispatch client software.

#### _**Exit**_

Click on **Exit** in the **File** menu to exit the RadioPro Dispatch client.

#### _**Options Menu**_

#### _**Manage Devices**_

The **Manage Devices** window displays the status of connections to radio resources.  The settings in this window can be altered only by the System Administrator.

#### **Status Table**

Table headings in the Manage Devices window are defined as follows:

#### **Address**

IP Address assigned to IP Gateway, and Port Number.

#### **Name**

Name assigned to IP Gateway.

#### **Gateway Status**

Indicates 'Connected' and firmware version of IP Gateway, or 'Not Connected'.

#### **Radio Status**

Indicates firmware version of Radio if connected, or 'Not Connected'.

#### **Date / Time**

Date and Time being used by IP Gateway.

#### **Record Option**

When checked, allows logging of audio to the database.

#### **Audio Option**

When checked, allows audio to be heard for this IP Gateway.

#### **Text Option**

When checked, this option allows text messaging for this IP Gateway.

**24**

#### **Actions**

The following actions are available by right-clicking on an entry in the Status Table.

- **Restart Radio** will restart the Control Station radio connected to the selected IP Gateway

- **Restart Gateway** will restart the selected IP Gateway.  The **Gateway Status** will be indicated as 'Not Connected' for approximately two minutes.  Following this period of restarting, verify that the IP Gateway and Radio indicate a proper connection status.

#### **System Problems Box**

The **System Problems** box at the bottom of the window will describe current system faults, such as unconnected Radio Resources and License limits.

#### _**Audio Presets**_

**Audio Presets** may be configured by the System Administrator for various audio devices including speakers, microphones, and headsets.  A 'default' preset uses the PCs default selection for microphone and speakers.  All configured Audio Presets will be listed, with the selected preset indicated with a check mark.

#### _**Update License**_

When not in _**Edit**_ mode, the **Update License** window can be viewed, but cannot be altered.

To export the license file for archiving to another location, click the **Export** button, and then choose a file name and location.

#### _**Contacts**_

Click on **Contacts** from the **Options** menu to open the **Subscriber Contacts** window.  This window can be used to add, delete, or edit alias names and other information related to a Radio ID. It can also be used to create groups of radio subscribers for better organization within the Subscribers window. This information will be displayed in the **Subscribers** tab.

#### **Editing the Contacts List**

Use the right side of the **Subscriber Contacts** window to make

changes to contacts.  Click the button to add a contact to the

list. Click the button to delete a contact from the list. This information will be displayed in the **Subscribers** tab.

Table headings in this window are defined as follows:

#### **ID**

Subscriber Radio ID (digital channel) or MDC code (analog channel)

#### **Type**

Subscriber type:  Digital Group, Digital Private, MDC Group (analog channel), or MDC Private (analog channel).

#### **Alias**

Alias name associated with a Subscriber Radio ID

#### **Assigned Channel**

'Automatic' (default normal mode) allows the system to dynamically assign an IP address of a Radio Resource.  Alternately, a Radio Resource may be permanently assigned to this Subscriber Radio ID using an IP Address and Port Number.

**25**

#### **Managing Groups**

Use the left side of the **Subscriber Contacts** window to make

+[a] changes to Groups.  Click the button to add a new Group. |Default Id Type Alias Assigned Channel

Click the button to delete a Group.  Click the . button to edit a group's name.  This information will be displayed in the **Subscribers** tab.

button to

#### **Saving the Contacts List**

Click the **Save** button to save changes to the Contacts and Groups.  Changes will be saved to a file named:

`aliasTable.csv`

This CSV (Comma Separated Values) file can be viewed and edited directly using Microsoft Excel by using the link at the bottom left corner of the **Subscriber Contacts** window.  When saving this file from Microsoft Excel, be certain to save it as a CSV file.

#### _**Help Menu**_

#### _**About**_

Click on **About** in the **Help** menu to display Part Number and Version of the RadioPro Dispatch client.

#### _**Remote Support**_

If difficulties are experienced with RadioPro Dispatch and the console PC has Internet access, use this option to assist our Technical Support department in remotely logging into the PC.

#### _**Logs**_

This feature is used by CTI personnel only.

#### _**ARS / GPS Events**_

This feature is used by CTI personnel only.

**26**

#### **Archive Viewer**

The Archive Viewer may be opened using either of the following methods:

- To open the embedded version of the Archive Viewer from RadioPro Dispatch client, click the Archive

- tool archive on the **Map Toolbar** .

- During installation of RadioPro Dispatch, the stand-alone ArchiveViewer.exe is copied to the installation folder.

- From the folder: `C:\Program Files (x86)\RadioPro\`

- copy the file named: `ArchiveViewer.exe`

to a PC that requires access to the RadioPro database.

The **Archive Viewer** has major sections indicated below; _**Search Filters**_ , _**Search Results**_ , _**Event Detail**_ , and _**Page Navigation Bar**_ .

**==> picture [91 x 196] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Search Filters<br>Search Results<br>Event Detail<br>Page Navigation Bar<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>

#### _**Search Filters Area**_

The _**Search Filters Area**_ of the **Archive Viewer Window** allows very flexible searching of the database and display of the search results using the features described below.

#### _**Quick Filter Bar**_

The **Quick Filter Bar** contains tools to easily find archive events based on day, time, user, radio channel, or event type.

#### _**Preset Time Intervals**_

The list of **Preset Time Intervals** allows various selections such as 'Today', 'Yesterday', 'This Week', 'Last Week' and others.  To specify a Preset Time

Interval, click the button, and then choose an interval from the drop-down list

**27**

#### _**Custom Time Interval**_

Custom **Start Time** and **End Time** may be specified for time periods that are not in the **Preset Time Intervals** list.  To specify a

Custom Time Interval, click the button, choose **Custom Interval** from the drop-down list, and then complete the **Start Time** and **End Time** fields.

#### _**Event Type(s)**_

One or more Event Types may be selected SON mre | (2 Bc as part of the search criteria.  Click the **All** Today ain Notes Only Audio| Emergency'| button to quickly select all event types.  If a Q search is performed with no Event Type selected, the search will include _**all**_ Event Types.

Click the **Notes Only** button to search only for events that have Notes attached to them.  Notes are attached to an event

by clicking the **Note** button on the **Recent History** tab.

#### _**Custom Search Criteria**_

Use the Custom Search Criteria box to enter specific details about the events to be found, such as Radio ID, User Alias Name, IP Gateway Name, Channel, and Zone. Separate each search detail with a space.

Before clicking on the **Search** button, choose 'Any Terms' or 'All Terms'.

#### _**Search Button**_

Click the **Search** button to perform a search for all parameters selected in the Search Filter Area.

#### _**Search Results Area**_

The Search Results Area will display the records that match the search criteria specified in the Search Filters Area. The various sections of the Search Results Area are described below.

#### _**Records Found**_

This parameter displays the number of Records Found that match the search criteria.

#### _**Search Target Date**_

This parameter displays the Date for the Records displayed.

#### _**Records Found List**_

This section lists the records that match the search criteria.

#### _**Event Detail Area**_

The Event Detail Area lists specifics about the event that is selected in the Search Results Area, and will change depending if the selected event is a Voice Recording, Subscriber GPS Location, Text Message, or Geo-fence Event.

#### _**Voice Recording Detail**_

If the selected event is a Voice Recording, the Voice Play Tool will be displayed.

**28**

Click the Play Button to begin the playback of the selected Voice Recording.  Click the Speaker Button to display the Audio Playback Level slider.

#### _**Subscriber GPS Location Detail**_

If the selected event is a Subscriber GPS Location, a **Map Toolbar** will include Zoom Tools, Map Type Tool, and Map Presets Tool.  In addition, a map will display subscriber details and location for the archived event.

#### _**Page Navigation Area**_

Click or to view the previous or next page of events, or click on a number to view that page.

**29**

#### **WHAT IF . . .**

#### _**What if One Radio Controller is Grayed-out?**_

#### _**Example Screenshot**_

**==> picture [94 x 28] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
One Radio Controller<br>is grayed-out and<br>not connected<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>

#### _**Significance**_

When one Radio Controller is darkened as indicated above, it could mean any of the following:

- The network connection between the PC and the IP Gateway has been lost, indicated by 'Can't connect to Gateway'.

- The IP Gateway is either turned off or is in the process of rebooting.

- The Control Station radio is either disconnected from the IP Gateway, is turned off, or is in the process of rebooting, indicated by 'Radio Disconnected'.

#### _**Details**_

Further detail about the connection to an IP Gateway is available by using the information in the **Manage Devices** window as follows:

- From the **Options** menu, choose **Manage Devices** .

- In the **Manage Devices** window shown below, the **Gateway Status** will be indicated either as **Connected** or **Not Connected** .  In addition, the **Ratio Status** will be indicated as either 'Connected' when its version is displayed, or **Radio not connected** .

#### _**Corrective Actions**_

**Gateway Status is 'Connected' and Radio Version is 'Radio not connected'**

- Verify that the Control Station radio is powered on.

**30**

- Verify that the Control Station radio is physically connected to the IP Gateway using the supplied cable.

- Verify that a programming cable is **NOT** connected to the front mic connector of the Control Station radio. If a programming cable is connected to the front mic connector, remove it, and then reboot the radio.

**Gateway Status is 'Not Connected' and Radio Version is 'Radio not connected'**

- Verify that power is connected to the IP Gateway.

- Verify that the blue Power light on the front of the IP Gateway is illuminated.

- Verify that the IP Gateway is accessible to the RadioPro software by using the Ping function from a Windows command prompt.

- Look into the left-side vent holes of the IP Gateway and observe the red LED:

- A non-blinking LED indicates that the IP Gateway has completed its rebooting sequence and is running normally.

- A blinking LED indicates that the IP Gateway is rebooting.  Rebooting should be completed within 2 minutes.  If rebooting is not completed within 2 minutes, return unit to CTI Products for repair.

#### _**What if All Radio Controllers are Grayed-out?**_

#### _**Example Screenshot**_

**All Radio Controllers are grayed-out and not connected**

#### _**Significance**_

When all Radio Controllers are darkened as indicated above, it could mean any of the following:

- Power has been removed from all IP Gateways.

- The network connection between the PC and the IP Gateways has been lost.

- A Software License is not installed.

#### _**Corrective Actions**_

#### **Power has been removed from IP Gateways**

- Verify that the IP Gateways have power and are powered on.

#### **Network Connection has been Lost**

- Verify that the IP Gateways are accessible to the RadioPro software by using the Ping function from a Windows command prompt.

- Verify that the IP Gateway is accessible to the RadioPro software by using the ICU.exe utility.

#### **Software License is not installed or is incorrect**

- Verify that a correct Software License is installed by using the following steps:

**31**

- From the **Options** menu, choose **Update License** .

- In the **Update License** window, verify that **Connections** is correct for the number of Radio Controllers.

#### _**What if the Transmit Error Window is displayed?**_

#### _**Example Screenshot**_

#### _**Significance**_

The above window may be displayed when a PTT button is activated, and if the microphone selected for transmitting is not connected.  This can occur if a microphone has been disconnected from the Dispatch PC, or if a microphone has been replaced by another microphone.

#### _**Corrective Actions**_

#### **Determine if a microphone is connected**

- Determine if the Windows operating system recognizes a microphone connected to the PC by using the following steps:

- In the Windows System Tray located at the lower-right corner of the Windows screen, right-click on

- the tool, and then choose **Recording devices** .  The following **Sound Recording** properties window will be displayed.

- If the microphone does not appear in the above window, ensure that it is connected to the PC.

- If the microphone appears in the above window, speak into the microphone and notice the response of the sound level indicator. The Sound Level Indicator should reach at least 50% with normal voice volume.

#### **Check Microphone Configuration in RadioPro Dispatch Client**

- With the microphone connected, it is possible that the configuration in the RadioPro Dispatch client is incorrect. Use the following steps to verify correct configuration:

- From the **Options** menu, choose **Audio Presets** , and then verify that the correct preset is selected.

- Retest the microphone function in RadioPro Dispatch.  If needed, ask the System Administrator to continue with the remaining steps.

- From the **File** menu, choose **Edit** .

- From the **Options** menu, choose **Audio Presets** , and then choose **Config** .

**32**

- Click on the **Devices** tab to display the following window.

- In the **Devices** tab shown above, verify that the **Mic In** parameter is correct for the Preset being examined.

- Click **Save Settings** to exit the **Audio Configuration** window.

**33**

#### **FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

#### _**Motorola MOTOTRBO Systems**_

Depending on MOTOTRBO System Type, some features may not be available.  Use the following table to determine if a feature discussed in this document is not available.

|**_System Type_**<br>**_Feature_**|**_Analog_**|**_Conv._**<br>**_Digital_**|**_Cap +_**|**_IP Site_**<br>**_Connect_**|**_Linked_**<br>**_Cap +_**|**_Connect_**<br>**_Plus_**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Voice Dispatch|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Text Messaging||✓|✓|✓|✓||
|GPS Mapping||✓|✓|✓|✓||
|ARS||✓|✓|✓|✓||
|Private Call||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Remote Monitor||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Remote<br>Enable/Disable||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

#### _**Kenwood NEXEDGE Systems**_

Depending on NEXEDGE System Type, some features may not be available.  Use the following table to determine if a feature discussed in this document is not available.

|**_System Type_**<br>**_Feature_**|_Analog_|_Analog_<br>_FleetSync_<br>_(radio IDs)_|_Digital_<br>_NXDN_<br>_(Conv.)_|_Digital_<br>_NXDN_<br>_w/ call ack._|_NXDN_<br>_& LTR_<br>_Trunking_|_NXDN_<br>_Trunking_<br>_(Msg Trnkd)_|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Voice Dispatch|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Text Messaging||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|GPS Mapping||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Status Updates||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Selective Calling||✓|✓||✓||
|Remote Monitor||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Remote<br>Enable/Disable||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**34**

#### **INDEX**

#### **A**

Add Note Button, 14, 16, 28 **Alias Name** , 25, 28 Alias Table, 26 All-Call Tool Button, 10 All-Emergency Button, 10 Archive Map, 27 Archive Viewer Window, 27 **Assigned Channel** , 25 **Audio Preset** , 9, 25, 32

#### **C**

Call Alert Button, 15 Call Select Tool Button, 10 Change User, 24 CSV Format (comma separated values), 26 Custom Time Interval, 28

#### **D**

Devices Tab, 33 **Dispatch Settings** , 16

#### **E**

Emergency, 10, 11 Event Types, 28 **Notes Only** , 28 **G**

Geo-Fence Alerts, 22 GPS Locate Tool Button, 15, 20 GPS Mapping, 20, 21

Patch, 12 Play Button, 29 Preset Time Interval, 27, 28 Private Call, 17 PTT Tool Button, 17, 21

#### **Q**

Quick Filter Bar, 27

**R**

Radio Check Button, 15 Radio Controller, 32 Radio Disconnected, 13, 30 Radio ID, 12, 13, 14, 25, 28 Recent History tab, 16, 28 Remote Disable Button, 15 Remote Enable Button, 15 Remote Monitor Button, 15 Reports, 11 **Restart Gateway** , 25 Restart Radio, 11, 25

#### **S**

Snap-to-Road Route, 17 Sorting, 14 **Subscriber Contacts** , 25, 26 Subscriber List Sub-folder, 14, 20 Subscribers tab, 14

#### **T**

Text Messaging, 20, 21 Transmit Error, 32

#### **V**

#### **L**

License **Export** , 25 Update, 25, 32 **Login** , 24

Voice and Event Logging, 11, 16 Voice Tab, 12 **Volume Adjustments** Receive, 13 **Select Receive** , 9, 10 **Unselect Receive** , 9, 10

#### **M**

**W**

Manage Devices Window, 11, 24, 30 Map Presets Tool Button, 20, 29 Map Type Tool Button, 20, 29

#### **P**

Page Navigation Bar, 27

Warning

Disk Storage Caution, 11

Zoom, 20, 29

**Z**

**35**


## RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices How-to Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 8 pages

### RadioPro Talk(TM) Mobile Application

###### How-to Guide

**Connect a Cell Phone to your Radio System!** The RadioPro Talk(TM) App allows remote access to your Motorola
MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE two-way radio system from Android or iOS (iPhone and iPad) mobile
devices. The RadioPro Talk(TM) mobile app is useful over cellular networks when you are on-the-go and outside
the coverage of your two-way radio system, yet still need radio communications. The RadioPro Talk app is the
simplest, most reliable, and most cost effective PTT solution for 2-way radio systems on the market.

**Try the demo now!**

- Download the RadioPro Talk(TM) app from the
Apple App Store or the Google Play Store.
Just search for ' **radiopro talk** '.

Minimum operating system version:

iOS: v9.0

Android: v4.4 (API Level 19 – Kit Kat)

- Open the RadioPro Talk(TM) App and
answer any permission questions.

Permission/Initialization questions for Android:

➔ Allow Talk to record audio? Choose ' _**While using the app**_ '

➔ Let app always run in background? Choose ' _**Allow**_ '

➔ Allow Talk to access this device's location? Choose ' _**While using the app**_ '

➔ Allow Bluetooth Audio? Choose ' _**No**_ ' (If not using a bluetooth device)

Permission questions for iOS:

➔ Allow 'Talk' to use your location? Choose ' _**Allow While Using App**_ '

➔ 'Talk' Would Like to Access the Microphone Choose ' _**OK**_ ' (On the first PTT press)

➔ 'Talk' Would Like to Use Bluetooth Choose ' _**OK**_ ' (On the first bluetooth menu)

1. The app is pre-configured to allow communication on our demo radio system.

The _**Connections**_ screen is shown below. Simply touch one of the four items listed on this initial
screen to connect to that radio system. (We typically listen on the 'Mototrbo Conv' connection.)

2. On the _**Contacts**_ screen that appears, select a group ( ) or subscriber ( ) from the list. The
selected contact will be highlighted in grey. Then touch and hold the _**PUSH TO TALK**_ button. If the
button turns orange and a go-ahead tone is heard, begin talking. If you hear a tone similar to the
busy bonk on a two-way radio, the connection is busy.

1 2

3. Touch the _**Zone/Talk Group**_ selection area to see a list of

available zones and channels for this connection. A symbol
will indicate the selected talk group. Select a different talk group

or touch the back button to return to the _**Contacts**_ screen.

4. On the _**Contacts**_ screen, select a contact, then touch the _**Options**_

icon to access _**Message**_, _**Radio Check**_, _**Call Alert**_, _**Locate on**_
_**Map**_, and _**Replay**_ functions.

5. On the _**Contacts**_ screen, touch the globe icon to display
locations of radio users as well as other Talk mobile app users.
Radio users are shown with rectangular borders; Talk mobile app
users are shown with oval borders. A green background indicates that the radio is powered on and
within radio coverage. A grey background indicates that the radio may be powered off or outside of
radio coverage. Touch the name of a user to show when the last position update occurred.

6. On the _**Contacts**_ screen, touch the messaging icon to display text messages for ALL contacts. On
the _**Text Messaging**_ screen, touch an entry to open the _**Conversation**_ _**View**_ screen. At the bottom of
the _**Conversation**_ _**View**_ screen, use the message box area to type a message for this contact.

4 5 6

###### Configuration

From the _**Connections**_ screen, touch the icon to open the
configuration window.

_**Add a Connection for Your Radio System**_

1. Touch the _**Edit**_ tab, and then touch the icon to add a new connection.

_iOS_
_Android_

2. Enter the IP Address or DNS Name, Username, and Password given to you by your system

administrator. Then press the _**Save**_ button.

_**Adjust Configuration Settings:**_

Touch the _**Settings**_ Tab.

_Settings for Android and iOS:_

_Android_ _iOS_

**Use Microphone Automatic Gain Control:** With this feature **ENABLED** low volume audio from the
microphone is amplified and high volume audio is attenuated before transmitting the audio to the
radio system. When **ENABLED**, the **Microphone Gain** control is disabled.

**Microphone Gain:** 0dB Gain does not affect audio levels. Gain levels greater than 0 will amplify the
microphone audio. Gain levels less than 0 will attenuate the audio before it is transmitted to the
radio system.

**Use Playback Automatic Gain Control:** With this feature **ENABLED** low volume audio from the radio
system is amplified and high volume audio is attenuated before it is played back on the cellular
device. When **ENABLED**, The **Playback Gain** control is disabled.

**Playback Gain:** 0dB Gain does not affect the audio. Gain levels greater than 0 will amplify the audio.
Gain levels less than 0 will attenuate the audio before it is played back on the phone's speakers.

**Use Data Compression:** With this feature **ENABLED**, audio transmit and receive data packets will be
compressed. With compression, there may be a loss in audio quality. With this feature **DISABLED**,
devices connected to low bandwith cellular networks may have trouble communicating on your
radio system.

_Android Specific Settings:_

**Use Noise Reduction for Voice:** With this feature **ENABLED**, the microphone audio source will be
tuned for VOIP voice communications taking advantage of echo cancellation if available.

**Maintain Connection On App Close:** With this feature **ENABLED**, radio connectivity will be
maintained even if the app is closed. RadioPro Talk will remain connected to the radio system in the

background. Press the back button to go back to the _**Connections**_ screen to disconnect from
the radio system.

**Interrupt Phone Conversations:** With this feature **ENABLED**, radio traffic will be heard over
telephone conversations. The person on the other line will not hear the radio traffic. With this
feature **DISABLED**, a user will get a notification when radio traffic occurs and the last 5 radio
transmissions can be replayed.

_iOS Specific Settings:_

**Use Speaker Phone:** With this feature **ENABLED**, audio from the radio system will play on the
speaker phone.

_**About RadioPro Talk**_

Touch the _**About**_ Tab.

_Android_ _iOS_

From the **About CTI** section, you can browse to the CTI Products website or send us an email with
the _Contact Us_ button. The _Contact Us_ will also generate diagnostic information.

Use the **About Talk** section to identify the RadioPro Talk _App Version_, version of RadioPro IP gateway
required, Information about the device you are using, and internet connection information. This
information may help diagnose problems in the field.

**Bluetooth PTT**

RadioPro Talk(TM) version 1.8 added support for the _[Aina Bluetooth](https://www.ainaptt.com/ptt-voice-responder/)_
_[PTT voice recorder](https://www.ainaptt.com/ptt-voice-responder/)_ .

_Bluetooth instructions for Android_ :

- Pair the Aina PTT Voice Responder using Android settings.

- Open RadioPro Talk for Android. From the _**Connections**_

screen, Press the the button.

- Press the top PTT button on the Aina device. (Your device should show up in the list)

- Choose your device from the list.

- When the Bluetooth device page comes up, press the top PTT button on the Aina device.

- When the device's PTT signal is recognized, you will be able to **ENABLE** 'Use this device'.

_From here on, this PTT device will be used whenever you connect to a RadioPro Gateway._

_Bluetooth instructions for iOS_ :

- Pair the Aina PTT Voice Responder under Settings->Bluetooth.

- Open RadioPro Talk for iOS. From the main Connections screen, Press the Bluetooth button.

- Press the top PTT button on the Aina device.

- Choose your device from the list. (If your device is not in the list, go back to the connections
screen and come back to the Bluetooth screen.)

- When the Bluetooth device page comes up, press the top PTT button on the Aina device.
(Choose 'Yes' If you are asked to pair the bluetooth low energy device)

- When the device's PTT signal is recognized, you will be able to **ENABLE** 'Use this device'.

_From here on, this PTT device will be used whenever you connect to a RadioPro Gateway._

CTI Products, Inc.  www.ctiproducts.com  sales@ctiproducts.com  +1 513-595-5900 NEXEDGE is a registered trademark of JVC Kenwood Corporation RadioPro Dispatch is a Trademark of CTI Products, Inc.

RadioPro, RadioPro Dispatch, RadioPro Talk and RadioPro Solo are trademarks of CTI Products, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 01/19/2022


## RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 20 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) Solo**
###### **Software Installation and Configuration Guide**

**For Version 9 Software**

_**Contact Us**_

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

_**Disclaimer**_

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

_**Fonts used in this document:**_

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

**2**

Table of Contents

**SYSTEM OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................................ 4**

SYSTEM COMPONENTS
ARCHITECTURE

_System Component Limits .................................................................................................................................................. 8_
_............................................................................................................................................................................................ 8_
_System Planner Document and Template ........................................................................................................................... 8_

**INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................................... 9**

INSTALLATION OF RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT MAY NOT BE REQUIRED
WHAT YOU WILL NEED
COMPATIBILITY

**RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ......................................................................................... 10**

INSTALLING SOLO CLIENT FROM THE DOWNLOAD SITE
CONNECT A MICROPHONE

**RUN THE RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT ............................................................................................................................. 11**

**RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................ 12**

SETTINGS MENU

_Change Password ............................................................................................................................................................. 12_
_Client ................................................................................................................................................................................ 12_
_GATEWAY ........................................................................................................................................................................ 13_
_Update License ................................................................................................................................................................. 14_
HELP MENU

_About ................................................................................................................................................................................ 14_
_Remote Support ................................................................................................................................................................ 14_

**ADDING A DESKTOP SHORTCUT .................................................................................................................................. 15**

**ALIAS NAMES ...................................................................................................................................................................... 16**

ADDING INDIVIDUAL ALIAS NAMES
ADDING ALIAS NAMES USING A CSV FILE

**FEATURE AVAILABILITY ................................................................................................................................................ 18**

FEATURES BASED ON MOTOTRBO SYSTEM TYPE

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 .......................................................................................................... 19**

_RadioPro IP Gateways ..................................................................................................................................................... 19_

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 .......................................................................................................... 20**

_RadioPro Dispatch Clients ............................................................................................................................................... 20_
_RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients ......................................................................................................................... 20_

**3**

###### **SYSTEM OVERVIEW**

**RadioPro(TM)** provides remote access to 2-way radios via IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists
of PC-based software allowing voice and data communications between PC users and 2-way radio subscribers.
Communications with radio subscribers is also possible for remote mobile users using Android or iOS devices. A
RadioPro system consists of at least one RadioPro IP Gateway (server) and at least one client (Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), or
RadioPro Talk(TM) for mobile devices) with an IP network connecting the RadioPro components.

##### **SYSTEM COMPONENTS**

CTI's Dispatch over IP system is based on Server-Client architecture. System components are described below:

- **RadioPro IP Gateway Kit** (CTI Part # S2-61815) is the hardware
interface that connects a mobile radio (control station) to an IP
network. The IP Gateway is the _**Server**_ for the control station radio
connected to it. Each control station radio used for voice requires
one IP Gateway.  System components, such as IP Gateways and
clients (Dispatch, Solo, or Talk for mobile), may be located together
or separated geographically and connected via a Wide Area Network
(WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN). An optional license can be purchased for the IP Gateway to
allow users of Solo and Talk for Mobile client applications to connect to the two-way radio system. Each
IP Gateway requires a static IP address. For more information, see the following documents:

_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Family of Products](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-family-of-products.pdf)_

- **RadioPro Dispatch Client**
is a dispatch console for PCs that provides voice
dispatching to multiple simultaneous radio channels or
talk groups, as well as GPS/AVL, Telemetry, Text
Messaging, and Voice Logging. Windows 10 Pro, 8
Pro or Windows 7 Pro operating system is required.
This application can be used with either Motorola
MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE systems.
System components, such as Dispatch clients and IP
Gateways, may be located together or separated
geographically and connected via a Wide Area
Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).

- CTI Part #s Licensable Feature

- S1-61770 Core

- S1-61771 Voice Module

- S1-61772 GPS Module

- S1-61773 Telemetry Module
S1-61774 Text Messaging Module

- Additional information:

_[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro System Accessories Catalog](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_

**4**

- **Solo(TM) Client** is a software application for Windows that provides voice dispatching to a single radio
channel or talk group. The virtual radio head duplicates the full functionality of a control station radio
including channel steering for these radio models:

Motorola

XPR 2500, XPR 5350, XPR 5550, XPR 5550e

Kenwood

NX-700/720/3720, NX-800/820/3820,
NX-5700, NX-5800

Other features include Voice Logging for 24 hours, Text Messaging, and channel steering. It requires
Windows 7, 8 or 10 operating system. The use of this application requires a license installed on the IP
Gateway. The license will permit 80 simultaneous Solo or Talk Mobile application users to connect to the
radio system. System components, such as clients and IP Gateways, may be located together or separated
geographically and connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).

Additional Information:

_[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-data-sheet.pdf)_

- **Talk(TM)** **for Mobile devices** is a mobile app for Android(TM) and iPhone(TM)/iPad(TM) that
provides remote access to a 2-way radio system for voice communications, text messaging,
and locating other users. This application can be used with either Motorola MOTOTRBO
or Kenwood NEXEDGE systems. The Mobile app is useful over cellular or Wi-Fi
networks when you are on-the-go and outside the coverage of your radio system, yet still
need radio communications. The use of this application requires a license installed on the
IP Gateway. The license will permit 80 simultaneous Solo or Talk Mobile application
users to connect to the radio system.

Additional Information:

_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices How-to-Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-data-sheet.pdf)_

**5**

- **Control Station Radio**       - A control station radio must be used as the interface to the radio system, and
connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway using the rear accessory/communications port. Each control station
radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. Radio models that can be used for a Control Station radio
and provide full radio functionality from a RadioPro client include:

- Motorola MOTOTRBO: XPR 2500/ XPR 5350/ XPR 5550/ XPR 5550e

- Kenwood NEXEDGE: NX-700/800 NX-720/820

NX-3720/3820 NX-5700/5800

- **Personal Computer or Workstation** is required to host the RadioPro Dispatch or Solo clients. Console
accessories may include microphone and speakers (or headset), Push-to-Talk footswitch, and touch screen
monitor.

**6**

##### **ARCHITECTURE**

The IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network. One IP Gateway is required for each control station radio
used for voice. The IP Gateways and control station radios can be centrally located or scattered among different locations
using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

Each IP Gateway in a RadioPro system acts as the server for the Control Station Radio connected to it, and ensures easy
wide-area deployment. Since there is not a server PC, the architecture reduces 'single point-of-failure' concerns.

A system may have a mixture of RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, and RadioPro Talk for Mobile apps running on mobile devices.
These Clients may be centrally located or scattered among different locations using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or
Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

**7**

_**System Component Limits**_

The RadioPro solution was tested and verified to operate up to the maximum number of components listed below.

_**Maximum of 70 IP Gateways per Dispatch Client**_

_**System Planner Document and Template**_

The _[RadioPro System Planner](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ includes examples for various radio network topologies, and should be consulted if the
RadioPro Dispatch client is being deployed.

Use the System Planner Template (located at the end of this document) in the planning phase of a project to record IP
addresses, usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

**8**

###### **INTRODUCTION**

The RadioPro Solo client presents a virtual radio on a PC's desktop. With a PC or Laptop, and a network connection,
group or private calls are as easy as making a selection from the subscriber list, then clicking the Push-to-Talk button.
The RadioPro Solo client can be used for simultaneous radio sharing instead of tone remotes; this simpler solution allows
users of the shared radio to have push-to-talk and listen capabilities, as well as access to all other radio functions. RadioPro
Solo can also be used for situations when someone is outside of radio coverage, yet still needs to communicate on the
radio system, such as:

- Supervisory remote monitoring of radio channels

- Underground or building facilities that prevent radio communications

- A home office that is beyond the coverage area of a radio system

- An office configuration that does not work well with radio interference

##### **INSTALLATION OF RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT MAY NOT BE REQUIRED**

A RadioPro system requires at least one RadioPro IP Gateway and installation of at least one client, such as RadioPro
Solo, Dispatch, or Talk Mobile (app for smart mobile devices). All client types may be installed in the same RadioPro
System. Installation of the Solo client may not be necessary if other clients are installed.

##### **WHAT YOU WILL NEED**

PCs that will be used to run the RadioPro Solo client must have the following:

- Windows 10 Operating System

- IP Network Interface, 10Mbps or faster

- Speaker (internal to PC or powered external) or Headphones

- Microphone, see _**Connect a Microphone**_ on Page 10 for recommended microphones

##### **COMPATIBILITY**

The RadioPro Solo client is compatible with IP Gateways having version 9 software.

**9**

###### **RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT SOFTWARE INSTALLATION**

The RadioPro Solo Client is available from the following sources:

- Distribution USB Drive - Part Number S2-61971.

- [Download Site - https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)

The RadioPro Solo Client may be installed on as many PCs as needed. RadioPro Solo client licenses are factory-installed
in the RadioPro IP Gateway. Any client connections exceeding the installed license quantity will have a limited
connection time of 5 minutes. Additional client licenses may be purchased at any time. Client license upgrade instructions
can be displayed by clicking **Upgrade License** under the **Settings** menu.

##### **INSTALLING SOLO CLIENT FROM THE DOWNLOAD SITE**

Perform the following steps to download the RadioPro Solo Client software from our web site:

1. Open a web browser (such as Google Chrome or Microsoft Edge) on your PC.

2. [In the URL window, type:  https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)

and then press **Enter** on the keyboard.

3. When the **Downloads** page opens, click on **Download** for the appropriate RadioPro Solo client version. For new

installations, download the latest version.

4. When the **File** **Download** window opens, click on **Open** to download and install the zipped installation files. An

unzip utility may execute to view the downloaded files. If this happens, double-click the `setup.exe` file in order
to complete the installation. During installation, the **RadioPro** **Client** icon will be placed on your desktop.

##### **CONNECT A MICROPHONE**

A microphone will be needed to transmit audio from a RadioPro Client. A Client can use any of the following microphone
options:

- USB external mic (recommended), such as:
InSync Technologies, Buddy DesktopMic 7G PTT (Motorola)

- Analog external mic

A built-in internal mic is NOT recommended.

**10**

###### **RUN THE RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT**

1. Double-click the RadioPro Client icon      on the desktop.

2. The **Connect** window will be displayed as shown to the right.

a. Use the **RadioPro Gateway** field to enter the IP Address of the
RadioPro IP Gateway.  If RadioPro Solo Clients will be placed outside
your organization's Local Area Network, the IT Administrator must
configure port forwarding within the firewall or router connecting the
RadioPro IP Gateway module to the ISP (Internet Service Provider).
Since the connection must pass through a firewall with a port
forwarding rule, the IP address parameter must be entered using the
following format:
```
aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd:ppppp
```

where `aaa`, `bbb`, `ccc`, and `ddd` are the four octets of the firewall IP address, and `ppppp` is the port
number. The following example would be used to connect to the demo RadioPro IP Gateway at CTI:
```
198.144.49.99:48222
```

Since 48222 is the default port number used by RadioPro IP Gateways and RadioPro clients, the port
number is not necessary in the example above.
An alias name can be created for the IP address and port number specified above by clicking the **Settings**
button on the above window, and then choosing the **Network** **Aliases** tab.
b. For **Username**, use 'admin'.
c. For **Password**, use 'admin'. (This password can be changed: from the **Settings** menu; click **Gateway**,
then the **Accounts** tab, then select the **Admin** account.)
3. Click the **Connect** button. The Status Bar at the bottom of the RadioPro Solo client will indicate the User ID, as

well as the connection status of the Gateway and the Radio **as indicated below** .

**11**

###### **RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT CONFIGURATION**

##### **SETTINGS MENU**

_**Change Password**_

This menu item allows the current user to change his password.

_**Client**_

_**General tab**_

The **General** tab of this menu item displays options for customizing the
operation of the RadioPro Solo Client program.

- **Make RadioPro always on top of other windows**
This option will keep RadioPro above all other windows that are open on
the client PC.

- **Program minimizes to system tray when closed**
When the user clicks on another window outside of RadioPro, RadioPro
will minimize.

- **Make visible when a call is received**
When RadioPro is minimized or behind another window when a call is
received, then it will appear in front of the other windows.

- **Make visible when a hotkey is activated**

- If RadioPro is minimized or behind another window when a hotkey is pressed, then it will appear in front of the other
windows.

- **Set private call to last received call**
This option will automatically set the Recipient list to the last received transmission channel.

- **Clear text messages when texting window closes**
This option will clear out the text messages displayed when the _**text messaging**_ window is closed.

_**Gateways tab**_

The Gateways tab of this menu item allows alias names to be defined for
use during log-in (instead of entering numerical IP addresses).

To set up an alias:

1. Enter the desired _**Alias**_ name

2. Enter the _**Gateway Address**_

3. Click the _**Add**_ Button

_**Audio tab**_

The Audio tab of this menu item allows the user to specify which
Recording Device and Playback Device, as well as the quality of the
audio. Along with these settings, the user also has the option to determine
how much of each signal (From PC, From Radio, and Effects) is played
by adjusting the moving sliders up or down.

When selecting audio, the user can select the Microsoft Sound Mapper
which will automatically use the device the PC has set as default.

**12**

It is recommended that the microphone being used is selected in the _**Recording Devices**_ drop-down box.

For **Audio Quality**, select **High Quality** or **Compressed** . See the following table for a comparison of these
two modes of audio transfer.

|Col1|High Quality|Compressed|
|---|---|---|
|Bandwidth per voice stream<br>(one talk group)|22kBytes/sec|2.2kBytes/sec|
|Bandwidth for 10 voice streams<br>(10 talk groups)|220kBytes/sec|22kBytes/sec|
|Best use|Highest quality audio<br>between radios and RadioPro<br>Clients|Most efficient use of IP<br>network bandwidth|

**Enable PC Cross Mute** is useful if there are multiple computers in the same room and the user does not wish to
hear audio being played back on all of the computers. Adjacent PCs should have the same Cross Mute ID selected.

_**Quick Text tab**_

The **Quick Text** tab of this menu item will allow the user to define quick text messages that can be used in the
Text Messaging feature. For more info on Text Messaging, see _**Text Messaging**_ in the _**View Menu**_ section above.
To remove _**Quick Text**_ items right click on the item and select remove.

_**About tab**_

The **About** tab of this menu item shows the **Part Number** and **Version** of the client software.

_**GATEWAY**_

_NOTE: This menu is available only for a user logged in as 'admin'_

_**Accounts**_

The **Accounts** tab of this menu item allows a client logged in as
'admin' to edit current users as well as add new users to the Gateway.
Click on **Write Settings to Gateway** when finished.

**13**

_**Radio Aliases**_

The **Radio Aliases** tab of this menu item allows a Client logged in as
'admin' to add or edit an alias name for a user.

_**Admin**_

The **Admin** tab of this menu item allows a client logged in as 'admin' to see information about the Gateway as well
as the ability to Reboot the Gateway or use Remote Assistance.

_**Update License**_

_NOTE: This menu is available only for a user logged in as 'admin'_

The **Update License** menu item allows the user to request the current license to be stored on their PC, or the
ability to set the license from a file currently available on the PC. See Appendix for more details.

##### **HELP MENU**

_**About**_

The **About** menu item shows the _**Part Number**_ and _**Version**_ of the client software.

_**Remote Support**_

The **Remote Support** menu item displays contact information for technical support.

This window also provides a **Launch** **Remote Support** button that will download and install a temporary version of
_**Teamviewer**_ . _**Teamviewer**_ is used to allow a CTI Products support Engineer to remotely log into your PC for support
issues. Please call CTI Products before _**Teamviewer**_ is launched.

**14**

###### **ADDING A DESKTOP SHORTCUT**

A Desktop shortcut can be implemented that includes the RadioPro IP Gateway address, Username, and Password. This
can be useful if the user wishes to bypass the RadioPro Solo Login window. Use the following command line form in the
Properties window of the RadioPro desktop icon (Properties > Shortcut tab > Target):

**`RadioPro.exe`** **`–a`** ipaddress **`–u`** username **`–p`** password

**15**

###### **ALIAS NAMES**

##### **ADDING INDIVIDUAL ALIAS NAMES**

To build an Alias Table, one entry at a time, use the following steps:

1. From the **Settings** menu, choose **Gateway**, and then choose the **Radio**

**Aliases** tab to show the following window:

3. For each **Alias** **Name** to be entered, choose either **Add** **Radio** **Alias** or **Add** **Group** **Alias** .

##### **ADDING ALIAS NAMES USING A CSV FILE**

To build the Alias table from a CSV (Comma Separated Values) file, use the following steps:

1. Create a CSV file with four headings in Row 1, exactly as indicated below.

2. In subsequent rows, add an _**Alias**_ name in Column A, and an _**ID**_ in either Columns B, C, or D.

3. Save the CSV file and close it.

**16**

4. From the **Settings** menu, choose **Gateway**, and then choose the **Radio** **Aliases** tab to show the following window.

5. Right-click on the table to show the following menu options.

6. Click on **Clear** **Aliases** to clear all of the existing _**Alias Names**_ .

8. Choose **Import** **List**, and then select the file created in Steps 1-3 above.

**17**

###### **FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

Depending on MOTOTRBO System Type or RadioPro Solo edition, some features may not be available. Use the
following tables to determine if a feature discussed in this document is not available.

##### **FEATURES BASED ON MOTOTRBO SYSTEM TYPE**

Use the following table to determine if a Solo feature is not available for a MOTOTRBO System Type.

|System Type<br>Feature|Analog|Conv.<br>Digital|Cap +|IP Site<br>Connect|Linked<br>Cap +|Connect<br>Plus|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Group Call Tx and Rx|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Private Call Tx and Rx| <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓ <br>|
|Voice Recording<br>(Previous 24 hours)|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Text Messaging||✓|✓|✓|✓||
|ARS<br>(Radio Availability)| <br>|✓ <br>|✓|✓|✓| <br>|
|Full radio control|✓|<br>✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**18**

###### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

_**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**_

|ICU.exe Admin Password<br>for ICU.exe, default is 'admin'|Dispatch Client Password<br>for Dispatch client connections|NTP Server IP Address<br>Network Time Protocol|
|---|---|---|
||default is 'user'||

_**Parameters Unique to each IP Gateway**_

|GPS = GPS Data Revert.<br>Each IP Gateway supports 1<br>Voice & 1 GPS Data Radio.|Name<br>IP Gateway name has max 2<br>lines, 24 chars per line|Serial<br>#|IP Address|Subnet Mask|Default<br>Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|
|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**19**

###### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

See the _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_, for more information.

_**Parameters Common**_ _**Parameters Unique**_
_**to all Dispatch clients**_ _**to each Dispatch client**_

|Administrator Password|Col2|PC Name|IP Address|License|Licensed IP Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|<br>**_for Edit Mode _**||||**_# _**|**_Connections_**|

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients**_

_**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**_

If additional Solo, Talk, or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**20**


## RadioPro Solo User Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-user-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 21 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) Solo**
###### **User Guide**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**
Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900
support@ctiproducts.com

**Disclaimer**
Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

Warnings

_Notes and important information_

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

**2**

Contents

**1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................................................... 4**

1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
1.2 ARCHITECTURE

_System Component Limits .................................................................................................................................................. 8_
_System Planner Document and Template ........................................................................................................................... 9_
1.3 RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT

_Simultaneous Radio Sharing .............................................................................................................................................. 9_
_Remote Radio Access .......................................................................................................................................................... 9_
1.4 SCREEN COMPONENTS

**2 OPERATION ....................................................................................................................................................................... 11**

2.1 CONTROLS

_Volume Global Control .................................................................................................................................................... 11_
_Mic Global Control .......................................................................................................................................................... 11_
_Talk/Listen Controls ......................................................................................................................................................... 11_
_Radio Virtual User Interface (VUi) .................................................................................................................................. 11_
2.2 MENUS

_FILE menu ........................................................................................................................................................................ 12_
_RADIO Menu .................................................................................................................................................................... 12_
_CHANNEL Menu .............................................................................................................................................................. 12_
_VIEW Menu ...................................................................................................................................................................... 12_
_SETTINGS Menu .............................................................................................................................................................. 13_
_HELP Menu ...................................................................................................................................................................... 16_

**3 APPENDIX .......................................................................................................................................................................... 17**

3.1 APPENDIX  - RADIOPRO SOLO CLIENT LICENSE UPGRADE
3.2 APPENDIX  - SPECIFICATIONS

_PC Requirements for Solo ................................................................................................................................................ 18_

**4 FEATURE AVAILABILITY ............................................................................................................................................. 19**

4.1 FEATURES BASED ON MOTOTRBO SYSTEM TYPE
4.2 FEATURES BASED ON NEXEDGE SYSTEM TYPE

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 .......................................................................................................... 20**

_RadioPro IP Gateways ..................................................................................................................................................... 20_

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 .......................................................................................................... 21**

_RadioPro Dispatch Clients ............................................................................................................................................... 21_
_RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients ......................................................................................................................... 21_

**3**

###### **1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW**

**RadioPro(TM)** provides remote access to 2-way radios via IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists
of PC-based software allowing voice and data communications between PC users and 2-way radio subscribers.
Communications with radio subscribers is also possible for remote mobile users using Android or iOS devices. A
RadioPro system consists of at least one RadioPro IP Gateway (server) and at least one client (Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), Talk(TM),
or Talk for Mobile(TM)) with an IP network connecting the RadioPro components.

**1.1 System Components**

CTI's Dispatch over IP system is based on Server-Client architecture. System components are described below:

- **RadioPro IP Gateway Kit** (CTI Part # S2-61815) is the hardware
interface that connects a mobile radio (control station) to an IP
network. The IP Gateway is the _**Server**_ for the control station radio
connected to it. Each control station radio used for voice requires one
IP Gateway.  System components, such as IP Gateways and clients (Dispatch, Solo, or RadioPro talk for
mobile devices), may be located together or separated geographically and connected via a Wide Area
Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN). An optional license can be purchased for the IP
Gateway to allow users of Solo, and RadioPr Talk client applications to connect to the two-way radio
system. Each IP Gateway requires a static IP address. For more information, see the following
documents:

_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Family of Products](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-family-of-products.pdf)_

- **RadioPro Dispatch Client** (CTI Part #s S1-61770
Core, S1-61771 Voice Module, S1-61772 GPS
Module, S1-61773 Telemetry Module, S1-61774
Text Messaging Module) is a dispatch console for
PCs that provides voice dispatching to multiple
simultaneous radio channels or talk groups, as well as
GPS/AVL, Telemetry, Text Messaging, and Voice
Logging. A Windows 10 or 8.1 Pro operating system
is required. This application can be used with either
Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE
systems. System components, such as Dispatch clients and IP Gateways, may be located together or
separated geographically and connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network
(VPN).
For more information, see the following information:

_[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro System Accessories](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_

**4**

- **Solo(TM) Client** is a software application for desktop and laptop Windows PC computers that provides voice
dispatching to a single radio channel or talk group. The virtual radio head duplicates the full functionality
of a NEXEDGE or MOTOTRBO control station radio,
including channel steering. Other features include Voice
Logging for 24 hours, Text Messaging, and GPS. It
requires Windows 8.1 or 10 operating system. This
application can be used with Motorola MOTOTRBO or
Kenwood NEXEDGE radio systems. The use of this
application requires a license installed on the IP Gateway. The license will permit some number of
simultaneous Solo, and RadioPro Talk mobile application users to connect to the radio system. System
components, such as clients and IP Gateways, may be located together or separated geographically and
connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).
For more information, see the following documents:

_[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-data-sheet.pdf)_

- **RadioPro Talk(TM)** is a mobile app for Android(TM) and iPhone(TM)/iPad(TM) that provides
remote access to a 2-way radio system for voice communications, text messaging, and
locating another user. This application can be used with either Motorola MOTOTRBO or
Kenwood NEXEDGE systems. The Mobile app is useful over cellular or Wi-Fi networks
when you are on-the-go and outside the coverage of your radio system, yet still need radio
communications. The use of this application requires a license installed on the IP Gateway.
The license will permit some number of simultaneous Solo and RadioPro Talk for mobile
devices users to connect to the radio system.
For more information, see the following documents:

_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices How-to-Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-data-sheet.pdf)_

**5**

- **Control Station Radio**       - A control station radio must be used as the interface to the radio system, and
connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway using the rear accessory/communications port. Each control station
radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. Radio models that can be used for a Control Station radio
and provide full radio functionality from a RadioPro client include:

- **Motorola MOTOTRBO** : XPR 2500
XPR 5550 (5000 Series)
XPR 5550e (5000e Series)

- **Motorola P25** : APX 4500 (Intercom Only)

- **Kenwood NEXEDGE** : NX-700 / NX-800
NX-720 / NX-820
NX-3720 / NX-3820
NX-5700 / NX-5800

- **Personal Computer or Workstation** is required to host the RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, or Talk for PC
clients. Console accessories may include microphone and speakers (or headset), Push-to-Talk footswitch,
and touch screen monitor.

**6**

**1.2 Architecture**

The IP Gateways interface the radio system to an IP network. One IP Gateway is required for each control station radio
used for voice. The IP Gateways and control station radios can be centrally located or scattered among different locations
using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

Each IP Gateway in a RadioPro system acts as the server for the Control Station Radio connected to it, and ensures easy
wide-area deployment. Since there is not a server PC, the architecture reduces 'single point-of-failure' concerns.

A system may have a mixture of RadioPro Dispatch and Solo running on PCs, and RadioPro Talk running on Android
and iOS mobile devices. These Clients may be centrally located or scattered among different locations using a Virtual
Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

**7**

_**System Component Limits**_

The RadioPro solution was tested and verified to operate up to the maximum number of components listed below.

_**Maximum of 80 Clients per IP Gateway**_

_**Maximum of 70 IP Gateways per Dispatch Client**_

**8**

_**System Planner Document and Template**_

The System Planner includes examples for various radio network topologies, and should be consulted if the RadioPro
Dispatch client is being deployed.

Use the System Planner Template (located at the end of this document) in the planning phase of a project to record IP
addresses, usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

##### **1.3 RadioPro SOLO CLIENT**

The Solo client is application software that runs on a customer's PC. It presents a virtual control station radio panel to
the remote user. The remote user is able to transmit and receive audio, as well as control all radio functions. The Solo
client software provides:

- Virtual Front Panel – all radio functions and buttons are accessible

- **Push-to-Talk** button to enable transmit audio

- **Intercom** button for Client-to-Client communications

- **Replay** button to repeat last audio transmission

- Access to audio and events from previous 24 hours

- Access to text messaging between radio subscribers
and other Solo clients

- Private calls using drop-down list of radio subscribers

- Remote Radio Reboot
The Solo client provides remote access to Motorola MOTOTRBO
or Kenwood NEXEDGE radios via IP. Use Solo for simultaneous
radio sharing. Not only can users of the shared radio have push-totalk and listen capabilities; they also can access other radio
functions.
Solo is specifically suited for situations when you are out of radio
range, yet still need to communicate on your talk group, such as:

- Underground or building facilities that prevent radio
communications

- A home office that is outside the coverage area of the radio system

- A temporary travel situation removing you from the coverage area
With Solo and an IP connection, users can stay in 'radio' contact.

_**Simultaneous Radio Sharing**_
A base station radio is sometimes shared between multiple users. Prior to RadioPro, this was accomplished with
speaker boxes, microphones, push-to-talk switches, and audio junction boxes, plus wiring to bring audio to each
workstation.  After all this, the user gets very little functionality; simply push-to-talk, and listen.
Solo allows each user to run the client application on their existing PC. No additional audio wiring or installation is
required since any IP connection (LAN, WAN, or Internet) is used to transfer audio and data. In addition, the user not
only gets talk and listen capabilities, but also the control station radio functions listed below.

- **Instant Replay** for the last received message

- **History** of transmissions from the previous 24 hours

- **Intercom** to communicate with other Clients without using radio talk time

_**Remote Radio Access**_
Radio users sometimes find themselves outside the radio coverage area, such as when traveling, or in a building with
limited coverage. If an Internet connection is available, Solo allows a user to stay in 'radio' contact.

**9**

##### **1.4 SCREEN COMPONENTS**

**10**

###### **2 OPERATION**

##### **2.1 CONTROLS**

When a Solo client is connected to the IP Gateway module, all control station radio buttons on the virtual user interface
are operational. Reference the Motorola's MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE documentation for operation details of
these buttons. In addition, the Solo has several other controls described below.

_**Volume Global Control**_

Controls for globally adjusting volume are located on the bottom right side of the Solo client window. The **Volume**

slider can be adjusted by clicking on the speaker icon and holding the mouse over the slider handle, then dragging it
up or down. Mute all incoming transmissions by sliding the slider handle all the way down.

_**Mic Global Control**_

Controls for globally adjusting the microphone levels are also located on the bottom right side of the Solo client window.

The **Microphone** slider can be adjusted by clicking on the mic icon and holding the mouse over the slider handle,
then dragging it up or down. Mute all outgoing transmissions by sliding the slider handle all the way down.

_**Talk/Listen Controls**_

The **Push to Talk** button functions just like a push-to-talk button on a portable radio
or handheld mic. The PTT acknowledgement tone must be heard before speaking or
else the beginning of your conversation will not be transmitted. With 'Default'
displayed in the Recipient window, a transmission from this Client using the **Push to**
**Talk** button will be transmitted to the default group programmed in the base station
radio.

For private calls or group calls, click the down arrow next to the Recipient window. When
the Recipient list opens as shown below, click on a subscriber or group, then use the **Push**
**to Talk** button to make the private or group call. A subscriber whose icon is green has been
detected by the base station radio's ARS (Automatic Registration Service) and is considered
available. A subscriber whose icon is red has not been detected by the ARS.

The **Call Alert** button provides a quick way to issue an alert tone to a subscriber in the drop-down recipient list.

The **Intercom** button functions in a similar manner to the **Push to Talk** button described above, except that it is will
only communicate with other Solo clients that are connected to the same Gateway. In other words, a message using this
button will not be transmitted to portable, mobile, or base station radios. Therefore, the use of this button will not use
any bandwidth on the radio system. It also differs from the **Push to Talk** button in that is supports duplex communication
with other Solo clients. This means that multiple clients can simultaneously Speak and Listen to each other using the
**Intercom** button.

_**Radio Virtual User Interface (VUi)**_
All radio controls are operational via the Solo client's virtual user interface. The only exceptions are the Power button,
and the Volume knob. Volume is controlled with the Volume Slider. Permanent Power Off is not possible but the radio
can be power cycled by the **Reboot Radio** option, located in the **Radio** Menu.

**11**

##### **2.2 MENUS**

_**FILE menu**_

_**Disconnect**_
This menu item allows a user to disconnect the current user from the RadioPro IP Gateway
module. The 'Connect to RadioPro Gateway' login window is then displayed.

_**Exit**_
This menu item will close the Client program.

_**RADIO Menu**_
This menu provides direct remote control of certain radio functions.

_**Permanent Monitor**_
Selecting Permanent Monitor will allow the receiver to pass all traffic received on the
selected channel.

_**Scan**_
Disables or enables the radio scanning for voice activity by cycling through the
channel/group sequence specified in the scan list for the current channel/group.

_**Power**_
This allows the quick selection between High or Low Transmit Output Power levels of the Radio. This feature will
only have an affect on radio models that have high and low power settings. This may also require the control station
radio to be programmed with the power setting enabled.

_**Reboot Radio**_
This option allows the user to restart the radio from the interface remotely.

_**Emergency TX**_
If enabled in the control station radio programming this feature sends out a distress signal from the radio that triggers an
audible alert in the RF field unit of every active user.

_**CHANNEL Menu**_

_**Zone #**_
This menu item will choose a zone that has been previously defined. Each zone will consist of up
to 16 channels that have been previously defined on the control station radio.

_**VIEW Menu**_

_**Active Users**_
This menu item will display a list of connected client users. Each user will be displayed with
their Username and IP Address.

_**Text Messaging & Quick Text**_
This menu item will allow the user to select a Recipient from the **Send To** : drop down menu,
and after typing the desired text the send button will send the message to the desired receiver.
Also the quick text message feature will allow the user to select a preconfigured text message to send to the Recipient.
The quick texts can be defined in the settings menu; see _**Quick Text tab**_ on Page 14 for more information.
**Note** : Text Messaging will function only with radios in Digital mode.

**12**

_**Recent History**_
This menu item shows a list of the last 50 transmissions.
If the user wants to replay a transmission they should double-click on the transmission they would like to replay, or

single click on the transmission and then click on the play button .

_**Browse History**_
This menu item allows a user to look at up to the last 50 transmissions from a
specified time from the past 24 hours by selecting a desired time from the
drop down menu. If the user wants to replay a transmission they should
double-click on the transmission they would like to replay, or single-click on
the transmission and then click on the play button.

_**SETTINGS Menu**_

_**Change Password**_
This menu item allows the current user to change his password.

_**Client**_

**General tab**

The **General** tab of this menu item displays options for
customizing the operation of the Solo client program.

- **Make Solo always on top of other windows**
This option will keep the Solo client above all other
windows that are open on the client PC.

- **Program minimizes to system tray when closed**
When the user clicks on another window outside of Solo,
Solo will minimize.

- **Make visible when a call is received**
When Solo is minimized or behind another window when
a call is received, then it will appear in front of the other
windows.

- **Make visible when a hotkey is activated**
If Solo is minimized or behind another window when a
hotkey is pressed, then it will appear in front of the other windows.

- **Set private call to last received call**
This option will automatically set the Recipient list to the last received transmission channel.

- **Clear text messages when texting window closes**
This option will clear out the text messages displayed when the _**text messaging**_ window is closed.

- **Make users unavailable if not seen for more than:**
This option set the number of minutes a user is inactive before a they become unavailable in the list.

**13**

**Gateways tab**

The Gateways tab of this menu item allows alias names to be defined for
use during log-in (instead of entering numerical IP addresses).  To set up
an alias:

1. Enter the desired _**Alias**_ name

2. Enter the _**Gateway Address**_

3. Click the _**Add**_ Button

**Audio tab**

The Audio tab of this menu item allows the user to specify which
Recording Device and Playback Device, as well as the quality of the
audio. Along with these settings, the user also has the option to
determine how much of each signal (From PC, From Radio, and Effects)
is played by adjusting the moving sliders up or down.

When selecting audio, the user can select the Microsoft Sound Mapper
which will automatically use the device the PC has set as default.

It is recommended that the microphone being used is selected in the
_**Recording Devices**_ drop-down box.

For _**Audio Quality**_, select _**High Quality**_ or _**Compressed**_ . See the following table for a comparison of these two
modes of audio transfer.

|Col1|High Quality|Compressed|
|---|---|---|
|Bandwidth per voice stream<br>(one talk group)|22kBytes/sec|2.2kBytes/sec|
|Bandwidth for 10 voice streams<br>(10 talk groups)|220kBytes/sec|22kBytes/sec|
|Best use|Highest quality audio<br>between radios and RadioPro <br>clients|Most efficient use of IP<br>network bandwidth|

_**Enable PC Cross Mute**_ is useful if there are multiple computers in the same room and the user does not wish to
hear audio being played back on all of the computers. Adjacent PCs should have the same Cross Mute ID selected.

**Quick Text tab**

The Quick Text tab of this menu item will allow the user to define quick
text messages that can be used in the Text Messaging feature. For more
info on Text Messaging, see _**Text Messaging**_ in the _**View Menu**_ section
above. To remove **Quick Text** items right click on the item and select
remove.

**14**

**About tab**

The About tab of this menu item shows the Part Number and
Version of the Client software.

_**Remote Support**_
The Remote Support feature will download and install 'Team
Viewer'. This software is used to remotely control the machine
where RadioPro Solo is installed.

_**Gateway**_
NOTE: This menu item is available only for a user logged in as
'admin'

**Accounts tab**

The Accounts tab of this menu item allows a Client logged in as
'admin' to edit current users as well as add new users to the
Gateway. Click on 'Save' when finished.

**Radio Aliases tab**

The Radio Aliases tab of this menu item allows a Client logged in as
'admin' to add, edit or remove an alias name for a user. This tab also
allows for exporting and importing existing alias lists for easy
programming.

**Admin tab**

The Admin tab of this menu item allows a Client logged in as 'admin' to see information about the Gateway as
well as the ability to Reboot the Gateway.

_**Update License**_
NOTE: This menu item is available only for a user logged in as 'admin'

The Update License menu item allows the user to request the current license to be stored on their PC, or the ability
to set the license from a file currently available on the PC. See Appendix for more details.

**15**

_**HELP Menu**_

_**About**_
The About Menu item shows the Part Number and Version of the Client software or access

Remote Support.

_**Remote Support**_
The Remote Support menu item allows the user to get remote assistance from our Technical Support staff.

_**Logs**_
The Logs menu item allows the user to navigate to the file folder where the RadioPro Solo Client stores log files.

**16**

###### **3 APPENDIX**

##### **3.1 APPENDIX – RadioPro SOLO CLIENT LICENSE UPGRADE**

The RadioPro IP Gateway is programmed for the number of Client Licenses that were purchased with your order. Any
Client connections exceeding the purchased license quantity will have a limited connection time of 5 minutes. If
additional client licenses are needed, they may be purchased at any time. To update the license on a RadioPro IP
Gateway, perform the following steps:
1. Transfer the License Key file from the RadioPro IP Gateway to your Client PC.

a. Choose **Update License** from the **Settings** menu. The following
**Update License** window will be displayed.

b. Click the **Get License Key** button to transfer the existing

license key from the RadioPro IP Gateway to your Client
PC. The following **Save As** window will be displayed.

c. Enter a **File name** and specify a location for **Save in**, and
then click the **Save** button.

2. Send the license key file to CTI Products at support@ctiproducts.com. An updated license key file will be returned

via email.
3. Transfer the Updated License Key file from your Client PC to the RadioPro IP Gateway.

a. After the updated license key file is received, again choose **Update License** from the **Settings**
menu.
b. Click the **Set License Key** button to transfer the updated license key from your Client PC to the

RadioPro IP Gateway.
c. Select the **File name** and location where the License Key is located, and then click the **Open** button.

**17**

##### **3.2 APPENDIX - SPECIFICATIONS**

_**PC Requirements for Solo**_
Operating System: Windows 8.1 or 10
Microphone: External (recommended) or Internal to PC

Speaker/Headphones: External (recommended) or Internal to PC

IP Network Interface: 10 Mbps or faster

**18**

###### **4 FEATURE AVAILABILITY**

Depending on the radio system type, some features may not be available. Use the following table to determine if a
feature discussed in this document is not available.

##### **4.1 FEATURES BASED ON MOTOTRBO SYSTEM TYPE**

Use the following table to determine if a Solo feature is not available for a MOTOTRBO System Type.

|System Type<br>Feature|Analog|Conv.<br>Digital|Cap +|IP Site<br>Connect|Linked<br>Cap +|Connect<br>Plus|Cap<br>Max|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Group Call Tx and Rx|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Private Call Tx and Rx| <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓ <br>|✓ <br>|
|Voice Recording<br>(Previous 24 hours)|✓|✓|✓|<br>✓|✓|✓|<br>✓ <br>|
|Text Messaging||✓|✓|✓|✓||✓|
|ARS<br>(Radio Availability)| <br>|✓ <br>|✓|✓|✓| <br>| <br>|
|Full radio control|✓|<br>✓|✓|<br>✓|✓|✓|✓|

##### **4.2 FEATURES BASED ON NEXEDGE SYSTEM TYPE**

Use the following table to determine if a Solo feature is not available for a NEXEDGE System Type.

|System Type<br>Feature|Analog|Analog w/<br>FleetSync|Digital<br>NXDN|Digital<br>NXDN<br>w/ call ack.|NXDN &<br>LTR<br>Trunking|NXDN<br>Trunking|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Group Call<br>Tx and Rx|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Selective Call<br>Tx and Rx| <br>|✓|✓||✓| <br>|
|Voice Recording<br>(Previous 24 hours)|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Text Messaging||✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|
|Status Updates| <br>|✓ <br>|✓|✓|✓|✓ <br>|
|Full radio control|✓|<br>✓|✓|✓|✓|✓|

**19**

###### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

_**RadioPro IP Gateways**_

**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**

|ICU.exe Admin Password<br>for ICU.exe, default is 'admin'|Dispatch Client Password<br>for Dispatch client connections|
|---|---|
||default is 'user'|

**Parameters Unique to each IP Gateway**

|GPS = GPS Data Revert.<br>Each IP Gateway supports 1<br>Voice & 1 GPS Data Radio.|Name<br>IP Gateway name has max 2<br>lines, 24 chars per line|Serial<br>#|IP Address|Subnet Mask|Default<br>Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|**_IP Gateway A_**<br>Example Gateway Name<br>1234<br>192.168.56.22<br>255.255.255.0<br>192.168.56.1|
|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**Voice Radio A0**<br>Example Radio VR A0<br> <br>192.168.10.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|**GPS Radio A1**<br>Example Radio GPS A1<br> <br>192.168.11.1<br>255.255.255.0<br>|
|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway B_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio B0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio B1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway C_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio C0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio C1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway D_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway E_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway F_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway G_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway H_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio D0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio D1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**_IP Gateway J_**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**Voice Radio E0**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|
|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**GPS Radio E1**<br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**20**

###### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

_**RadioPro Dispatch Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

**Parameters Common** **Parameters Unique**
**to all Dispatch clients** **to each Dispatch client**

|Administrator Password|Col2|PC Name|IP Address|License|Licensed IP Gateway|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_for Edit Mode _**||||**_# _**|**_Connections_**|

_**RadioPro Solo, Talk, and Mobile Clients**_

See _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_, for more information.

**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**

|Administrator Login Name<br>Not Editable|Administrator Password<br>default is 'admin'|
|---|---|
|admin||

|User Login Name|User Password|
|---|---|
|default is 'user'|default is 'user'|

If additional Solo, Talk, or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**21**


## RadioPro System Planner for Motorola MOTOTRBO

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-planner-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf
Document type: PDF, 34 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM)**

**by CTI Products, Inc.**

### **System Planner**

**for Motorola MOTOTRBO**

**For Version 9 Software**

###### RadioPro System Planner

_**Contact Us**_
Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900
[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

_**Disclaimer**_
Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**2**

###### Table of Contents

Contact Us
Disclaimer

**SYSTEM OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................................ 5**

1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
ARCHITECTURE

_System Component Limits .................................................................................................................................................. 8_
SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS

_System Planner Template ................................................................................................................................................... 8_
_Version Compatibility ......................................................................................................................................................... 9_
LICENSING

_RadioPro Dispatch Clients ................................................................................................................................................. 9_
_RadioPro Solo for PC, and RadioPro Talk for iOS and Android ....................................................................................... 9_

**OTHER ITEMS NEEDED .................................................................................................................................................... 10**

RADIO INTERFACE CABLE
CONTROL STATION RADIO
RADIO PROGRAMMING CABLE
RADIO PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE
LAPTOP OR PC

**CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION STEPS ......................................................................................................... 12**

**SYSTEM EXAMPLES .......................................................................................................................................................... 13**

ARS SIGNALING
GPS SIGNALING
CPS CONFIGURATION
CONVENTIONAL DIGITAL OR ANALOG SYSTEM WITHOUT DATA REVERT, OR CONNECT PLUS (VOICE ONLY)

_IP Addresses and Radio IDs ............................................................................................................................................. 14_
_ARS and GPS Signaling (Conventional) .......................................................................................................................... 15_
CONVENTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEM WITH DATA REVERT

_IP Addresses and Radio IDs ............................................................................................................................................. 16_
_ARS and GPS Signaling (Conventional with Data Revert) .............................................................................................. 17_
IP SITE CONNECT SYSTEM WITHOUT DATA REVERT

_IP Addresses and Radio IDs ............................................................................................................................................. 18_
_ARS and GPS Signaling (IP Site Connect) ....................................................................................................................... 19_
IP SITE CONNECT SYSTEM WITH DATA REVERT

_IP Addresses and Radio IDs ............................................................................................................................................. 20_
_ARS and GPS Signaling (IP Site Connect with Data Revert) ........................................................................................... 21_
CAPACITY PLUS SYSTEM WITHOUT DATA REVERT

_IP Addresses and Radio IDs ............................................................................................................................................. 22_
_ARS and GPS Signaling (Capacity Plus) ......................................................................................................................... 23_
CAPACITY PLUS SYSTEM WITH DATA REVERT

_IP Addresses and Radio IDs ............................................................................................................................................. 24_
_ARS and GPS Signaling (Capacity Plus with Data Revert) ............................................................................................. 25_

**MOTOROLA ENHANCED GPS REPEATER OPTION .................................................................................................. 26**

COMPARISON WITH STANDARD DATA REVERT
RADIO UPDATES VS. WINDOW SIZE
CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENTS

_RadioPro IP Gateways ..................................................................................................................................................... 27_
_MOTOTRBO(TM) Repeaters ................................................................................................................................................ 27_

Conventional and IP Site Connect
Capacity Plus and Linked Capacity Plus

**SYSTEM DESIGN RESOURCES ........................................................................................................................................ 28**

**3**

MOTOTRBO SYSTEM DESIGN TOOLS
RADIOPRO SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE

**APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................................................. 29**

APPENDIX - RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY SPECIFICATIONS

_Mechanical and Environmental ....................................................................................................................................... 29_
_Electrical .......................................................................................................................................................................... 29_
_Miscellaneous ................................................................................................................................................................... 29_
APPENDIX - IP ADDRESSING

**SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY CONSIDERATIONS .......................................................................................................... 30**

APPENDIX - CONFIGURING PORT FORWARDING ON ROUTERS
APPENDIX – RACK MOUNTING

_Rack Shelf ......................................................................................................................................................................... 32_
_XPR5550 Fixed Mounting ................................................................................................................................................ 32_

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 1 OF 2 .......................................................................................................... 33**

_RadioPro IP Gateways ..................................................................................................................................................... 33_

Parameters Common to all IP Gateways
Parameters Unique to Each IP Gateway

**SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE** **PAGE 2 OF 2 .......................................................................................................... 34**

_RadioPro Dispatch Clients ............................................................................................................................................... 34_

Parameters Common Parameters Unique to all Dispatch clients to all Dispatch clients
_RadioPro Solo and RadioPro Talk for iOS and Android ................................................................................................. 34_

Parameters Common to all Talk Clients

**4**

##### **SYSTEM OVERVIEW**

**RadioPro(TM)** is a licensed managed communication product, which allows remote access to RF 2-way radios systems over
IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists of Windows(R) PC-based software, which allows voice
and data communications between Client PC users and 2-way radio subscribers. Communications with radio subscribers
is also possible for remote mobile device users on Android and iOS platforms. A functional RadioPro system must have
at least one, of ALL the following components:

- One Server ( **RadioPro IP Gateway device** ),

- One Client ( **Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), or RadioPro Talk application** )

- Ethernet access to connect the RadioPro IP Gateway to a LAN or WAN.

- One connection license (for each required Dispatch or Solo client)

###### **1.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS**

CTI's Dispatch over IP system is based on Server-Client architecture. System components are described below:

- **RadioPro IP Gateway Kit** (CTI Part # S2-61815) is the hardware
interface that connects between the mobile radio (Control Station) and an
IP network. The RadioPro Gateway is:

`o` the IP Translator for the 'Control Station Radio'

`o` the Server for the 'Remote Clients' that seek to connect.

System components, such as IP Gateways and clients, may be located together or separated geographically
but connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN). Optional license must
be purchased, to allow client connections using Solo, Talk, and/or Talk for Mobile applications, to connect
to the Gateway and use the two-way radio system. Each IP Gateway requires a static IP address.
For more information about the Gateway Kit see the following links or documents:

_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_ _**Motorola**_ _MOTOTRBO_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-apx-4500.pdf)_ _**Motorola**_ _APX 4500_
_RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for_ _**[Kenwood](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf)**_ _NEXEDGE NX-7xx-8xx 37xx-38xx_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf)_ _**Kenwood**_ _NEXEDGE NX-57xx-58xx_
_[RadioPro IP Gateway Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Family of Products](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-family-of-products.pdf)_

- **RadioPro Dispatch Client** (CTI Part #s S1-61770
Core, S1-61771 Voice Module, S1-61772 GPS Module,
S1-61773 Telemetry Module, S1-61774 Text
Messaging Module) is a dispatch console for PCs that
provides voice dispatching of multiple simultaneous
radio channels or talk groups, as well as GPS/AVL,
Telemetry, Text Messaging, and Voice Logging.
The Windows 10 or 8.1 operating system is required.
This solution is compatible for use with either Motorola
MOTOTRBO or Kenwood NEXEDGE radio systems.
System components, such as Dispatch clients and IP Gateways, may be located together or separated
geographically but connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).
For more information, see the following links or documents:

_[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Dispatch Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-data-sheet.pdf)_
_[RadioPro System Accessories](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf)_

**5**

- **Solo(TM) Client** is a software application that provides remote radio
operation of a single radio channel or talk group using PCs and
notebooks. It is designed for use with Motorola MOTOTRBO and
Kenwood NEXEDGE radio systems. It features a virtual radio head,
which duplicates the full functionality of compatible control station
radios that are connected. Features include:

`o` Channel Steering,

`o` 24-hour Voice logging,

`o` Subscriber contact listing and

`o` Text Messaging.
The Client application requires the Windows 10 or 8.1 operating system. The use of this application
requires an optional license to be installed on the IP Gateway. The license determines the number of
simultaneous persistent Solo and RadioPro Talk mobile users that can be connected to the radio system at
one time. System components, such as clients and IP Gateways, may be located together or separated
geographically, but connected via a Wide Area Network (WAN) or Virtual Private Network (VPN).
For more information, see the following links or documents:

_[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo User Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-user-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Solo Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-data-sheet.pdf)_

- **RadioPro Talk(TM)** is a mobile app for Android and iOS that provides portable
remote operation of a 2-way radio system:

`o` for voice communications,

`o` text messaging, and

`o` locating another user.
This application can be used with either Motorola MOTOTRBO or Kenwood
NEXEDGE radio systems. The Mobile app can connect using cellular or Wi-Fi, to
maintain access to Radio systems when you are on-the-go inside or outside the
coverage area, but still need to communicate on your radio system. This application
requires a license to be installed on the IP Gateway for the clients to operate. The license
uses the same pool of licenses as the RadioPro Solo software listed above.
For more information about RadioPro Talk, see the following documents:

_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices How-to-Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_
_[RadioPro Talk for Mobile Devices Data Sheet](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-data-sheet.pdf)_

- **Control Station Radio**       - A control station radio (CSR) **must** be used for the interface to the radio system,
which then connects to a RadioPro IP Gateway using the rear accessory/communications port. Each CSR
used for voice requires one IP Gateway. Simultaneous channel monitoring will require one CSR per channel.
Compatible CSR Radio models that support full radio functionality from a RadioPro client include:

- **Motorola MOTOTRBO** : XPR 2500
XPR 5550/5550e (5000/5000e Series)
XPR 5550e (5000e Series)

- **Motorola P25** : APX 4500 (Intercom Only)

- **Kenwood NEXEDGE** : NX-700 / NX-800
NX-720 / NX-820
NX-3720 / NX-3820
NX-5700 / NX-5800

- A **Personal Computer or Workstation** is required to host the RadioPro Dispatch or RadioPro Solo clients.
Console accessories may include microphone and speakers (or headset), Push-to-Talk footswitch, and touch
screen monitor.

**6**

###### RadioPro System Planner **ARCHITECTURE**

The IP Gateway interfaces the radio system to an IP network. One IP Gateway is required for each control station radio
used for voice. However, the IP Gateways and control station radios can be centrally located or scattered among different
locations using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

As a rule, one IP Gateway is required for each control station radio used for voice. Similarly, one control station radio is
required for each channel or talk group that needs to be accessed and used concurrently on a multi-channel system.

Each RadioPro IP Gateway acts as a Network Interface for the Control Station Radio connected to it, and allows easy
wide-area deployment. Additionally, each RadioPro IP Gateway also functions as a server for the remote clients seeking
to establish a connection and use the radio system.

Systems may have a mixture of RadioPro Dispatch, Solo, and Talk clients for PCs, as well as RadioPro Talk for Mobile
apps running on mobile devices. These Clients may be centrally located or scattered among different locations using a
Virtual Private Network (VPN) or Wide Area Network (WAN) such as the Internet.

**Diagram 1**

**7**

###### **_System Component Limits_**

The RadioPro solution was tested and verified to operate up to the maximum number of components listed below.

_**Maximum of 70 IP Gateways per Dispatch Client**_

###### **SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS**

###### **_System Planner Template_**

The System Planner Template can be found at the end of this document and can be used during the 'Planning Phase' of
a project to record IP addresses, usernames, passwords, serial numbers, and device names.

**8**

###### **_Version Compatibility_**

RadioPro Dispatch clients and IP Gateway versions must be matched in order to communicate with each other.
Compatibility can be assured when the first two (Major) digits of the version number are the same. (The third digit
indicates a minor revision and will not present a compatibility issue if not matched.)

In addition, the license file for a RadioPro Dispatch client must be at the same major version level. In other words, a
RadioPro Dispatch software license key for version 8 is required to run RadioPro Dispatch version 8. (A RadioPro version
7 Dispatch license key will not function with version 8 Dispatch.)

###### **LICENSING**

###### **_RadioPro Dispatch Clients_**

The RadioPro Dispatch is a multilinking client software, capable of making several simultaneous connections to
multiple RadioPro gateways at once. Each PC requires Windows OS to install the Dispatch client but also needs a
unique factory supplied software license key to be imported to the PC to customize it for use.

The Dispatch (multilink) license key file specifies the number of IP Gateways that a RadioPro Dispatch console can be
configured for connection and use. It also determines availability for GPS, Text Messaging and other purchasable
options.

Additional features and Gateway connections (up to the Component Limits) can be purchased and added to an existing
license file at any time.

**Note** : License upgrade components may be added, but not removed from existing license files.

###### **_RadioPro Solo for PC, and RadioPro Talk for iOS and Android_**

These are Uni-linking client options, which can connect to a single RadioPro IP Gateway for a single session; but with
the advantage of running on different platforms and or devices. Though limited by comparison to the Multilink Dispatch
option, they still provide an affordable and compact set of features for radio control operations.

The single-link client applications also require a separate license file, to be installed on the IP Gateway, to manage
connections from Solo (for PCs and Notebooks) and RadioPro Talk for mobile devices (for Android and iOS). Licenses
for the latter may be acquired when the IP Gateway is originally purchased, but can also be easily upgraded and added
post installation, to a RadioPro IP Gateway.

The serial number label located on the bottom of the IP Gateway indicates the number of Solo and RadioPro Talk
connection licenses installed on the IP Gateway at the initial factory setup.

The number stated for the Solo, and Talk for Mobile licenses, indicates the maximum number of persisting simultaneous
connections that will be maintained by the Gateway, when multiple client applications want to connect and use the Radio
system.

However, upgraded license quantities in the gateway may not be reflected accurately if changes were made after purchase.
Therefore, the ICU.exe utility should **always** be used to confirm or determine the number of client connection licenses
presently installed on the gateway.

**9**

##### **OTHER ITEMS NEEDED**

###### **RADIO INTERFACE CABLE**

A radio interface cable must be ordered for each IP Gateway from the following table:

Other cables are available to connect a dedicated data revert cable. Contact CTI for more information.

###### **CONTROL STATION RADIO**

Each Control Station radio used for voice requires one IP Gateway. The control station radio connected to the IP Gateway
**must at least have the minimum firmware version listed below** . Motorola's CPS (Customer Programming Software)
or Kenwood's FPU (Field Programming Unit) software will be needed to configure the control station radio.

**10**

###### RadioPro System Planner **RADIO PROGRAMMING CABLE**

Either the Motorola programming cable or the RadioPro Gateway cable may be used with the CPS software to configure
the Control Station radio.

**Note:** A programming cable connected to the front microphone connector on the Control Station radio may prevent
communications to a RadioPro IP Gateway through the Rear Accessory Connector.

**WARNING: Remove any other cable from the front microphone connector before attempting to connect and use**
**the RadioPro IP Gateway or a programming PC on the rear accessory connector. The front and rear ports**
**cannot be engaged at the same time.**

###### **RADIO PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE**

Motorola's CPS (Customer Programming Software) utility or Kenwood's KPG-111DN FPU ('Field Programming Unit'
software) is required to configure the Control Station radio for various RadioPro functions.

###### **LAPTOP OR PC**

A laptop or PC will be needed to run the ICU.exe utility mentioned in the previous section. However, the same application
PC may be used for this operation.

**11**

##### **CONFIGURATION AND INSTALLATION STEPS**

Use the steps in the following table to install a RadioPro System.

**12**

##### **SYSTEM EXAMPLES**

The System Example diagrams in this section represent some of the configuration options for RadioPro. Two diagrams
are presented for each MOTOTRBO system type:

- IP Addresses and Radio IDs

- ARS and GPS Signaling

###### **ARS SIGNALING**

Applications such as RadioPro often need to know the status of subscriber radios in a system. In order to satisfy this
requirement, subscriber radios can be required to register with the application using _**Automatic Registration Service**_
_**(ARS)**_ messaging. The _**ARS Status**_ message is reported by subscriber radios on a periodic basis to an application referred
to as the _**ARS Server**_ . If the subscriber radio does not receive an _**ARS Acknowledgement**_ message from the _**ARS Server**_
application, the subscriber radio will repeatedly resend the _**ARS Status**_ message, flooding the channel with data message
traffic. A RadioPro IP Gateway performs the _**ARS Server**_ function and will respond to the _**ARS Status**_ message with an
_**ARS Acknowledgement**_ message. The _**ARS Acknowledgement**_ message sent from the RadioPro IP Gateway includes an
' _**ARS Subscriber Refresh Rate**_ '. The ' _**ARS Subscriber Refresh Rate**_ ' tells the subscriber radios how often to resend
_**ARS Status**_ updates to the _**ARS Server**_ and is configured in the **MOTOTRBO Radio** tab of the ICU.exe. See Motorola's
MOTOTRBO System Planner (Section 3.1.3.2 _**Presence Notifier**_ ) and the following diagrams for additional details.

###### **GPS SIGNALING**

A LRRP (Location Request Response Protocol) request for GPS (Global Positioning System) status is initiated by a
RadioPro IP Gateway. The target subscriber radio will respond with its GPS position data, which may also include speed,
time, and other parameters. The target subscriber radio can be requested to provide a response to either an _**Immediate**_
_**Location Request**_ or a _**Triggered Location Request**_ . An _**Immediate Location Request**_ is answered by a subscriber radio
with a single GPS status message. A _**Triggered Location Request**_ is answered by a subscriber radio with periodic GPS
status updates based on a time interval or an event such as radio key-up. _**Triggered Location Request**_ configuration
parameters can be found in the **GPS** tab of the ICU.exe. See Motorola's MOTOTRBO System Planner and the diagrams
in this document for additional details.

###### **CPS CONFIGURATION**

For additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios, See:

_**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)**_

_**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Motorola APX 4500](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-apx-4500.pdf)**_

_**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NX-7xx-8xx 37xx-38xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-7xx-8xx-37xx-38xx.pdf)**_

_**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide for Kenwood NX-57xx-58xx](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf)**_

**13**

###### RadioPro System Planner **CONVENTIONAL DIGITAL OR ANALOG SYSTEM WITHOUT DATA REVERT,**

**OR CONNECT PLUS (VOICE ONLY)**

###### **_IP Addresses and Radio IDs_**

For Conventional Digital or Analog MOTOTRBO systems without Data Revert slots, each **repeater voice slot** must have
an associated XPR5550 Control Station radio and RadioPro IP Gateway as indicated in the diagram below.

**Diagram 2a**

Use the following notes when assigning IP Addresses and Radio IDs for components in the **Diagram 2a** system above:

Notes 1 & 2

1. IP Gateways must have a static IP Address. See indicated in system diagram.

Notes 1 & 2

2. An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must have unique subnets. See indicated in system
diagram.

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**14**

###### **_ARS and GPS Signaling (Conventional)_**

In the **Diagram 2b** below, there are no dedicated **Data Revert** slots. In this case, all data request and status messages
for _**ARS**_ and _**GPS**_ use the same **Voice** repeater slot and **Voice** radio channel.

**Diagram 2b**

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**15**

###### RadioPro System Planner **CONVENTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEM WITH DATA REVERT**

###### **_IP Addresses and Radio IDs_**

For Conventional Digital systems with Data Revert slots, one RadioPro IP Gateway can support one Voice Control Station
Radio as well as three additional Data Revert Radios. The RadioPro IP Gateway must have software version 5.1.5 or
later.

**Diagram 3a**

Use the following ' **Notes'** when assigning IP Addresses and Radio IDs for components in the above system:

Note 1

1. An IP Gateway can support one Voice Radio and three Data Revert Radios. See indicated in system
diagram.

Notes 2 - 4

2. IP Gateways must have a fixed IP Address. See indicated in system diagram.

Notes 2 - 4

3. An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must have unique subnets. See indicated in system
diagram.

4. For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the IP address of the Voice Radio must be lower than the IP addresses of the Data

Notes 2 - 4

Revert Radios. See indicated in system diagram.

Note 5

5. All radios that share an IP Gateway must have the same Radio ID. See indicated in system diagram.

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**16**

###### **_ARS and GPS Signaling (Conventional with Data Revert)_**

For Conventional Digital systems with **Data Revert** slots, one RadioPro IP Gateway can support one **Voice** Control
Station Radio as well as three additional **Data Revert** Radios. The RadioPro IP Gateway must have software version
5.1.5 or later.

When **Data Revert** slots are used in a system, only _**GPS Data**_ status messages from the subscriber radios use the Data
Revert repeater slot. All other data (such as _**GPS Request**_ messages from the RadioPro IP Gateway, _**ARS Status**_ messages
from a subscriber radio, and the _**ARS Acknowledge**_ messages from the RadioPro IP Gateway) use a **Voice** radio and
**Voice** repeater slot.

**Diagram 3b**

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**17**

###### RadioPro System Planner **IP SITE CONNECT SYSTEM WITHOUT DATA REVERT**

###### **_IP Addresses and Radio IDs_**

For IP Site Connect systems without Data Revert slots, each **repeater voice slot** must have an associated XPR5550
Control Station radio and RadioPro IP Gateway as indicated in the diagram below. One RadioPro IP Gateway and
XPR5550 Control Station Radio is required for each Local (non-IP Site Connect) slot. In addition, one RadioPro IP
Gateway and XPR5550 Control Station Radio is required for each wide area (IP Site Connect) 'channel'. The RadioPro
IP Gateway and XPR5550 Control Station Radio supporting a wide area 'channel' can be located at any site.

**Diagram 4a**

Use the following ' **Notes** ' when assigning IP Addresses and Radio IDs for components in the above system:

Notes 1 & 2

1. IP Gateways must have a fixed IP Address. See indicated in system diagram.

Notes 1 & 2

2. An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must have unique subnets. See indicated in system
diagram.

See _**RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**18**

###### **_ARS and GPS Signaling (IP Site Connect)_**

In the following diagram, there are no dedicated **Data Revert** slots. In this case, all data request and status messages for
_**ARS**_ and _**GPS**_ use the same **Voice** repeater slot and **Voice** radio channel.

**Diagram 4b**

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**19**

###### RadioPro System Planner **IP SITE CONNECT SYSTEM WITH DATA REVERT**

###### **_IP Addresses and Radio IDs_**

For IP Site Connect systems with Data Revert slots, one RadioPro IP Gateway can support one Voice Control Station
Radio as well as three additional Data Revert Radios. The RadioPro IP Gateway must have software version 5.1.5 or
later. One RadioPro IP Gateway and XPR5550 Control Station Radio is required for each Local (non-IP Site Connect)
slot. In addition, one RadioPro IP Gateway and XPR5550 Control Station Radio is required for each wide area (IP Site
Connect) 'channel'. The RadioPro IP Gateway and XPR5550 Control Station Radio supporting a wide area (IP Site
Connect) 'channel' can be located at any site.

**Diagram 5a**

Use the following **'Notes'** when assigning IP Addresses and Radio IDs for components in the above system:

Note 1

1. An IP Gateway can support one Voice Radio and three Data Revert Radios. See indicated in system
diagram.

Notes 2 - 4

2. IP Gateways must have a fixed IP Address. See indicated in system diagram.

Notes 2 - 4

3. An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must have unique subnets. See indicated in system
diagram.

4. For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the IP address of the Voice Radio must be lower than the IP addresses of the Data

Notes 2 - 4

Revert Radios. See indicated in system diagram.

Note 5

5. All radios that share an IP Gateway must have the same Radio ID. See indicated in system diagram.

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**20**

###### **_ARS and GPS Signaling (IP Site Connect with Data Revert)_**

For IP Site Connect systems with **Data Revert** slots, one RadioPro IP Gateway can support one **Voice** Control Station
Radio as well as three additional **Data Revert** Radios. The RadioPro IP Gateway must have software version 5.1.5 or
later.

When **Data Revert** slots are used in a system, data messages from a RadioPro IP Gateway are sent using a **Voice** radio
and **Voice** repeater slot. On the other hand, data messages from a subscriber radio are sent using a **Data Revert** repeater
slot and a **Data** radio.

Specifically, a _**GPS Request**_ message from the RadioPro IP Gateway is sent using a **Voice** radio and repeater slot. The
corresponding _**GPS Data**_ status message from the subscriber radio is sent using a **Data Revert** repeater slot and radio.

Likewise, an _**ARS Status**_ message from a subscriber radio is sent using a **Data Revert** repeater slot and radio. The
corresponding _**ARS Acknowledge**_ message from the RadioPro IP Gateway is sent using a **Voice** radio and repeater slot.

**Diagram 5b**

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**21**

###### RadioPro System Planner **CAPACITY PLUS SYSTEM WITHOUT DATA REVERT**

###### **_IP Addresses and Radio IDs_**

For Capacity Plus systems without Data Revert slots, multiple RadioPro IP Gateway and Control Station Radio pairs may
utilize a smaller number of trunked repeater slots as indicated in the diagram below.

**Diagram 6a**

Use the following **'Notes'** when assigning IP Addresses and Radio IDs for components in the above system:

Notes 1 & 2

1. IP Gateways must have a fixed IP Address. See indicated in system diagram.

Notes 1 & 2

2. An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must have unique subnets. See indicated in system
diagram.

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**22**

###### **_ARS and GPS Signaling (Capacity Plus)_**

In Diagram 6b below, there are no dedicated Data Revert slots. In this case, the _**GPS Request**_ message from the RadioPro
IP Gateway and the _**GPS Data**_ status message from the subscriber radio use the same **Voice** repeater slot and **Voice**
radio channel. On the other hand, the _**ARS Status**_ message from the subscriber radio and the _**ARS Acknowledgement**_
message from the RadioPro IP Gateway use the **Rest** repeater slot and same **Voice** radio channel.

**Diagram 6b**

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**23**

###### RadioPro System Planner **CAPACITY PLUS SYSTEM WITH DATA REVERT**

###### **_IP Addresses and Radio IDs_**

For Capacity Plus systems with Data Revert slots, multiple RadioPro IP Gateway and Control Station Radio pairs may
utilize a smaller number of trunked repeater slots as indicated in the Diagram 7a below. In addition, one RadioPro IP
Gateway can support one Voice Control Station Radio as well as three additional Data Revert Radios. The RadioPro IP
Gateway must have software version 5.1.5 or later.

**Diagram 7a**

Use the following notes when assigning IP Addresses and Radio IDs for components in the above system:

Note 1

1. An IP Gateway can support one Voice Radio and three Data Revert Radios. See indicated in system
diagram.

Notes 2 - 4

2. IP Gateways must have a fixed IP Address. See indicated in system diagram.

Notes 2 - 4

3. An IP Gateway and all radios connected to it must have unique subnets. See indicated in system
diagram.

4. For radios sharing an IP Gateway, the IP address of the Voice Radio must be lower than the IP addresses of the Data

Notes 2 - 4

Revert Radios. See indicated in system diagram.

Note 5

5. All radios that share an IP Gateway must have the same Radio ID. See indicated in system diagram.

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**24**

###### **_ARS and GPS Signaling (Capacity Plus with Data Revert)_**

For Capacity Plus systems with **Data Revert** slots, one RadioPro IP Gateway can support one **Voice** Control Station
Radio as well as three additional **Data Revert** Radios. The RadioPro IP Gateway must have software version 5.1.5 or
later.

When **Data Revert** slots are used in a Capacity Plus system, data messages from a RadioPro IP Gateway are sent using
a **Voice** radio and one of the trunked **Voice** repeater slots. On the other hand, data messages from a subscriber radio are
sent using a **Data Revert** repeater slot and a **Data** radio.

Specifically, a _**GPS Request**_ message from the RadioPro IP Gateway is sent using a **Voice** radio and one of the trunked
**Voice** repeater slots. The corresponding _**GPS Data**_ status message from the subscriber radio is sent using a **Data Revert**
repeater slot and **Data** radio.

Likewise, an _**ARS Status**_ message from a subscriber radio is sent using a **Data Revert** repeater slot and **Data** radio. The
corresponding _**ARS Acknowledge**_ message from the RadioPro IP Gateway is sent using a **Voice** radio and one of the
trunked **Voice** repeater slots.

**Diagram 8**

See _**[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)**_ for additional setup details for Control Station radios and Subscriber radios.

**25**

##### **MOTOROLA ENHANCED GPS REPEATER OPTION**

###### **COMPARISON WITH STANDARD DATA REVERT**

The 'Enhanced GPS' repeater option available from Motorola is an inexpensive way to dramatically improve GPS data
throughput in a system with Data Revert repeater slots. The license for this option is purchasable from Motorola for either
new repeaters or an upgrade to existing repeaters. For the XPR8K repeaters, order Motorola # HKVN4048. The following
table compares two systems, each with a requirement to update 225 radio subscribers once every minute. Each system
has data revert slots for transferring the GPS data from subscriber radios.

The Enhanced GPS repeater option achieves this increase in efficiency by dividing the target update rate (30s, 1min, 2min,
4min, or 8min) into multiple 'time slices'. When a subscriber radio is powered on, the repeater synchronizes its time
clock with the subscriber radio, and then assigns a unique 'time slice' for that subscriber radio. The subscriber radio
reports GPS data when it's assigned 'time slice' reoccurs. Using this method, data collisions are eliminated, and the
efficiency of data reporting is improved as indicated in the table above.

###### **RADIO UPDATES VS. WINDOW SIZE**

In the following _**Radio Update Tables**_, the number of radio GPS updates is indicated based on selection criteria of
Update Interval and Window Reservation.

**Window Size = 5**, Privacy Type must be **None** or **Basic**

**Window Size = 6**, Privacy Type is **Enhanced**

**26**

###### RadioPro System Planner **CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENTS**

RadioPro IP Gateways, MOTOTRBO(TM) repeaters, and subscriber radios must be configured to correctly use the
'Enhanced GPS' repeater option.

###### **_RadioPro IP Gateways_**

The ICU.exe utility must be used to configure the settings in the GPS tab as
shown at right.

➢ Place a check in the box for 'Enable GPS Polling'.

➢ Specify a 'Minimum poll rate' of 30, 60, 120, 240, or 480 seconds.

These are the only values that are supported by the 'Enhanced
GPS' option.

###### **_MOTOTRBO(TM) Repeaters_**

The MOTOTRBO(TM) repeaters used for Data Revert channels must have the
'Enhanced Repeater' option enabled. Contact Motorola for ordering information.

_**Conventional and IP Site Connect**_

For Conventional or IP Site Connect radio systems, one slot in a repeater can be used for voice, while the other is used
for data revert.

_**Capacity Plus and Linked Capacity Plus**_

For Capacity Plus and LCP systems, repeaters used for data revert are standalone, and are not part of the trunked system.

**27**

##### **SYSTEM DESIGN RESOURCES**

###### **MOTOTRBO SYSTEM DESIGN TOOLS**

Motorola has created a toolset to help in estimating system resources in the following areas:

- Capacity Plus System Estimator

- Connect Plus System Estimator (Note: RadioPro will not function in Connect Plus systems until Motorola
releases Version 1.3 for the radios.)

- Conventional Loading Calculator

- Enhanced GPS Calculator

- Connect Plus Site Link Bandwidth Calculator (Note: RadioPro will not function in Connect Plus systems until
Motorola releases Version 1.3 for the radios.)

- IP Site Connect Bandwidth Calculator

The above Tool Set is available on the MOL (Motorola On-Line) site using the following folder path in the _**Resource**_
_**Center**_ tab:

**Resource Center tab**

**> Software**

**> Two-Way**

**> MOTOTRBO**

**> Data Applications**

**> MOTOTRBO System Design Tools**

Some System Design Tools use unrealistic parameter values in their calculation, especially for Motorola's Enhanced GPS
option. For example, the Capacity Plus System Estimator uses a Window Size of 5, and GPS Update Allocation of 100%.
Results obtained using these values yields a capacity of 128 GPS updates per minute per repeater slot, however this is not
a practical number.

A more realistic system would have a Window Size of 8, and GPS Update Allocation of 90%. Using these input parameter
values; the more practical capacity is 113 GPS updates per minute per repeater slot. This is still about six times
improvement over a system without the 'Enhanced GPS' repeater option, so is much more efficient use of repeater slots.

###### **RADIOPRO SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE**

Use the **System Planner Template** at the end of this document to record device names, passwords, and IP addresses.

**28**

##### **APPENDIX**

###### **APPENDIX - RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY SPECIFICATIONS**

###### **_Mechanical and Environmental_**

Dimensions: 8.25'W x 2.5'H x 11.5'D
Weight: 3 lbs.
Temperature Range: 0-50 [o] C
Humidity: 10-95% non-condensing

###### **_Electrical_**

AC Input (with included Power Adapter): 100–240Vac, 200mA max, 50-60Hz
DC Input: 11.5-12.5Vdc, 2A max

###### **_Miscellaneous_**

Transmit/Receive Impedance 600 ohms
Clients Supported 80 Solo or Talk for Mobile, plus 12 Dispatch
Power-On Auto
Network Bandwidth (for each connected client) 2.2k Bytes per Second with audio compression enabled
22k Bytes per Second without audio compression
Port Forwarding (for Firewall Configuration) TCP Port 48222 (default)

###### **APPENDIX - IP ADDRESSING**

Normally, the factory default IP Address programmed into the Control Station radio **should not be changed** . However,
it must be on a different subnet than the RadioPro IP Gateway that is connected to it via the Rear Accessory Connector.

For example, if the network's Subnet Mask is 255.255.255.0, then at least one of the first three octets of the MOTOTRBO
radio IP address must be different than the RadioPro IP Gateway module IP address.

The following **IS** **NOT** a valid IP addressing scheme since both devices are on the **SAME** subnet:
**Control Station Radio** **RadioPro IP Gateway**
**IP Address:** 192.168.12.2 192.168.12.3
**Subnet Mask:** 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0

The following **IS** a valid IP addressing scheme since the devices are on **DIFFERENT** subnets:
**Control Station Radio** **RadioPro IP Gateway**
**IP Address:** 192.168. **12** .2 192.168. **10** .3
**Subnet Mask:** 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0

For additional information see Cisco's _**IP Addressing and Subnetting for New Users**_, Document ID 13788, located at:

**29**

##### **SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY CONSIDERATIONS**

Use the following table to determine compatibility between RadioPro or TurboVUi IP Gateway and software clients:

When upgrading to a new version where RadioPro Clients and IP Gateways are being upgraded, it is usually better to
upgrade the IP Gateways before upgrading the Clients.

**30**

###### RadioPro System Planner **APPENDIX - CONFIGURING PORT FORWARDING ON ROUTERS**

**DIAGRAM 9**

If RadioPro clients (such as Dispatch, Solo, or Talk for Mobile) will access an IP Gateway from a different IP network,
then the IT Administrator must configure _**port forwarding**_ within the firewall or router that separates the RadioPro IP
Gateway from RadioPro clients. This is also true when one or more of the clients listed above connects to a RadioPro IP
Gateway from the Internet.

The default IP port used by a RadioPro IP Gateway is **TCP Port 48222** . However, this may be changed using ICU.exe
on the **Network** tab.

The default IP port used by RadioPro clients is TCP Port 48222. However, any other port may be specified during the
login from any RadioPro client by specifying this port number as follows:

100.100.100.33:7777

where:
100.100.100.33 is the external or wide-area address of the firewall or router.

7777 is the external port of that firewall used for RadioPro IP Gateway.

If multiple RadioPro IP Gateways are located behind a firewall, they will each need a Port Forwarding rule. In this
case, the external port numbers specified for each rule must be unique.

[See https://portforward.com/router.htm for detailed instructions for the specific router in use at your site.](https://portforward.com/router.htm)

**31**

###### RadioPro System Planner **APPENDIX – RACK MOUNTING**

###### **_Rack Shelf_**

A rack shelf can be used to hold the RadioPro IP Gateway and XPR-5550 Control Station Radio in a standard 19' wide
rack. The two devices can be located next to each other on the same shelf. The following rack shelf is recommended,
but others may be used that have a depth of at least 12':

Rack Shelf 2RU x 15', CTI Products # S2-61548, also available as Cable Organizer # QES0319-0215:

###### **_XPR5550 Fixed Mounting_**

The XPR5550 Control Station radio may be mounted using a Rack Frame Kit and Mounting Plate:
Motorola Rack Frame Kit, 2 RU, CTI Products # 99-12323, also available online as part # **BR-19FP-TRBO:**
[http://www.westmobilemounts.com/Rack-Mount-p/br19fptrbo.htm](http://www.westmobilemounts.com/Rack-Mount-p/br19fptrbo.htm)
Mounting Plate for XPR5550, CTI Products # 99-12324
XPR5550 is mounted using side swivel-mount screws.

**32**

##### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 1 OF 2**

###### **_RadioPro IP Gateways_**

See _[RadioPro IP Gateway Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide.pdf)_, _[Motorola MOTOTRBO](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-motorola-mototrbo.pdf)_, or _[Kenwood NEXEDGE](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-ip-gateway-installation-guide-for-kenwood-nexedge-nx-57xx-58xx.pdf)_ for more information.

_**Parameters Common to all IP Gateways**_

_**Parameters Unique to Each IP Gateway**_

If additional IP Gateways are needed, copy this page.

See next page for System Planner Template Page 2 of 2

**33**

##### **SYSTEM PLANNER TEMPLATE PAGE 2 OF 2**

###### **_RadioPro Dispatch Clients_**

See the _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

_**Parameters Common**_ _**Parameters Unique**_
_**to all Dispatch clients**_ _**to all Dispatch clients**_

###### **_RadioPro Solo and RadioPro Talk for iOS and Android_**

See _[RadioPro Solo Client Installation Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-solo-client-installation-guide.pdf)_ or the _[RadioPro Talk for mobile devices How-to Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-talk-for-mobile-devices-how-to-guide.pdf)_ for more information.

_**Parameters Common to all Talk Clients**_

If additional Talk or Mobile client logins are needed, copy this page.

**34**


## RadioPro System Upgrade Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-upgrade-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 23 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM)** **System Upgrade Guide**

**Contact Us**
Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900
support@ctiproducts.com

**Disclaimer**
Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

Warnings

_Notes and important information_

**Software buttons, menus, menu options, folders, and pages**

**Software parameter values**

##### RadioPro Dispatch System Upgrade Guide Table of Contents

**SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................................ 5**

**RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY SOFTWARE UPGRADE ....................................................................................................... 6**

SOFTWARE UPGRADE USING REMOTE ACCESS AND RADIOPRO DISPATCH CLIENT
SOFTWARE UPGRADE USING REMOTE ACCESS AND THE ICU.EXE UTILITY
SOFTWARE UPGRADE USING LOCAL ACCESS AND USB FLASH DRIVE

**RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY LICENSE EXPANSION ........................................................................................................ 9**

EXPORTING A LICENSE

_For Versions 7,8 and 9 using ICU.exe ............................................................................................................................... 9_
_For Version 4 through 9 using a Solo client....................................................................................................................... 9_
IMPORTING A LICENSE

_For Versions 7,8 or 9 using ICU.exe .................................................................................................................................. 9_
_For Versions 4 through 9 using a Solo client ................................................................................................................... 10_

**RADIO INTERFACE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................................................ 11**

HARDWARE

_PCI-e Board Audio Characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 11_
_PCI-e Board Connection Settings .................................................................................................................................... 12_
LICENSE
INTERFACE CABLES

_Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR5550/5550e/5350 Voice Radio ............................................................................................ 13_
_Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR5550/5550e/5350 Data Radio ............................................................................................. 13_
_Motorola APX 4500 Voice Radio ..................................................................................................................................... 14_
_Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800/5700/5800 Voice Radio ............................................................................................. 15_
_Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800/5700/5800 Data Radio .............................................................................................. 15_
_Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820/3720/3820 Voice Radio ............................................................................................. 16_
_Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820/3720/3820 Data Radio .............................................................................................. 16_
_Additional modifications to internal Tx-Rx unit of NX-720/820 ....................................................................................... 17_

**RADIOPRO DISPATCH SOFTWARE UPGRADE .......................................................................................................... 18**

WHAT YOU WILL NEED

_RadioPro Dispatch License File ...................................................................................................................................... 18_
_RadioPro Dispatch Software Install File ......................................................................................................................... 18_
UPGRADE INSTRUCTIONS

_Document the existing installation ................................................................................................................................... 18_
_Install the new software version ....................................................................................................................................... 18_

**RADIOPRO DISPATCH LICENSE EXPANSION ............................................................................................................ 20**

EXPORTING A LICENSE
IMPORTING A LICENSE

**RADIOPRO DISPATCH RE-INSTALLATION ON REPLACEMENT PC ................................................................... 21**

VERSION 7 AND LATER
VERSION 6 AND EARLIER

_Copy configuration and settings from the existing PC ..................................................................................................... 22_
_Copy settings to a new PC ................................................................................................................................................ 22_

**3**

**TIMED LICENSE .................................................................................................................................................................. 23**

_Dealer Demo Kits ............................................................................................................................................................. 23_
_License Update ................................................................................................................................................................. 23_

**4**

##### **SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY CONSIDERATIONS**

Use the following table to determine compatibility between RadioPro or TurboVUi IP Gateway and software clients:

When upgrading to a new version where RadioPro Clients and IP Gateways are being upgraded, it is usually better to
upgrade the IP Gateways before upgrading the Clients.

**5**

##### **RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY SOFTWARE UPGRADE**

An IP Gateway upgrade to Version 8 or 9 software (from Versions 4 through 7) requires that the IP Gateway to be returned
to CTI Products using our RMA process. Use the following table to determine if an IP Gateway is Field-upgradable
( _**Field**_ ) or requires return to our facility using an _**RMA**_ .

- Some software downgrades require the IP Gateway to be returned to our facility using an RMA.

When a _**Field**_ upgrade is possible according to the above table, several methods are available:

- Remote access using RadioPro Dispatch client

- Remote access using the ICU.exe utility

- Local access using a USB Flash Drive

##### **Software Upgrade using Remote Access and RadioPro Dispatch client**

The following upgrade methods requires remote access using RadioPro Dispatch client or ICU.exe utility.

1. Navigate to www.ctiproducts.com > Resources > RadioPro > Upgrade Software and Document Downloads, or use the

link:
_[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)_

2. Download the latest file for the RadioPro IP Gateway software to a folder on the PC that has RadioPro Dispatch

installed. The filename will be:
```
RadioPro_Gateway… .zip

```

3. Upgrade the RadioPro IP Gateway using RadioPro Dispatch:

- From the **File** menu in RadioPro Dispatch, choose **Edit** . Edit Mode is available when a field of dots is
displayed on the main window.

- From the **Options** menu, choose **Manage IP Gateways** .

- Right-click on a Gateway's IP Address, and choose **Upgrade Gateway** from the drop-down list.

- Choose the file that was download in Step 1 above.

- In the 'Password Required' window, enter the IP Gateway password. The factory default password is
'admin'. (The password may have been changed using ICU.exe during installation of the IP Gateway.)
4. The IP Gateway will go off-line for approximately one minute as it is upgraded and then restarted.
5. Verify the version of the IP Gateway: **Options** **>** **Manage** **IP** **Gateways** .

Repeat Steps 1 through 5 for each RadioPro IP Gateway in the system.

**6**

##### RadioPro Dispatch System Upgrade Guide **Software Upgrade using Remote Access and the ICU.exe utility**

The following upgrade methods requires remote access using the ICU.exe utility.

2. Navigate to www.ctiproducts.com > Resources > RadioPro > Upgrade Software and Document Downloads, or use the

link:
_[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)_

3. Download the latest file for the RadioPro IP Gateway software to a folder on the PC that has the ICU.exe installed. The

filename will be:
```
RadioPro_Gateway… .zip

```

4. Put the .zip file on the Gateway using one of the following options:

A. Upgrade the RadioPro IP Gateway using RadioPro Dispatch:

- From the **File** menu in RadioPro Dispatch, choose **Edit** . Edit Mode is available when a field of dots is
displayed on the main window.

- From the **Options** menu, choose **Manage IP Gateways** .

- Right-click on a Gateway's IP Address, and choose **Upgrade Gateway** from the drop-down list.

- Choose the file that was download in Step 1 above.

- In the 'Password Required' window, enter the IP Gateway password. The factory default password is
'admin'. (The password may have been changed using ICU.exe during installation of the IP Gateway.)
B. Upgrade the Gateway using the ICU.exe utility:

- Run the ICU.exe utility (Version 8.3.1 or greater).

- Navigate to **Read Device** **->** **Auto Find**

- Double click the RadioPro IP Gateway.

(If the Gateway is not in the list, you will need to type in the IP Address manually)

- Enter the IP Gateway password.

- On the **General** tab, choose **Upgrade Firmware** .

- Enter the IP Gateway password again.

- Choose the file that was download in Step 1 above.
6. The IP Gateway will go off-line for approximately one minute as it is upgraded and then restarted.
7. Verify the version of the IP Gateway: **Options** **>** **Manage** **IP** **Gateways** .

Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for each RadioPro IP Gateway in the system.

**7**

##### RadioPro Dispatch System Upgrade Guide **Software Upgrade using Local Access and USB Flash Drive**

The following upgrade method requires local (physical) access to each IP Gateway to be upgraded.
1. Navigate to www.ctiproducts.com > Resources > RadioPro > Upgrade Software and Document Downloads, or use

the link:
_[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)_

2. Ensure that there are not multiple files named 'RadioPro_Gateway… .zip' on the USB flash drive, and that the file

does NOT have 'Installed' in its name. (Following the use of this file to perform an upgrade, the RadioPro IP
Gateway renames the file, adding the word 'Installed'.) If 'Installed' appears in the file name, then rename the
file, deleting the word 'Installed'.
3. Insert the USB flash drive into a USB port of the RadioPro IP Gateway.
4. Wait approximately 1 minute for update completion and rebooting of RadioPro IP Gateway.
5. Remove the USB flash drive from the RadioPro IP Gateway.

Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for each RadioPro IP Gateway in the system.

Use the following steps to verify the version of an IP Gateway:
6. Run ICU.exe on a PC or laptop that has connectivity to the IP Gateway that was upgraded.

ICU.exe is available on the product distribution CDs as well as on our web site.
7. Verify that the version of ICU.exe is correct for the version of the IP Gateway: **Help**   - **About** .
8. Connect to the IP Gateway: **Read Device > Auto Find** . Double-click on one of the IP Gateways in the list to

connect to it. (If the IP Gateway does not appear in the list of accessible IP Gateways, use **Manual** to enter the IP
address of the IP Gateway.)
9. In the **General** tab, verify that the **Version** listed is correct.
10. Close the ICU.exe utility.

**8**

##### **RADIOPRO IP GATEWAY LICENSE EXPANSION**

An upgraded license for an IP Gateway that adds connections for RadioPro Solo and RadioPro Talk for Android and
iOS users and/or adds gateway features may be purchased at any time. (A change in the license to reduce the number of
connections requires that the IP Gateway be returned to our facility using an RMA.)

##### **Exporting a License**

If you are instructed by CTI products to export an existing license from a RadioPro IP Gateway, use one of the following
methods.

_**For Versions 7,8 and 9 using ICU.exe**_

The ICU.exe version must match the version of the IP Gateway software, and can be downloaded from:
[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)
1. Start ICU.exe, click the **Read Device** menu, choose **Manual** or **Auto** **Find** from the drop-down list, and then double
click one of the IP Gateways in the list.
2. With a connection established to an IP Gateway, from the **License** **Key** tab, click the **Export** **License** **Key** button,

and then choose a file name and storage location for the exported license file.
3. [Email the exported license file to support@ctiproducts.com.](mailto:support@ctiproducts.com?subject=IP%20Gateway%20License%20Expansion%20for%20Serial%20Number%20????)

_**For Version 4 through 9 using a Solo client**_

A Solo client can be downloaded from:
[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)

Install a RadioPro/TurboVUi Solo client, and then login using the 'admin' account.
1. From the **Settings** menu, click **Update** **License** to display the Update License window.
2. Click the **Get License Key** button, and then choose a file name and storage location for the exported license file.
3. [Email the exported license file to support@ctiproducts.com.](mailto:support@ctiproducts.com?subject=IP%20Gateway%20License%20Expansion%20for%20Serial%20Number%20????)

##### **Importing a License**

Following the purchase and receipt of an expanded license file (with additional connections or features), use one of the
following methods to upload the new license file to the IP Gateway.

_**For Versions 7,8 or 9 using ICU.exe**_

The ICU.exe version must match the version of the IP Gateway software, and can be downloaded from:
[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)
1. Start ICU.exe, click the **Read Device** menu, choose **Manual** or **Auto** **Find** from the drop-down list, and then

double-click one of the IP Gateways in the list.
2. From the **License** **Key** tab, click the **Import** **License** **Key** button, and then choose the newly purchased license

file for this IP Gateway serial number.
3. From the **Gateway** menu, choose **Write** **Settings** .
4. In the 'Password Required' window, enter the IP Gateway password. The factory default password is 'admin'.

(The password may have been changed using ICU.exe during installation of the IP Gateway.)
5. Verify that the license has been expanded: From the **License** **Key** tab, note the number of **User** **Connections** .

A reduction in license options is not possible.

**9**

_**For Versions 4 through 9 using a Solo client**_

A Solo client can be downloaded from:
[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)

Install a RadioPro/TurboVUi Solo client, and then login using the 'admin' account.
1. From the **Settings** menu, click **Update** **License** to display the Update License window.
2. Click the **Set** **License** **Key** button, and then choose the newly purchased license file for this IP Gateway serial

number.
3. Verify that the license has been expanded: From the **Settings** menu, click **Gateway**, then click the **Admin** tab to

display the number of **User** **Connections** .

**10**

##### **RADIO INTERFACE CONFIGURATION**

The IP Gateway is configured at the factory for one of the following interfaces:

- Motorola MOTOTRBO

- Motorola APX 4500

- Kenwood NEXEDGE

Configuration for one of the above interfaces consists of hardware, license, and interface cable.

##### **Hardware**

For the PCI-e Audio/Watchdog board (PCB part# S3-61901-103) jumpers must be set according to the following table.

This PC board allows for hardware adjustments to audio to and from the radio. The PC board provides serial Rx/Tx line
or COR/PTT connectivity to a radio. It also will reboot the gateway in hopefully unusual circumstances of software
malfunction or EF lockups.

_**PCI-e Board Audio Characteristics**_

Jumpers E1,E2,E5 and resistor R20 change the audio characteristics.

Low audio setting.
Best for **Motorola MOTOTRBO** radios.

Mid-range audio setting.
Best for the **Motorola APX 4500** radio
Approx. 3x louder than the low audio setting.

High audio setting.
Best for **Kenwood NEXEDGE** radios
Approx. 14x louder than the low audio setting.

**11**

_**PCI-e Board Connection Settings**_

No connections.
Connections to **Motorola MOTOTRBO**
radios are established through the USB Port.

Serial connection.
For **Kenwood NEXEDGE** radios.

COR/PTT connection
For the **Motorola APX 4500** radio.

##### **License**

A license installed in each IP Gateway determines the following:

- The number of simultaneous connections allowed from RadioPro Solo and RadioPro Talk for Android and iOS
client users.

- The type of radio interface, either MOTOTRBO, Motorola APX 4500, or NEXEDGE.

- Optional features such as: RTP Transfer Option, MultiSpeak Transfer Option, Permanent Patch Option, and
GPS Locate Option (for Talk Mobile clients).

**12**

##### RadioPro Dispatch System Upgrade Guide **Interface Cables**

_**Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR5550/5550e/5350 Voice Radio**_

DE-9 male

Rear Accessory Connector

**S2-61431**

**Motorola**
XPR-5550 / XPR-5550e / XPR-5350

**Interface Cable # S2-61431**

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Motorola MOTOTRBO XPR5550/5550e/5350 Data Radio**_

26-pin Female Motorola
Rear Accessory Connector

USB

**Interface Cable # S2-61664**

**S2-61664**

**Motorola**
Data Revert (XPR-5550 / XPR-5550e / XPR-5350)

**13**

_**Motorola APX 4500 Voice Radio**_

DE-9 male

26-pin male

Motorola APX
Mobile Accessory Port Connector

**S2-61927**

**Motorola**
APX 4500

**Interface Cable # S2-61927**

*** These signal wires are pinned together.**

This interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

**14**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800/5700/5800 Voice Radio**_

DE-9 male

**S2-61769**

**Kenwood**
NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800

DB-25 male
Kenwood Connector

**Interface Cable # S2-61769**

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-700/800/5700/5800 Data Radio**_

DB-25 male
Kenwood Connector

DE-9 female

**Interface Cable # 89-10505 (standard DE-9 to DB-25 serial cable)**

**89-10505**

**Kenwood**
Data Revert (NX-700 / NX-800 / NX-5700 / NX-5800)

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

**15**

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820/3720/3820 Voice Radio**_

DE-9 male

DE-15 male
Kenwood Connector

**S2-61890**

**Kenwood**
NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820

**Interface Cable # S2-61890**

- Interface cable requires DE-9 Male to connect to the IP Gateway female connector.

_**Kenwood NEXEDGE NX-720/820/3720/3820 Data Radio**_

**S2-61891**

**Kenwood**
Data Revert (NX-720 / NX-820 / NX-3720 / NX-3820)

DE-9 female

DE-15 male
Kenwood Connector

**Interface Cable # S2-61891**

**16**

_**Additional modifications to internal Tx-Rx unit of NX-720/820**_

**17**

##### **RADIOPRO DISPATCH SOFTWARE UPGRADE**

##### **What You Will Need**

_**RadioPro Dispatch License File**_

An upgraded license file is required if upgrading to a Major Version of v7 or higher. Contact CTI Products for an upgrade
quote and provide the serial number for the existing license key(s).

_**RadioPro Dispatch Software Install File**_

For RadioPro Talk or Dispatch clients, a file can be downloaded from:
[https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html](https://ctiproducts.com/RadioPro_UpgradeDownloads.html)

The RadioPro Dispatch software install filename will be:
RadioPro_Dispatch_vxxx.exe
where xxx indicates the 3-level version as discussed in ' _**System Considerations**_ ' above.

##### **Upgrade Instructions**

Following the purchase and receipt of a new RadioPro Dispatch License File, perform a software upgrade for RadioPro
Dispatch using the following steps:

_**Document the existing installation**_
1. Take a screen shot(s) or photo(s) of the main page that shows the custom action buttons on the main toolbar, the

various tabs for voice and maps, as well as locations for panels such as Subscriber, Recent History, Geo-fence
Alerts, Messages, Missed Calls, and Subscriber Grid.
2. Record the location of the layout files.

a. From the 'Edit' mode: **Options > Dispatch Settings >** then click the link in the lower left corner of
this window.
b. Note the file names for the .tdcfg and .xml files and the location of these files by taking a screen shot.
3. Record the location of the AudioSettings.cfg file:

a. From the 'Edit' mode: **Options > Audio Presets > Configure >** then click the link in the lower left
corner of this window.
b. Note the file name for the AudioSettings.cfg file and the location of this file by taking a screen shot.
4. Record the location of the AliasTable.csv file:

a. From the 'Edit' mode: **Options > Contacts >** then click the link in the lower left corner of this
window.
b. Note the file name for the aliasTable.csv file and the location of this file by taking a screen shot.
5. Close the RadioPro Dispatch application.

_**Install the new software version**_
6. Run the Software Install File that was downloaded from above. (Do not un-install any previous versions.) When

prompted, use default file locations.
7. Ensure that "Run as Administrator" is enabled for this application.

a. Right-click on the desktop icon, and choose **Properties** .
b. Enable **Run as Administrator** .

This parameter is located in slightly different places depending on operating system.
This parameter may be disabled after configuring the new version of the software.

**18**

8. Run the new version of RadioPro Dispatch client.
9. Click the button for **Import New License**, and choose the new license file.
10. Modify configurations based on steps 1-4 above.

If upgrading from Version 6 (or earlier) to Version 7 (or later), it will be necessary to copy several configuration
files to new locations as indicated in the following table.

**19**

##### **RADIOPRO DISPATCH LICENSE EXPANSION**

License options for RadioPro Dispatch may be purchased and added at any time. Available optional modules include
Voice, GPS Mapping, Text Messaging, Telemetry, and Remote I/O.

##### **Exporting a License**

If you are instructed by CTI products to export and email an existing RadioPro Dispatch license file, you can find the
license file by using the following method:
1. Launch a **File Explorer** window on the PC that is hosting the RadioPro Dispatch software.
2. Navigate to the **C:** drive on the PC.
3. Open the **Program Files (x86)** folder.
4. Open the **CTI Products** folder.
5. Navigate to the **RadioPro Dispatch** folder.
6. Find the file that says **License.key** .
7. Attach the **License.key** file to an email and send this to support@ctiproducts.com

##### **Importing a License**

Following purchase and receipt of an expanded license file for RadioPro Dispatch, import the new license file using the
following steps:
1. Change to Edit mode: **File > Edit**
2. Open the Update License window: **Options > Update License**
3. In the Update License window, click the **Import License Key** button.
4. Navigate to the storage location of the new license key, choose the file, and then click **Open** .
5. The parameters on the Update License window should be updated. Close the Update License window.
6. Change to Lock mode: **File > Save**

A reduction in license options is not possible.

**20**

##### **RADIOPRO DISPATCH RE-INSTALLATION ON REPLACEMENT PC**

Re-installation of RadioPro (or TurboVUi) Dispatch software may be needed if a replacement PC is to be implemented. If
the original PC still functions, then steps can be taken to minimize the re-installation on a new PC.

##### **Version 7 and later**

Use the following steps to copy configuration settings from the existing PC:
1. In the Dispatch software, change to 'Edit' mode': **File > Edit**
2. Clone the existing settings: **File > Clone Settings**
3. Copy the .trbodat file obtained in Step 2 to a USB thumb drive or network storage device.

Use the following steps to import settings into new PC:
4. Install RadioPro Dispatch software on the new PC.
5. In the Dispatch software, change to 'Edit' mode': **File > Edit**
6. Import the cloned settings obtained in Step 3 above: **File > Import Cloned Settings**

**21**

##### RadioPro Dispatch System Upgrade Guide **Version 6 and earlier**

_**Copy configuration and settings from the existing PC**_
1. Copy Layout Files (.xml and .tdcfg) using the following steps:

a. In TurboVUi Dispatch, change to Edit Mode: **File > Edit**
b. Open the Dispatch Settings window: **Options > Dispatch Settings**
c. Click on the link in the lower left corner of this window in order to open the file location for the Layout
files.
d. Copy the .xml and .tdcfg files from this location to a USB thumb drive.
2. Copy the aliasTable.csv file using the following steps:

a. Open the Subscriber Contacts window: **Options > Contacts**
b. Click on the link in the lower left corner of this window in order to open the file location for

aliasTable.csv
c. Copy the aliasTable.csv file from this location to a USB thumb drive.
3. Copy the AudioSettings.cfg file using the following steps:

a. Open the Audio Configuration window: **Options > Audio Presets > Configure**
b. Click on the link in the lower left corner of this window in order to open the file location for

AudioSettings.cfg
c. Copy the AudioSettings.cfg file from this location to a USB thumb drive.
4. Copy the License.key file using the following steps:

a. Open a Windows Explorer window and navigate to:
c:\Program Files (x86)\TurboVui
b. Copy the License.key file to a USB thumb drive.

_**Copy settings to a new PC**_

5. Install the Dispatch version 6 software onto the new PC. Contact CTI Products if the original distribution CD

cannot be located.
6. Change the Dispatch desktop icon to **Run as Administrator** .
7. Run the Dispatch software.
8. Install the existing Layout Files obtained in Step 1 above:

1. **File > Open**, then open the Layout file saved on the USB thumb drive.
2. **File > Save As** (to save this layout on the new PC).
9. Install the existing aliasTable.csv file obtained in Step 2 above:

1. Open the Subscriber Contacts window: **Options > Contacts**
2. Click on the link in the lower left corner of this window in order to open the file location for

aliasTable.csv
3. Delete the aliasTable.csv file.
4. Copy the old aliasTable.csv file from the USB Thumb drive to this folder.
10. Install the existing AudioSettings.cfg file obtained in Step 3 above:

1. Open the Audio Configuration window: **Options > Audio Presets > Configure**
2. Click on the link in the lower left corner of this window in order to open the file location for

AudioSettings.cfg
3. Delete the AudioSettings.cfg file
4. Copy the old AudioSettins.cfg file from the USB thumb drive to this folder.
11. Install the existing License.key file obtained in Step 4 above:

1. Open a Windows Explorer window and navigate to: c:\Program Files (x86)\TurboVUi
2. Copy the License.key file from the USB thumb drive to this folder.
12. Restart the Dispatch application.

**22**

##### **TIMED LICENSE**

RadioPro application software and/or IP Gateway software may be shipped with a timed license. Following the period
of the timed license, the software will not function. The following describes instances when a timed license may have
been installed, and the method for updating a license to a non-expiring license.

_**Dealer Demo Kits**_

Dealer Demo Kits should have their software and licenses updated annually. These updates are provided at no charge as
long as the Dealer Demo Kit is being used for sales of RadioPro systems. Dealer Demo Kits shipped after June 1 2015
will have a timed license that expires 12 months after shipment.

Contact CTI Products to receive a renewed 12-month license.

_**License Update**_

**IP Gateway License**
To update the license for an IP Gateway, use instructions listed under _**RadioPro IP Gateway License Expansion**_ .

**Dispatch License**
To update the license for RadioPro Dispatch software, use instructions listed under _**RadioPro Dispatch License**_
_**Expansion**_ .

**23**


## RadioPro System Accessories

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-system-accessories.pdf
Document type: PDF, 7 pages

**MANUFACTURER APPROVED ACCESSORY CATALOG**

Accessories that complement the RadioPro experience:

- PC Workstations & Monitors

- Speakers

- Microphones

- Foot Switches

- Rack Mounts

Complementary RadioPro Accessories CTI Part #
##### **Personal Computers & Monitors**

PC Workstation -- Mini Tower

|Operang System|Windows 7 Professional-- 64 Bit|
|Processor|Intel Core i5|
|Memory|8GB DDR3|
|First Hard Disk|250GB 2.5' SATA (for Operang System)|
|Second Hard Disk|1000GB 2.5' SATA (for History Logging)|
|Video Interface|Integrated 512MB with 1-VGA, 1-DP<br>(supports dual monitors)|
|Opcal Drive|DVD-ROM, 16X SATA|
|Network Connecon|Integrated|
|Audio|AX210 Desk Speakers|
|Warranty|Dell 3 Year Basic Hardware<br>(Next business day a>er remote diagnosis)|

Widescreen Monitors

|Col1|20' P2014H|
|Manufacture Product #|22' P2214H<br>23' P2314H (recommended)|
|Display Type|Widescreen Flat Panel Display|
|Connectors|VGA and DVI|
|Display Screen Coang|Anglare with hard-coang 3H|

Touchscreen Monitor

99-12316

20' 99-12244
22' 99-12245
23' 99-12246

|Manufacture Product #|23' P2314T|Col3|
|---|---|---|
|Touchscreen Type|10 Point Mul Touch|<br>99-12247<br>|
|Display Type|Full HD resoluon (1920 x 1080 max.)|<br>|
|Connectors|DisplayPort, HDMI, USB3.0 Ports, G/Ethernet,<br>Headphone & Microphone||

|28 Watt|Speaker System|
|Manufacture Product #|Gigaworks T20 Series II|
|Speaker Power|28 WaEs RMS|
|Frequency Responder|50Hz ~ 20kHz|
|Signal-to-Noise Rao|>80dB|
|Weight|2.2 lbs.|
|Dimensions (L x W x H)|3.3' x 5.6' x 9.0'|

|Manufacture Product #|703602|
|USB Cable Length|6'|

|Manufacture Product #|Buddy Desktopmic 7G PTT (Motorola)|
|Specificaons|Base: 4.5' Diameter , Gooseneck: 18'<br>Weight: 1 lb.|
|Range|Dynamic Microphone, 1-9'|
||· PTT buEon can be programmed for specific funcons;|
|Features|all call, call selected, or a specific channel<br>· USB connecon to dispatch PC|
||· Noise cancelling|

|Plantronics Voyag|er PRO UC Headset|
|Manufacture Product #|87680-01 13235 (Standard)|
|Style|Over-the-Ear, Bluetooth|
|Design|Over-the-ear, right or le>|
|BaEery Talk Time|6 Hours|
|Includes|Bluetooth Adapter and Charging Stand|

|Manufacture Product #|Savi W730|
|Style|Over-the-Ear|
|Call Control|Call control manages PC or desk phone calls|
|Range|Roam up to 350'|
|BaEery Talk Time|Adapve, 9 Hour BaEery for longer talk me|
|Includes|Integrated Base and Charging Cradle|

|Manufacture Product #|Savi W710|
|Style|Over-the-Head|
|Call Control|Call control manages PC or desk phone calls|
|Range|Roam up to 350'|
|BaEery Talk Time|Adapve, 9 Hour BaEery for longer talk me|
|Includes|Integrated Base and Charging Cradle|

|Plantronics|Supra Plus Wideband|
|Manufacture Product #|HW251N|
|Style|Over-the-Head Single Earpiece|
||· Wideband for a more natural sound and clearer|
|Audio|conversaons.<br>· Ultra Noise-Canceling to screen out background noise|
||· Monaural|
|Requirements|Requires CA12CD or DA45|

|Manufacture Product #|HW261N|
|Style|Over-the-Head Dual Earpiece|
|Audio|·Ultra Noise-Canceling to screen out background noise<br>· Stereo|
|Requirements|Requires CA12CD or DA45|

|Col1|Plantronics|CA12CD Adapter|
|---|---|---|
||Manufacture Product #|92500-01|
||Warranty|One Year Manufacturer's|
||Range|150'|
|||· Robust PTT Switch with selectable operaonal modes|
||Features|· Quick Disconnect(TM) provides compability with|
|||Plantronics 'H' series headsets|
|**Recommended**<br>**for wireless PTT**|Includes|· 2 Charging Wells<br>· One for remote unit and one for baEery pack|
||Requirements|Requires Headset from above and SSP Adapter.|

|Manufacture Product #|77559-41|
|Audio Controls|Inline Audio and Mute Controls|
|Features|Quick disconnect capability allows users to easily<br>connect their personal headset.|
|Plantronics SSP|<br>  USB Adapter for CA12CD|
|Manufacture Product #|92468-01|
|Warranty|1 Year Manufacturer's|
|Features|Enables the CA12CD PTT buEon|
|Requirements|Requires use with CA12CD and replaces the CA12CD's<br>Console Interface Cable|

|Headset Quick Comparison Chart|Col2|Col3|Col4|Col5|Col6|Col7|Col8|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Headset|RadioPro<br>Talk & Solo|RadioPro<br>Dispatch|Connecon to<br>PC|Wired or<br>Wireless|Noise<br>Cancelling|PTT<br>BuEon|Audio|
|Voyager PRO UC|•|•|USB|Wireless<br>Bluetooth|•||Mono|
|Savi W730|•|•|USB|Wireless<br>Bluetooth|•||Mono|
|Savi W710|•|•|USB|Wireless<br>Bluetooth|•||Mono|
|HW251N<br>When used with:<br>DA45, USB Adapter <br>|•|•|USB|Wired|•||Mono|
|HW251N<br>When used with:<br>CA12CD & SSP2468-01 Combo|•|•|USB|Wireless|•|•|Mono|
|HW261B<br>When used with:<br>DA45, USB Adapter|•|•|USB|Wired|•||Stereo|
|HW261B<br>When used with:<br>CA12CD & SSP Combo|•|•|USB|Wireless|•|•|Stereo|

**For more information on accessories**
**for your RadioPro System contact :**

1211 West Sharon Road
Cincinnati, Ohio 45240
(513) 595-5900 office
ctiproducts.com

(c) 2016 CTI Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 04282015


## RadioPro Dispatch Reverse Geocoding Installation Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-reverse-geocoding-installation-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 8 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) Dispatch**
##### **Reverse Geocoding** **Installation and Configuration Guide**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**
Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900
support@ctiproducts.com

**Disclaimer**
Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

Warnings

_Notes and important information_

**Software buttons, menus, menu options, folders, and pages**

**Software parameter values**

##### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide Contents

**1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................. 4**

**2. CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................................................................. 5**

_Step 1. Install MongoDb ..................................................................................................................................................... 5_
_Step 2. Import Address and Parcel Data ............................................................................................................................ 6_
_Step 3. Reload the Database ............................................................................................................................................... 7_
_Step 4. Verify Correct Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 8_

**3**

##### **1 INTRODUCTION**

**RadioPro(TM)** provides remote access to 2-way radios via IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists
of PC-based software allowing voice and data communications between PC users and 2-way radio subscribers.
Communications with radio subscribers is also possible for remote mobile users using Android or iOS devices. A
RadioPro system consists of at least one RadioPro IP Gateway (server) and at least one client (Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), and
RadioPr Talk(TM) for mobile devices) with an IP network connecting the RadioPro components.

The Reverse Geocoding feature that allows GPS coordinates transmitted from subscriber radios to be reverse geocoded
into street addresses requires additional setup and configuration.

Before continuing please verify that your RadioPro Dispatch has the necessary license for Reverse Geocoding. Click on
the **Options** menu, and then click **Update License** to display the license window.

If a green **Yes** is to the right of Reverse Geocoding than the reverse geocoding license is installed properly.

Also, please have available the reverse geocoding Address Assets zip file that came with the reverse geocoding license.
This file contains postal addresses for your coverage area and parcel data for counties that you purchased.

**4**

##### **2. CONFIGURATION**

Configuration can be performed only if the program is in _**Edit**_ mode. To change to _**Edit**_ mode, click on the **File** menu,
and then click **Edit** . (If **Lock** is displayed in the menu, then the RadioPro Dispatch client is already in _**Edit**_ mode.)

_**Step 1. Install MongoDb**_

MongoDb is required to be installed for reverse geocoding to work. MongoDb is not installed by default for all
users. If the MongoDb installer is not part of your Dispatch installation package, please contact CTI Products for
additional instructions.

Click on the **Options** menu, then **Dispatch Settings.** In the **Dispatch Settings** screen go to the **GPS** section.
Within the **GPS** section, click on **Reverse Geocoding** . If MongoDb is not installed, the Reverse Geocoding screen
will look like the following:

To install MongoDb, press the Button. The installer will request elevated privileges. When
complete, the status bar text will change to 'Install Finished Successfully' and then the status bar will disappear.

The button text will change to **Uninstall MongoDb** with '-- MongoDb Installed --' displayed to the right.

**5**

_**Step 2. Import Address and Parcel Data**_

Reverse geocoding requires postal address information to be imported.

Press the button to bring up the **Open** dialog window. From this window navigate to the zip Address
Asset File that came with the reverse geocode license. Press **Open** to add the zip file to the 'Imported Address
Files' list.

The Address Assets File will have licenses that need to be agreed to in order to proceed:

Press the button to accept all licenses associated with the Address Assets Files.

You may receive this error message:

This window indicates that **your license key does not match the license key in the Address Assets File** . Please
contact CTI Products Technical Support to have the correct Address Assets File sent to you.

**6**

_**Step 3. Reload the Database**_

The Reverse Geocode Database will need to be reloaded when changes are made to the list of Address Asset Files.

Press the button
to reload the Reverse Geocode Database.

It may take several minutes to reload the database depending on how many addresses are in your coverage area.

Please wait until the database loads completely. You will
know it is complete when the following have occured:

- The status bar has completed and disappeared.

- The number of Database Address Records for Parcels,
Addresses, and Zipcodes are more than 0.

**7**

_**Step 4. Verify Correct Installation**_

Once the database is loaded, the following features will be available:

- GPS locations from subscriber radios will be translated into street addresses.

- GPS reports will have information for street addresses.

- The **What's this address** feature on maps will give you a street address.

- Parcels will show on maps when zoomed in close enough

**8**


## RadioPro Dispatch Callbox & Avigilon Integration Installation Guide

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-callbox-avigilon-integration-installation-guide.pdf
Document type: PDF, 8 pages

**CTI Products**

#### **RadioPro(TM) Dispatch Callbox / Avigilon Integration Installation and Configuration Guide**

**For Version 9 Software**

#### **Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office.  Parts for service can be returned following request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc. 1211 W Sharon Rd Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900 support@ctiproducts.com

#### **Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy.  However, no guarantee is expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

#### **Fonts used in this document:**

#### _**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

Warnings

_Notes and important information_

#### **Software buttons, menus, menu options, folders, and pages**

#### **Software parameter values**

#### Contents

**1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................. 4**

**2. CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................................................................. 6** CALLBOX SETTINGS ................................................................................................................................................................ 6 _Callbox General Settings: .................................................................................................................................................. 6 Add a new Callbox ............................................................................................................................................................. 7_ AVIGILON SETTINGS ............................................................................................................................................................... 8 _Avigilon General Settings ................................................................................................................................................... 8_

**3**

#### **1 INTRODUCTION**

**RadioPro(TM)** provides remote access to 2-way radios via IP Networks.  This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists of PC-based software allowing voice and data communications between PC users and 2-way radio subscribers. Communications with radio subscribers is also possible for remote mobile users using Android or iOS devices. A RadioPro system consists of at least one RadioPro IP Gateway (server) and at least one client (Dispatch(TM), Solo(TM), or RadioPro Talk(TM) for mobile devices) with an IP network connecting the RadioPro components.

The Callbox feature provides a mechanism that allows the RadioPro(TM) Dispatch software to identify radios with certain PTT IDs as fixed position radios.  Dispatch can show them on a GPS maps for a dispatcher to recognize when a call is coming from an emergency or other fixed position callbox.

The Avigilon Integration feature allows Dispatch to send an avigilon alarm trigger so that a CCTV camera can focus on an incident that occurs at the site of a callbox

**==> picture [436 x 336] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Avigilon Camera<br>2-Way Radio<br>  Call Box<br>lad<br>gFO 4.  The Avigilon<br>=; ; , Alarm adjusts the security camera to<br>record the call box.<br>tTa [=] ';/'<br>-- eee | o<br>1O 1.  An Incident occurs  ' ; Tilt, Pan, and<br>at the call box  Zoom Camera<br>Commands<br>y<br>I ;<br>I Pf a' -------- 00oo Avigilon Server<br>I<br>I O 3.  An Avigilon alarm is automatically triggered.  O 5.  The dispatcher has an immediate visual on the incident.<br>Radio<br>I<br>Transmission<br>-- a a i ie|<br>Avigilon     Video<br>2-way radio  IP Gateway  Alarm<br>Trigger<br>RadioPro Dispatch  Avigilon CCTV Display<br>2.  The Dispatcher responds<br>to the incident.<br>The call box is identified<br>on a campus map<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>

**4**

Before continuing please verify that your RadioPro Dispatch has the necessary license for Call boxes.  Click on the **Options** menu, and then click **Update License** to display the license window.

If there is green text to the right of Callbox with the correct number of callbox subscribers, then the callbox license is installed properly.

**5**

#### **2. CONFIGURATION**

Configuration can be performed only if the program is in _**Edit**_ mode.  To change to _**Edit**_ mode, click on the **File** menu, and then click **Edit** .  (If **Lock** is displayed in the menu, then the RadioPro Dispatch client is already in _**Edit**_ mode.)

#### **Callbox Settings**

Click on the **Options** menu, then **Dispatch Settings.** In the **Dispatch Settings** screen click on **Callbox** .  The Callbox screen will look like the following:

#### _**Callbox General Settings:**_

- **Ignore calls from callboxes shorter than** : Some Callbox models will do a health check periodically.  To prevent dispatch from seeing this as a legitimate callbox call, check the ' **Ignore calls from callboxes shorter than** :' checkbox.  The number of milliseconds picker allows configuration for the amount of time a callbox call is allowed for a health check before it is considered a call that will show up in call history, logged to the database, or trigger a missed call.

- **Show callbox in a new map windows** : When a callbox call is received, a new map window will pop open with the callbox shown in the middle of the map.

- **Center callbox on GPS tab pages** : When a callbox call is received, the callbox is centered in the middle of the map for existing GPS tab pages.

**6**

#### _**Add a new Callbox**_

Press the button and a new row will be added to the table of callboxes.  Above the table will be an indicator to let you know how many callboxes you have used of your allotted license amount.

- **Radio Id** :  This radio ID must match the radio ID of the callbox.  The callbox ID must also be in the Dispatch Subscriber Contacts Alias table or in the Gateway alias table for the callbox to display properly on GPS maps.

- **GPS Location** :  Press the button to open the **GPS Location Select Form.**

The map will be initially zoomed to the whole world.  Zoom in to your mouse cursor position using the scroll wheel.  Pan the map by clicking and dragging.

- Press the button when the red plus sign is at the location of the callbox.

- Press the button to cancel changing the gps location for this callbox.

- Press the to remove any gps location information for this callbox.

- **Avigilon Alarm Name:** If traffic from this callbox should trigger an Avigilon alarm, type in this box the name of the Avigilon alarm that will be triggered when radio traffic occurs from this callbox.

- **Alarm Note:** The text in the Alarm Note field will be passed to the Avigilon server when radio traffic occurs on this callbox.

**7**

#### **Avigilon Settings**

Click on the **Options** menu, then **Dispatch Settings.** In the **Dispatch Settings** screen click on **Avigilon** .  The Avigilon screen will look like the following:

#### _**Avigilon General Settings**_

- **NVR Server** :  The NVR Server is the IP Address of the Avigilon network video recorder server.

- **Port** :  Server port number.

- **Username** and **Password** : Credentials that are required to view and trigger alarms on the Avigilon server.

Press the

button to verify the connection to the Avigilon Server.

Once connected to the Avigilon Server, all available alarms will populate in the 'Test Alarms' list.  Click on an alarm, set the 'Alarm Note' and press the 'Trigger Alarm' button to test the functionality of the alarms.

**8**


## RadioPro Dispatch Addendum: Subscriber Grid Panel

URL: https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-addendum-for-subscriber-grid-panel.pdf
Document type: PDF, 6 pages

#### **CTI Products**

### **RadioPro(TM) Dispatch**

##### **Addendum for**
### **Subscriber Grid Panel**

**For Version 9 Software**

**Contact Us**

Support, replacement part ordering, and service may be arranged by contacting our Cincinnati office. Parts for service
can be returned following a request of a Return Material Authorization.

CTI Products, Inc.
1211 W Sharon Rd
Cincinnati, OH 45240

513-595-5900

[support@ctiproducts.com](mailto:support@radiopro.biz)

**Disclaimer**

Information in this document is provided with best efforts for completeness and accuracy. However, no guarantee is
expressed or implied, and details may change without notice.

**Fonts used in this document:**

_**Technical terms**_

_Cross-references within this document_

_Hyperlinks to other documents or web pages_

**Warnings**

**Software menus, menu options, folders, pages, and parameters**

**Software parameter values**

##### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide Contents

|1|INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................... 4|
|---|---|
|2|CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................................................................................. 5|
||2.1 Subscriber Groups ............................................................................................................................................................ 5<br>2.2 Subscriber Grid Panel ....................................................................................................................................................... 5|
|3|USINGTHESUBSCRIBERGRIDPANEL ................................................................................................................................. 6|
||3.1 Contact Status ................................................................................................................................................................... 6|
||3.2 Contact Actions ................................................................................................................................................................ 6|
||3.3 Sorting Contacts ............................................................................................................................................................... 6|

**3**

##### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide

##### **1 INTRODUCTION**

**RadioPro(TM)** provides remote access to 2-way radios via IP Networks. This 'Dispatch over IP' (DoIP) solution consists
of PC-based software allowing voice and data communications between PC users and 2-way radio subscribers.
Communications with radio subscribers is also possible for remote mobile users using Android or iOS devices. A
RadioPro system consists of at least one RadioPro IP Gateway (server) and at least one client (Dispatch(TM), RadioPro
Talk(TM), or RadioPro(TM) Solo) with an IP network connecting the RadioPro components.

The Voice Module for RadioPro Dispatch includes a **Subscriber Grid** panel, as shown on the title page. This panel
provides the ability to view the status of many subscribers as well as to easily access functions for each as listed in the
following pages.

**4**

##### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide

##### **2 CONFIGURATION**

##### **2.1 Subscriber Groups**

A **Subscriber Group** must be created for each **Subscriber Grid** panel needed. For example, if a **Subscriber Grid**
panel is needed to access all of the taxis on a particular channel or talk group, then a **Subscriber Group** must first be
created as follows:
1) Use the **Contacts** window to create a **Group** name using the following steps:

a) From the **Options** menu, choose **Contacts** .

b) Click the icon on the left side of the window to open the **Add Group** window.
c) Enter a name for the group.

d) Click the button.
2) Use the **Contacts** window to add radio subscribers and radio groups to the newly created **Subscriber Group**

from step 1 using the following steps:

a) Click the icon on the right side of the window to add a new contact to the list.
b) In the first column, edit the radio **ID** of the contact.
c) In the second column, choose the **Type** of contact.
d) In the third column, edit the contact name to a suitable **Alias** .
e) In the fourth column, choose **<Auto>** if this contact will be on various channels, or choose a distinct channel if

this contact will always be on the same channel.

3) When all contacts for a **Subscriber Group** have been entered, click the button.

##### **2.2 Subscriber Grid Panel**

Add a **Subscriber Grid** panel to the layout using the following steps:

1) Change to Edit mode: **File**   - **Edit**

2) Click the ( **Add Tab Page** ) icon.

3) In the **New Tab Page** window, enter a tab **Name** and choose the

**Page Type** as **Subscriber Grid** as shown at right.

4) Click the button.

5) In the **Subscriber Grid Tab Settings** window, select the **Subscriber List Group** created in Section 2.1

above.

6) Click the button.

Following the above steps, a new **Subscriber Grid** tab will be added to the layout.

See the _[RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide](https://ctiproducts.com/documents/radiopro/v9/radiopro-dispatch-installation-and-configuration-guide.pdf)_ if instructions are needed for moving and separating
the individual panels.

**5**

##### RadioPro Dispatch Installation and Configuration Guide

##### **3 USING THE SUBSCRIBER GRID PANEL**

##### **3.1 Contact Status**

Status for each contact is provided with both color shading and an icon as follows:

|Status|Indicator|
|---|---|
|Idle and unavailable||
|Idle and available||
|Dispatcher is transmitting||
|Dispatcher is receiving||
|Missed Call (and number)||

##### **3.2 Contact Actions**

Several actions are available for each contact. The following menu items can be accessed by right-clicking on a contact.

Selecting this will replay the last incoming audio for this contact.

Selecting this will return the status of this contact to Idle.

Selecting this will center this contact in a new map window.

Selecting this will send a call alert to the contact.

Selecting this will query the available radio channels and list the channel currently
being used by this contact.

##### **3.3 Sorting Contacts**

Any white on the **Subscriber Grid** may be right clicked to display the sorting
options menu shown at right. Note that radio groups will always appear at the top
of the grid, regardless of sorting option chosen.

**6**